Collegesource Career Guidance Foundation • 1-800-854-2670 • Copyright & Disclaimer Information

Home , Divine Word College, Loras College

St. Ambrose University

1997-99 Catalog

CollegeSource Career Guidance Foundation • 1-800-854-2670 • http://www.cgf.org Copyright & Disclaimer Information

CollegeSource digital catalogs are derivitave works owned and copyrighted by Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school.

While the Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all material.

This means you may NOT:

· distribute the material to others, · "mirror" or include this material on an Internet (or Intranet) server, or · modify or re-use material without the express written consent of the Career Guidance Foundation and the appropriate school.

You may:

· print copies of the information for your own personal use, · store the files on your own computer for personal use only, or · reference this material from your own documents.

The Career Guidance Foundation reserves the right to revoke such authorization at any time, and any such use shall be discontinued immediately upon written notice from the Career Guidance Foundation.

Disclaimer

CollegeSource digital catalogs are converted from either the original printed catalog or electronic media supplied by each school. Although every attempt is made to ensure accurate conversion of data, the Career Guidance Foundation and the schools which provide the data do not guarantee that the this information is accurate or correct. The information provided should be used only as reference and planning tools. Final decisions should be based and confirmed on data received directly from each school. 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 2

Table of Contents

General Information Admissions About the Catalog ...... 6 Undergraduate Admission Requirements . . . 20 Recognition ...... 6 Applicants Less Than 23 Years of Age Mission of St. Ambrose University ...... 6 Admission as a Freshman ...... 20 Beliefs of St. Ambrose University ...... 6 Admission as a Transfer...... 20 History of St. Ambrose University ...... 7 Admission as a Temporary St. Ambrose Campus ...... 7 (Guest) Student ...... 21 Policy on Student Data/Information ...... 8 Admission with a General Educational Non-Discrimination Policy ...... 8 Development Test Certificate ...... 21 Endowed Chairs ...... 9 Early Enrollment of High School Students ...... 21 St. Ambrose University Calendar ...... 10 Admission as a Non-Degree Student. . . . . 21 Accel Academic Calendar ...... 12 International Students ...... 22 Student Life and Support Services Application Procedures Academic Advising...... 15 Applicants 23 Years of Age and Older . . . 22 Academic Support Center...... 15 Admission as a Degree-Seeking Student . . 22 Athletics ...... 16 Admission as a Bookstore and Coffee House ...... 16 Non-Degree Seeking Student ...... 23

Career Development Center ...... 16 Finance Campus Ministry ...... 16 Scholarships...... 25 Child Care Center and Preschool ...... 16 Seminary ...... 25 Clubs and Organizations ...... 16 General ...... 25 Cooperative Education ...... 16 High School and Transfer Students...... 25 Counseling...... 17 Requirements ...... 25 Food Service ...... 17 Loans ...... 26 Galvin Preforming Arts Series...... 17 Forgivable Loan for Children of Mentor Program ...... 17 Educators and St. Ambrose Alumni . . . . 26 New Student Seminar...... 17 William D. Ford Direct Loans ...... 26 O’Keefe Library ...... 17 Perkins Loan ...... 26 Services for Students with Disabilities . . . . . 18 Grants ...... 26 Student Government ...... 18 Brother-Sister Grant...... 26 Student Health...... 18 Continuing Education Assistance Grants . 26 Student Services Division ...... 18 Institutional Grants ...... 27 Testing Services ...... 19 Iowa Tuition Grant Program ...... 27 Tutoring ...... 19

2 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 3

Supplement Educational Dean’s List...... 51 Opportunity Grant ...... 27 Pass/No Pass Option ...... 52 Pell Grant Program ...... 27 Auditing ...... 52 Work-Study Program ...... 27 Retaking a Course ...... 52 University Employment ...... 27 Second Grade-Option...... 52 Change of Registration...... 53 Expenses Withdrawal From the University ...... 53 Tuition ...... 28 Academic Warning, Board ...... 28 Probation and Dismissal ...... 53 Room ...... 28 Policy on Academic Dishonesty ...... 54 Special Expenses ...... 29 St. Ambrose University Organization . . . . . 55 Course Lab Fees...... 29 Tuition Refunds ...... 30 Undergraduate Curricula and Resident Students...... 31 Course Descriptions ...... 57 Transcripts...... 31 Graduate Programs Retired Learners...... 32 Academic and General Information ...... 159 Seminary ...... 33 Degrees ...... 161 Degree Requirements ...... 161 Academic Information Graduate Class Load ...... 161 Degrees ...... 34 Graduate Level Grading System ...... 161 Degree Requirements ...... 35 Academic Status...... 162 Exceptions To Degree Requirements. . . . . 42 Change of Registration...... 162 Courses That Meet the Application for Graduation ...... 162 General Education Requirements ...... 42 Withdrawal From the University...... 163 Policies on Credit By Transfer Student Government...... 163 and Other Means ...... 45 Graduate Expenses...... 163 Special Programs ...... 47 Special Expenses ...... 163 Classification of Undergraduate Students . . 48 Statement of Major ...... 48 Graduate Curricula and Course Descriptions . 165 Application for Graduation ...... 48 Directories Graduation Honors ...... 49 Board of Directors ...... 228 Course Numbers ...... 49 Administrative Staff ...... 230 Undergraduate Class Load ...... 49 Faculty ...... 236 Graduate Class Load ...... 49 Courses Cross Referenced...... 248 Class Attendance ...... 50 Course Codes...... 250 Undergraduate Grading System...... 50 Graduate Level Grading System ...... 51 Index ...... 251

3 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 5

General Information

Creating the Future at St. Ambrose

St. Ambrose University is an independent, coeducational Catholic university offering four-year undergraduate programs in the liberal arts, pre-professional and career-oriented programs, and master’s programs. Founded in 1882 by the Diocese of Davenport, St. Ambrose University is rich in tradition and strong in stature. Its Catholic character is expressed in its people and its programs, as well as in its ecumenical perspective and record of service. It is located in Davenport, Iowa, one of the Quad Cities which line the shores of an east-west stretch of the Mississippi River joining Eastern Iowa and Western Illinois. With a population of more than 100,000, Davenport is the largest municipality in a metropolitan area of 400,000. Studies at St. Ambrose University can lead to the following degrees: Bachelor of Applied Management Technology, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Arts in Special Studies, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Education, Bachelor of Elected Studies, Bachelor of Music Education, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering, Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy, Master of Accounting, Master of Business Administration, Master of Criminal Justice, Master of Education in Counseling, Master of Education in Juvenile Justice, Master of Education in Special Education, Master of Health Care Administration, Master of Occupational Therapy, Master of Pastoral Studies, Master of Physical Therapy, and Master of Social Work. The University’s structure, which was effective July 1, 1987, consists of three separate colleges: the College of Arts and Sciences, the College of Business, and the College of Human Services.

5 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 6

General Information

About the Catalog Mission of St. Ambrose University The St. Ambrose University Catalog contains cur- St. Ambrose University is an independent, dioce- rent information on the calendar, admissions, san, Catholic institution of higher learning. The degree requirements, fees, room and board, regu- University facilitates learning especially through lations and course offerings. It is not intended to quality instruction in the liberal arts along with be and should not be relied upon as a statement pre-professional, professional, career preparation of the University’s contractual undertakings. and a variety of life-long learning programs. St. Ambrose reserves the right in its sole judg- St. Ambrose University grants baccalaureate ment to make changes of any nature in its pro- degrees, master’s degrees in professional curricu- gram, calendar, academic schedule, or charges la, as well as non-degree offerings at the under- whenever it is deemed necessary or desirable. graduate and graduate levels. The University This right includes changes in course content, offers programs and courses at its main campus rescheduling classes with or without extending in Davenport, at other locations in the State of the academic term, canceling scheduled classes Iowa. and other academic activities, and requiring or St. Ambrose University stresses excellence in affording alternatives for scheduled classes or teaching and learning in an environment which other academic activities. fosters mutual respect. Research and public service are encouraged. The University offers Recognition focused developmental and enrichment programs St. Ambrose University is accredited at the under- to meet the individual needs of its diverse stu- graduate and the master’s levels by the North dents. Central Association of Colleges and Schools The mission of St. Ambrose University is to (since 1927), the Iowa Department of Public enable all its students to develop intellectually, Instruction, American Occupational Therapy spiritually, ethically, socially, artistically, and Association, Inc., Commission for the physically in order to enrich their own lives and Accreditation of Physical Therapy Education, the lives of others. Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs, Accreditation Board for Engineering Beliefs of St. Ambrose University and Technology, and Candidate for Council on St. Ambrose University, rooted in Judeo-Christian Social Work Education. It holds membership in tradition, believes in your inherent God-given the Association of Catholic Colleges and dignity and your worth as an individual. Universities, the American Council on Education, The University believes that you are capable American Association of Colleges for Teacher of living in the fullest measure when you freely Education, the Council of Independent Colleges, base your life on the Judeo-Christian system of the Association for Continuing Higher values. Education, the Servicemembers Opportunity The University believes that in order for you Colleges, and the National Association of to achieve the full measure of human potential, Independent Colleges and Universities. you will need help in developing a broad aware- St. Ambrose is a non-profit educational and sci- ness of human cultures, achievements, capabili- entific organization and is so recognized by the ties and limitations, and in learning specific skills Internal Revenue Code of 1954. to use your talents in the service of other people and the world in which you live. The University believes that freedom exercised

6 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 7

General Information

in a responsible fashion is necessary for your full In 1968 St. Ambrose became fully coeduca- personal development and for the highest devel- tional. opment of society. On April 23, 1987, St. Ambrose College The University believes, therefore, that people became St. Ambrose University at the direction of today, as always, need the opportunity for sys- the Board of Directors. tematic exposure to general, professional and career education in an atmosphere where acade- The St. Ambrose Campus mic freedom is clearly recognized and cherished. The St. Ambrose campus covers six blocks of res- idential area in north-central Davenport. The History of St. Ambrose University University has grown over the years from two The institution of higher education known today school rooms to an institution with 12 buildings. as St. Ambrose University was established for Ambrose Hall, a landmark in the area is young men in 1882 by the first bishop of included in the National Register of Historic Davenport, The Most Reverend John Places. The original structure, built in 1885, has McMullen, DD. seen a number of additions over the years. It Classes were held in two rooms at the old housed the entire college for some time because St. Marguerite’s School. The Reverend officials thought operation of the institution A.J. Schulte served as the first president of should be kept under one roof. Ambrose Hall St. Ambrose. today includes a new Administration Center, the The school was moved to the Locust Street College of Business, the John R. Lewis Board Campus in 1885, when the central unit of the Room, classrooms, faculty offices, and the present St. Ambrose Hall was built. That same Student Union. year, St. Ambrose was incorporated as “a literary, Adjacent to Ambrose Hall is LeClaire scientific and religious institution.” The articles Gymnasium. While the former gymnasium has of incorporation stated, “No particular religious been converted into a maintenance center, the faith shall be required of any person to entitle building still houses the University swimming him to admission to said seminary.” pool. By the turn of the century a clearer division The first free-standing building on campus, was being made between the high school pro- apart from Ambrose Hall, was built in 1922, gram and the college program. In 1908 the name when the preliminary section of Davis Hall was of the institution was officially changed to completed. Today the enlarged and remodeled “St. Ambrose College” to more clearly reflect the structure is used as a residence for 150 students. emergent reality. Night school classes were inau- The Lewis Memorial Science Hall, a four-story gurated in 1924, and the first session of summer building made possible through the generosity of school was held in 1931. Frank J. Lewis, KSG, and the priests of the During World War II, the United States Navy Davenport Diocese, contains classrooms, labora- chose St. Ambrose College as a location for the tories and faculty offices. training of many of its officers. After 55 years in McMullen Hall, library ser- The high school department, known as vices opened in a new state-of-the art building St. Ambrose Academy, moved to new quarters at March 18, 1996, which doubled the capacity of Assumption High School in 1958, providing the previous building. The new library provides additional space on campus for continued study space for 400 students and houses a cur- growth. rent collection of 150,000 volumes, with space to

7 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 8

General Information

include 100,000 additional volumes. The collec- the space needed to accommodate the large num- tion also includes over 800 journal titles, a media ber of professional development programs collection of audio and video cassettes, and a rare offered by St. Ambrose University. book and special collections room. Automated The new campus Bookstore and Coffee House services provide computer access to the informa- is located at the southeast corner of the campus tion sources housed in the library and to the on Harrison Street. In addition to supplying new holdings of 23 local Quad-LINC libraries and the and used textbooks, the bookstore carries a wide Internet. range of school supplies, magazine, newspapers, McMullen Hall (former library) is being gifts, sundries and University memorabilia. Book remodeled into new classrooms, multimedia com- buy backs are held during finals week each puterized language laboratory, multimedia class- semester. The coffee house serves light meals, rooms, two ICN interactive video classrooms, and bagels, sweet rolls, ice cream, desserts, and a faculty offices. wide assortment of regular and flavored coffees. Christ the King Chapel, with a seating capacity for 530 persons, is adjacent to Hayes Hall, a Policy on Access to Student combined residence, classroom, and seminary Data/Information facility. It is the intent of St. Ambrose University to com- Rohlman Hall is a men’s residence accommo- ply with the Family Educational Rights and dating 244 students. Privacy Act (FERPA) as amended in January 1975, Cosgrove Hall is a women’s residence hall for commonly known as the “Buckley Amendment,” 224 students. The six-story building contains the and to extend a good faith effort in complying Arnold Meyer Student Lounge, offices, a comput- with the law. Occasionally the policy will be er center, campus post office, and a dining room revised and updated to conform to guidelines of with capacity to serve 700 people. federal and other appropriate agencies. Of neces- The Townhouses, for juniors and seniors, and sity, certain educational records must be main- new Residence Hall (Fall 1996) house a total of tained, and the University has the responsibility 200 students. for protecting access to and release of personally The Paul V. Galvin Fine Arts and identifiable information pertaining to students. Communications Center houses the departments The policy applies this legislation to students of art, music, speech, theatre and mass communi- 18 years of age or older or to those who have cations, in addition to the campus radio station attended an institution of post-secondary educa- and television studio. The Allaert Auditorium in tion. No exclusion is made for alien students. the Galvin Center has a seating capacity of more Copies of the St. Ambrose University policy than 1200 persons. statement are available in the following offices: The Physical Education Center includes the Admissions, Career Development Center, Student Lee Lohman Arena. The 47,300 square foot Services, Registrar, and Student Health. structure includes classrooms and faculty offices. It also has facilities for basketball, tennis, volley- Non-Discrimination Policy ball, jogging, gymnastics, handball/racquetball, physical conditioning and other lifelong recre- It is the policy of St. Ambrose University to pro- ational interests. vide equal opportunity in all terms and condi- St. Ambrose University Professional tions of employment and education for all Development Center is located at 6236 North faculty, staff and students. Brady Street in Davenport. The Center provides The University is a non-profit educational in-

8 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 9

General Information

stitution which admits academically qualified stu- The Baecke Chair, which rotates among the dents of any race, color, age, sex, religion, or academic areas of the humanities, enhances the national origin without regard to any physical teaching and learning experience in the humani- handicap, and extends all the rights, privileges, ties, which are considered the heart of learning in programs and activities generally available to stu- a liberal arts college. Priority funding is given to dents at the University. It does not discriminate curriculum and faculty development. on the basis of race, color, sex, religion, national origin, marital status, veteran status, or disability The Chair of Catholic Studies in administration of any of its educational poli- The St. Ambrose University Chair of Catholic cies or programs including admissions, financial Studies was established by the University in the aid, and athletics. It also is an affirmative spring of 1986 to address concerns of a religious action/equal opportunity employer. St. Ambrose nature. University is authorized under federal law to The Chair provides for guest lecturers in fields enroll non-immigrant alien students. which are of direct concern to the Catholic community and the greater community at large. Endowed Chairs Among others, these fields include theology, his- The term “chair” symbolizes the academic tradi- tory, literature, music, scripture, liturgy and the tion in which income is generated through an natural and social sciences. endowment at a college or university to fund the salary of a professor, thereby perpetuating the transmittal of knowledge for generations to come.

Hauber Chair of Biology The Hauber Chair of Biology was established at St. Ambrose in 1975 in honor of the late Reverend Monsignor U.A. Hauber, fifth president of the College and a nationally known writer and teacher of biology. This was the first endowed chair in the history of the then 93-year-old institution. The Hauber Chair involves an endowment for investment, with interest earned used solely for the Biology Department.

Baecke Chair of Humanities The Albert and Rachel Baecke Chair of Humanities was established in 1981 when endowment of the Chair was initiated by a siz- able gift of stock shares to St. Ambrose from the Baeckes, former residents of East Moline, Ill., who had moved to Clearwater, Fla. Mr. Baecke died there in 1985.

9 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 10

St. Ambrose University Calendar

Fall Semester 1997 Dec. 8 Feast of the Immaculate Conception Aug. 11 Special Education fall session begins Evaluations through Dec. 12 Aug. 19 Last day to verify schedules Dec. 13 Commencement exercises, PE Center Aug. 20 Residence halls ope Dec. 22 Special Education Christmas break Orientation through Aug. 22 begins Aug. 21 Finalize fall registration Aug. 25 Classes begin at 8 a.m. Winterim 1997Ð1998 Sept. 1 Labor Day—no classes Courses offered between fall and spring semes- Sept. 2 Last day to change schedule ters—session topics, dates and lengths will vary Sept. 5 Last day to receive 100% refund Sept. 9 Begin $2.50 drop/add fee Spring Semester 1998 Sept. 19 Last day to receive 80% refund Jan. 5 Special Education winter session Last day to apply for December 1997 resumes graduation Jan. 9 Last day to verify schedule Sept. 22 Last day to drop a course with no indi- Jan. 14 Residence halls open cation on transcript Orientation begins Sept. 26 Last day to receive 70% refund Jan. 15 Finalize spring registration thru Jan. 16 Oct. 9 Last day to receive 60% refund Jan. 19 Classes begin at 8 a.m. Oct. 10 Midterm break—no classes Jan. 26 Last day to change schedule Oct. 14 Mid-semester Last day to register for spring semester Oct. 24 Last day to apply for special exam or Jan. 30 Last day to order cap and gown for turn in portfolio May 1998 graduation Last day to receive 50% refund Last day to receive 100% refund Oct. 30 Last day to change I or X grades Feb. 2 Begin $2.50 drop/add fee received during previous semester Feb. 6 Last day to drop a course with no indi- Oct. 31 Last day to drop a course and receive a cation on transcript grade of W instead of WP or WF Feb. 13 Last day to receive 80% refund Special Education fall session ends Special Education winter session ends Last day to receive 40% refund Feb. 14 Special Education spring break begins Nov. 1 All Saints Day Feb. 20 Last day to receive 70% refund Nov. 3 Special Education winter break begins Last day to apply for May 1998 gradu- Nov. 10 Special Education winter session begins ation Nov. 21 Last day to drop a class or withdraw Feb. 23 Special Education spring session begins. from school Mar. 7 Last day to receive 60% refund Last day to submit results of prior expe- Mid-semester riential learning assessment Mar. 9 Spring recess begins Nov. 26 Thanksgiving vacation begins Mar. 16 Classes resume at 8 a.m. Dec. 1 Classes resume at 8 a.m. Dec. 7 Feast of St. Ambrose

10 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 11

University Calendar

Mar. 20 Last day to receive 50% refund Sept. 14 Last day to apply for December 1998 Last day to apply for special exam or graduation turn in portfolio Sept. 18 Last day to receive 80% refund Mar. 27 Last day to change I or X grades Sept. 21 Last day to drop a course with received during previous semester no indication on transcript Last day to drop a course and receive a Sept. 25 Last day to receive 70% refund grade of W instead of WP or WF Oct. 8 Last day to receive 60% refund Last day to receive 40% refund Oct. 9 Midterm break—no classes Apr. 9 Holy Thursday—classes not in session Oct. 13 Mid-semester from 2 to 3:30 p.m.. Oct. 19 Last day to apply for special exam or Apr. 10 Good Friday and Vigil of Easter—no turn in portfolio classes Oct. 23 Last day to receive 50% refund Apr. 17 Last day to drop a class or withdraw Oct. 30 Last day to change I or X grades from school received during previous semester Last day to submit results of prior expe- Last day to drop a course and receive a riential learning assessment grade of W instead of WP or WF May 2 Evaluations through May 8 Special Education fall session ends May 10 Commencement exercises, under oaks Nov. 1 All Saints Day May 15 Special Education spring session ends Nov. 2 Special Education winter break begins Nov. 3 Last day to receive 40% refund Summer 1998 Nov. 9 Special Education winter session begins May 18 Spring intercession through June 5 Nov. 20 Last day to drop a class or withdraw June 8 Regular day and evening session begins from school June 5 Last day to apply for special exam or Last day to submit results of prior expe- turn in portfolio riential learning assessment July 3 Last day to submit results of prior expe- Nov. 25 Thanksgiving vacation begins riential learning assessment Nov. 30 Classes resume at 8 a.m. July 16 Regular day and evening session ends Dec. 5 Evaluations begin Dec. 7 Feast of St. Ambrose Aug. 1 Summer commencement exercises Dec. 8 Feast of the Immaculate Conception Dec. 13 Commencement exercises, PE Center Fall Semester 1998 Dec. 21 Special Education Christmas break Aug. 10 Special Education fall session begins begins Aug. 18 Last day to verify schedules Aug. 19 Residence halls open Winterim 1998Ð1999 Orientation through Aug. 21 Courses offered between fall and spring semes- Aug. 20 Finalize fall registration ters—session topics, dates and lengths will vary Aug. 24 Classes begin at 8 a.m. Aug. 31 Last day to register for the fall semester Last day to change schedule Sept. 4 Last day to receive 100% refund Sept. 7 Labor Day—no classes Sept. 8 Begin $2.50 drop/add fee

11 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 12

University Calendar

Spring Semester 1999 Apr. 19 Last day to apply for Summer 1999 Jan. 4 Special Education winter session graduation resumes Last day to submit results of prior Jan. 8 Last day to verify schedule Experiential learning assessment Jan. 13 Residence halls open May 1 Evaluations through May 9 Orientation begins May 9 Commencement exercises, under oaks Jan. 14 Finalize spring registration thru Jan. 15 May 14 Special Education spring session begins Jan. 18 Classes begin at 8 a.m. Jan. 25 Last day to change schedule Summer 1999 Jan. 29 Last day to order cap and gown for May 17 Spring intercession begins May 1999 graduation June 7 Regular day and evening session begins Last day to receive 100% refund June 11 Last day to apply for special exam or Feb. 1 Begin $2.50 drop/add fee turn in portfolio Feb. 5 Last day to drop a course with no indi- July 2 Last day to submit results of prior expe- cation on transcript riential learning assessment Feb 12 Special Education winter session ends. June 4 Spring intercession ends Last day to receive 80% refund July 16 Regular day and evening session ends Feb 13 Special Education spring break begins July 31 Summer commencement exercises Feb. 19 Last day to receive 70% refund Last day to apply for May 1999 graduation ACCEL Academic Calendar Feb 22 Special Education spring session begins. Mar 5 Last day to receive 60% refund Fall Sessions 1997 Mar. 6 Mid-semester Aug. 2 Student representatives meeting Mar 8 Spring recess begins Aug. 25 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., Mar. 15 Classes resume at 8 a.m. ACCEL Office Mar. 19 Last day to apply for special exam or Last day to register for Fall Session 1 turn in portfolio Sept. 2 Fall Session 1 begins (5-, 8-, and 10- Last day to receive 50% refund week classes) Mar. 26 Last day to change I or X grades Sept. 20 Student representatives meeting received during previous semester Sept. 29 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., Last day to drop a course and receive a ACCEL Office grade of W instead of WP or WF Last day to register for Fall Session 2 Last day to receive 40% refund Oct. 6 Five-Week Fall Session 2 begins Apr 1 Holy Thursday—classes not in session Oct. 25 Student representatives meeting from 2 to 3:30 p.m. Nov. 3 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., Apr 2 Good Friday and Vigil of Easter—no ACCEL Office classes Last day to register for Fall Session 3 Apr. 16 Last day to drop a class or withdraw Nov. 10 Five-Week Fall Session 3 begins from school Nov. 22 Student representatives meeting Nov. 24 Fall Break, Nov. 24–30 (5-week classes only)

12 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 13

University Calendar

Spring Sessions 1998 Fall Sessions 1998 Jan. 5 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., Aug. 24 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., ACCEL Office ACCEL Office Last day to register for Spring Session 4 Last day to register for Fall Session 1 Jan. 12 Spring Session 4 begins (5-, 8-, and 10- Aug. 31 Fall Session 1 begins (5-, 8-, and 10- week classes) week classes) Jan. 31 Student representatives meeting Sept. 19 Student representatives meeting July 31 Student representatives meeting Sept. 28 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., ACCEL Office Feb. 9 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., Last day to register for Fall Session 2 r ACCEL Office Oct. 5 Five-Week Fall Session 2 begins Last day to register for Spring Session 5 Oct. 24 Student representatives meeting Feb. 16 Five-Week Spring Session 5 begins Nov. 2 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., Mar. 7 Student representatives meeting ACCEL Office Mar. 16 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., Last day to register for Fall Session 3 ACCEL Office Nov. 9 Five-Week Fall Session 3 begins Last day to register for Spring Session 6 Nov. 23 Fall Break, Nov. 23–29 Mar. 23 Five-Week Spring Session 6 begins (5-week classes only) Apr. 11 Student representatives meeting Dec. 5 Student representatives meeting Apr. 12 Spring Break, Apr. 12–18 (5-week classes only) Spring Sessions 1999 Jan. 4 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., Summer Sessions 1998 ACCEL Office Apr. 27 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., Last day to register for Spring Session 4 ACCEL Office Jan. 11 Spring Session 4 begins (5-, 8-, and 10- Last day to register Summer Session 7 week classes) May 4 Summer Session 7 begins (5-, 8-, and Jan. 30 Student representatives meeting 10-week classes) Feb. 8 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., May 23 Student representatives meeting ACCEL Office June 1 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., Last day to register for Spring Session 5 ACCEL Office Feb. 15 Five-Week Spring Session 5 begins Last day to register Summer Session 8 Mar. 6 Student representatives meeting June 8 Five-Week Summer Session 8 begins Mar. 15 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., June 27 Student representatives meeting ACCEL Office July 6 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., Last day to register for Spring Session 6 ACCEL Office Mar. 22 Five-Week Spring Session 6 begins Last day to register Summer Session 9 Apr. 4 Spring Break, Apr. 4–10 July 13 Five-Week Summer Session 9 begins (5-week classes only) Aug. 1 Student representatives meeting

13 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 14

University Calendar

Summer Sessions 1999 Apr. 26 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., ACCEL Office Last day to register Summer Session 7 May 3 Summer Session 7 begins (5-, 8-, and 10-week classes) May 22 Student representatives meeting June 1 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., ACCEL Office Last day to register Summer Session 8 June 7 Five-Week Summer Session 8 begins June 26 Student representatives meeting July 6 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., ACCEL Office Last day to register Summer Session 9 July 12 Five-Week Summer Session 9 begins

Fall Sessions 1999 Aug. 23 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., ACCEL Office Last day to register for Fall Session 1 Aug. 30 Fall Session 1 begins (5-, 8-, and 10- week classes) Sept. 18 Student representatives meeting Sept. 27 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., ACCEL Office Last day to register for Fall Session 2 Oct. 4 Five-Week Fall Session 2 begins Oct. 23 Student representatives meeting Nov. 1 New student orientation, 6–7 p.m., ACCEL Office Last day to register for Fall Session 3 Nov. 8 Five-Week Fall Session 3 begins Nov. 22 Fall Break, Nov. 22–28 (5-week classes only) Dec. 4 Student representatives meeting

14 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 15

Student Life and Support Services

The purpose of student life and support services is to augment academic life by encouraging growth in the non-academic areas so students may enjoy the total educational process. All student services are based on the Catholic-Christian character of the University. Resources are available to help meet students’ various needs—whether informational, health, psychological, financial, vocational, academic, social, or spiritual. Detailed information on student life, student rights and responsibilities and the following student services is available in the Student Services Office, in the Center for Graduate and Continuing Education and in the Student Handbook.

Academic Advising Academic Support Center/Tutorial Services Students are assigned a faculty or staff advisor The Academic Support Center offers a variety of who will assist in the selection of courses leading services to St. Ambrose students at no cost. to the chosen degree or certificate. Advisors are Services include placement testing to assist stu- interested in the student as an individual, and dents in their selection of courses, three levels of will help the student in meeting educational courses in reading, basic courses in writing and goals. Academic counseling also is available on math taught in cooperation with the English and an ongoing basis to help students determine their Mathematics Departments, a comprehensive peer progress in fulfilling their academic course tutorial program for most 100- and 200-level requirements. Students may also receive assis- courses, supplemental instruction in selected tance in selecting or changing an academic major. courses, and drop-in writing tutorials at specified First year students are assigned a mentor, who times. The tutorial program is nationally certified is an advisor committed to helping them succeed by the College Reading and Learning Association academically and adjust to the University envi- at the Master’s Level, the most advanced level of ronment. At the end of the first year, students certification available. Materials, including com- transfer from the mentor to an advisor in their puter software, are available on test-taking, study major. strategies, writing research papers, time management, problem solving, and note-taking.

15 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 16

S tudent Life and Support Services

Course offerings are described in this catalog Campus Ministry under the headings of Learning Skills, English, St. Ambrose offers a religious environment and Mathematics. emphasizing the values, attitudes, and goals of the Catholic heritage. Academic disciplines in Athletics Theology and Philosophy explore the religious The athletic program is widely varied, with varsi- dimensions of human life. The University chap- ty and intramural activities for men and women. lain, the director of the Campus Ministry Recreational facilities include the gymnasium, Program and diocesan priests, are available for racquetball, tennis courts, running track, golf religious and personal counseling. Regular masses room, archery range, weight-lifting room and the and religious services are offered during the acad- swimming pool. St. Ambrose is a member of the emic year in Christ the King Chapel on campus. National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics One daily mass is said Monday through Friday, (NAIA). It sponsors men’s teams in football, bas- and two masses are scheduled for Sunday. Times ketball, baseball, golf, tennis, cross country, are posted each semester in the chapel. Campus indoor/outdoor track, and soccer; and women’s Ministry also publishes a weekly bulletin of cam- teams in basketball, volleyball, soccer, softball, pus, including religious activities. tennis, indoor/outdoor track, and golf. Activities are centered around the multi-purpose Physical Child Care Center and Preschool Education Center which opened in 1983. St. Ambrose students who are parents of children between the ages of six weeks and six years can Bookstore and Coffee House take advantage of daycare at the University’s The new campus Bookstore and Coffee House is licensed Children’s Campus, located on the cor- located at the southeast corner of the campus on ner of Lombard and Marquette Streets, near the Harrison Street. In addition to supplying new St. Ambrose campus. A fee is charged. and used textbooks, the bookstore carries a wide range of school supplies, magazines, newspapers, Clubs and Organizations gifts, sundries and University memorabilia. Book Organized groups and clubs on campus are avail- buy backs are held during finals week each able in almost every area of interest. Included are semester. The coffee house serves light meals, organizations in athletics, fine arts, professional bagels, sweet rolls, ice cream, desserts, and a groups, honor societies, service organizations, wide assortment of regular and flavored coffees. and fellowship. Students also participate in student print and Career Development Center electronic media projects such as The Buzz, a The Career Development Center offers part-time biweekly student newspaper; KALA-FM, the and full-time job listings and career information. University’s radio station; and TV-11, the Services include career counseling and planning University’s cable television channel. information, resume and interviewing assistance, cooperative education and internship experiences, Cooperative Education on-campus interviewing, direct resume referral Students can obtain professional job experience and credential file maintenance. Services are and earn a salary while receiving academic credit available to all students, alumni and staff. through the Cooperative Education Program. Co- op jobs are available in many different fields, and

16 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 17

S tudent Life and Support Services

students are placed in off-campus positions St. Ambrose faculty or professional staff member according to their academic majors, areas of who is especially interested in and trained to help interest and career goals. Internships (unpaid new students be successful. About two-thirds of work experience) also are available in many new first-year students take New Student majors. The Cooperative Education Program and Seminar, a one-credit orientation course that the Internship Program are prepared to serve includes topics such as time management, study practically all full-time and part-time students. strategies, personal development, and career orientation. Usually, at the end of the first year, the Counseling new student transfers from their mentor to an Counseling services are available to help students advisor in their intended major. identify concerns, make educational decisions, solve personal problems, adjust to college, New Student Seminar improve personal relationships, and set goals. All New Student Seminar is an orientation course students are encouraged to use the counseling offered for one credit to first year students. It service. includes discussion on topics related to time management, acclimation to St. Ambrose and post- Food Service secondary education in general, study skills, and Meals and snacks are available to commuting personal development, including career explo- and boarding students. The food service complex ration activities. includes the University Dining Room, Faculty The course is taught by mentors, who are aca- Dining Room and Guest Dining Room. A snack demic advisors especially interested in working bar is located in the Student Union. with new students. About two-thirds of freshmen enroll in New Student Seminar. Galvin Fine Arts Center Performing Arts O’Keefe Library Series After 55 years in McMullen Hall, library services The Galvin Fine Arts Center Performing Arts opened in a new state-of-the art building, with Series is committed to encouraging an expansive double the capacity of the previous building, on interest in the arts so they may become an inte- March 18, 1996. The new library provides study gral part of students’ lives. The series presents a space for 400 students and houses a current col- wide range of events that encourage learning. lection of 150,000 volumes, with space to include The works presented embody the fruits of free 100,000 additional volumes. The collection also expression—offering cultural and aesthetic diver- includes more than 800 journal titles, a media sity; a means to learn and a reflection of the rich- collection of audio and video cassettes, and a rare ness of the human condition. As a commitment book and special collections room. to these values, performing arts series events are The library is open 90 hours per week during free to all registered students. the academic year, with somewhat reduced hours during the summer sessions. It offers a range of Mentor Program information services, including group and indi- The mentor program is designed to help first-year vidual instruction in library use. students with all aspects of the transition to col- Automated services provide computer access lege life: academically, socially, and spiritually. All to the information sources housed in the library new first-year students are assigned a mentor—a and to the holdings of 23 local Quad-LINC

17 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 18

S tudent Life and Support Services

libraries. St. Ambrose participates in an interli- Registered undergraduate students are mem- brary loan system which allows timely delivery of bers of the Student Government Association borrowed materials. Technology incorporated in (SGA). The SGA investigates and reports on all the new library provides access to the Internet matters of student concern, provides for and pro- and numerous on-line services. motes matters of student interest. SGA officers and student representatives serve on most Services for Students with Disabilities University committees. The SGA president also Students with disabilities may use a variety of serves on the Board of Directors. services or reasonable accommodations intended All registered graduate students are eligible to to reduce the effects that a disability may have on serve in the Graduate Student Government their performance in a traditional academic set- Association (GSGA). The GSGA elects officers and ting. Services do not lower course standards or meets monthly to represent student concerns, alter degree requirements, but give students a bet- plan student activities and provide certain ser- ter opportunity to demonstrate their academic vices to the graduate students not otherwise pro- abilities. vided by the University administration and staff. Services may include readers, scribes, note- takers, sign language interpreters, alternate exam Student Health arrangements, advocacy, academic advising, The Office of Health Services is staffed by a reg- books on tape, screening and referral for diagno- istered nurse who provides care for students, fac- sis of a disability, and liaison with other ulty and staff. The nurse will assess the health University and state agencies. A learning disabili- needs of clients and make appropriate referrals ties specialist and graduate assistants provide when necessary. Office hours are 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. one-to-one learning skills instruction. The Monday through Friday while classes or exami- University also has a FM hearing assistance sys- nations are in session. tem for use in the Galvin Fine Arts Center and Christ the King Chapel. Personal transmitters and Student Services Division receivers are available for use in the classroom. The staff of Student Services is available to assist Services and accommodations are not limited in the enhancement of the personal development to those listed above. Students are encouraged to of all students at St. Ambrose. The departments meet with the coordinator to discuss services that of the Student Services division provide a variety will allow equal access to the opportunities proof services to support students as they pursue vided by the University. their comprehensive education. Students are encouraged to participate in the student life activ- Student Government ities and in the comprehensive program provided The Campus Activities Board (CAB) is composed by the Student Services Office. of 11 executive council chairs and subcommittee Note: Students are subject to the regulations members. CAB provides cultural, educational and and guidelines as stated in official University lit- social events for the campus community. It strives erature available in the Student Services Office. for the highest quality and variety in all events, The University reserves the right to enforce the responds to students’ needs and concerns as they withdrawal of or suspend a student who violates relate to programming of events, and schedules the University’s standard of conduct, or whose events in consideration of other University activi- academic standing is unsatisfactory in the ties. University’s judgment.

18 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 19

S tudent Life and Support Services

Testing Services The University offers the American College Testing (ACT) Program (April only); the College Level Examination Program (CLEP), a placement testing program; and the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT). All new full-time students are required to take placement tests in reading, writing, and math (certain exceptions apply for transfer students). Results help ensure appropriate placement in beginning courses.

Tutoring The tutoring program is available to all St. Ambrose students at no cost (see full description under Academic Support Center).

19 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 20

Admissions

Undergraduate Admission Requirements D. Health History Applicants Less Than 23 Years of Age All undergraduate students are required to have on file in the Health Services Office a Admission as a Freshman properly completed health form which A. Full Admission includes a health history, a physical examina- Individuals are eligible for admission to tion by a physician and immunization dates. St. Ambrose University as a freshman if they This information is confidential and is avail- meet the following requirements: able only to the Director of Health Services. 1. Have a cumulative grade point average of Release of any health information requires the 2.50 or above (on a 4.00 scale) from an ac- student’s signature. credited high school. E. Placement Tests AND EITHER All undergraduate students are required to 2. Have a composite score of 20 or above on take placement tests in reading, writing and the American College Testing Program mathematics. (ACT) or a 950 or above on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Board. Admission as a Transfer OR A. Full Admission 3. Graduate in the upper half of their senior Transfer students are eligible for admission to class. St. Ambrose University if they meet the fol- B. Provisional Admission lowing requirements: Students who are ineligible for full admission 1. Have completed 12 college transferable because they do not meet the above standards credits of academic work from a fully may be admitted on a provisional basis. The accredited institution of higher education. academic progress of provisional students is 2. Maintained a 2.00 grade point average or monitored each semester by the Board of above (on a 4.00 scale). Students must sub- Studies. mit transcripts of all prior work on higher C. Petition Process education levels. With less than 12 trans- Applicants not meeting the minimum criteria ferable semester credits of college work, for either category above may petition the admission will be based on high school GPA Admissions Standards Committee. More in- and test scores. formation on this process is available from the B. Previous Academic Dismissal Admissions Office. Students who have been dismissed from an institution for academic or other reasons need to submit all transcripts, including high

20 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 21

Admissions

school, and a letter to the Admissions Admission with a General Educational Standards Committee explaining the cause of Development Test Certificate dismissal and the steps followed to prevent Prospective students who do not have a high future problems. Students will not be consid- school diploma are required to score 50 or higher ered for admission until one semester after on the General Education Development Test their dismissal. (GED) and to have earned an ACT composite score C. Exceptions of 18 or an SAT score of 860. Applicants must petition the Admissions Early Enrollment of High School Students Standards Committee for exceptions to the St. Ambrose allows eligible high school seniors norms listed above. and selected juniors the opportunity to earn col- D. Language Requirement lege credit while still enrolled in high school. An Transfer students wishing to use a year of high eligible student ordinarily may enroll for a maxi- school foreign language to waive the foreign mum of three semester credits in any given term. language requirement must submit a high Requirements for admission for early enrollment school transcript as part of the application are high school transcripts, letter of recommenda- process. tion from a high school counselor, written per- E. Health History mission from a parent or guardian and a meeting All undergraduate students are required to with an Admissions Counselor. submit a properly completed health form which includes a health history, a physical Admission as a Non-Degree Student examination by their physician and the dates A. Individuals may be admitted as non-degree of immunizations. Transfer students may for- students by applying for non-degree status ward a copy of the health form originally sub- and signing a non-degree waiver. Non-degree mitted to the institution from which they are students must complete a minimum of one transferring. This information is confidential full-time semester (12 semester credits) before and is available only to the Director of Health requesting a review for degree status. The Services. Release of any health information request must be accompanied by transcripts requires the student’s signature. from all previous colleges and high school. F. Placement Tests Students will be subject to all admission poli- All transfer students are required to take a cies at the time of status review. Non-degree writing test (unless they have 60 earned cred- students are not eligible for financial aid. its, a 2.5 transfer GPA and a grade of C (2.0) B. Students who apply as non-degree students or better in English 101), a reading test (unless will have their provisional status posted on a grade of C or better is transferred for an their transcript. While the first 15 credits English composition course) and a mathemat- earned can be applied toward a degree, stu- ics test (unless a C or better is transferred for dents do not have to apply for degree status an intermediate algebra course) when 15 credits have been earned. The option to switch to degree status is the decision of the Admission as a Temporary (Guest) Student student regardless of the number of credits. Students enrolled in good standing in another C. When a non-degree student has applied to the post-secondary institution are eligible for full- or Admissions Office for degree status, the part-time admission as a non-degree student. Registrar’s Office will be asked to review the academic record and notify Admissions regarding all credits earned and the academic

21 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 22

Admissions

status of the applicant. the Office of Admissions. A $25 non-refund- D. After acceptance, applicants’ transcripts will able application fee is to be included with the be posted with their new degree-seeking sta- application form. tus, and they will be notified of how many B. For students who have no prior college work, credits they have earned. have an official transcript of all high school Note: Students will always be notified in work sent directly to the Office of advance of their academic status and credits Admissions. earned. The transcript will not be altered C. For students who have attended another col- (regarding earned hours) until the student has lege or university, have an official transcript of had a chance, if necessary, to appeal to the all work attempted at each institution sent Board of Studies. directly to the Office of Admissions. E. All full-time degree and non-degree students Applicants who have completed less than 24 with academic work below a 2.00 GPA at SAU semester or 36 quarter hours of credit also will be reviewed by the Board of Studies and should have an official transcript of their high will be notified of decisions regarding their school records sent directly to the Office of academic status. Admissions. D. Submit a copy of test results from either the International Students ACT or the SAT. High school students are International students are subject to the admis- encouraged to take either the ACT or the SAT sions policies of St. Ambrose University and to examinations early in their senior year. the regulations of the Immigration and (Individuals over the age of 22 years are Naturalization Service of the United States exempt from this requirement). Department of Justice. E. Submit to the Health Services a properly com- Students from foreign countries who desire pleted health form including health history, a admission should have completed the form of physical examination by a physician, and secondary education making them eligible to seek immunization history. Transfer students may admission to college studies (or equivalent) in forward a copy of the health form they origi- their own country. International students must be nally submitted to their previous institution. able to read and write English, understand spo- This information is confidential and available ken English, and speak English in such a way as only to the Director of the Health Services. to be understood. No information will be released without writ- Before St. Ambrose will issue a letter of accep- ten consent of the student. tance or Form I-320 required by the United States Government, the applicant must take the Test of Applicants 23 Years of Age and Older English as a Foreign language (TOEFL) and have the results sent to the Admissions Office. A mini- Admission as a Degree-Seeking Student mum score of 500 is required at the under- A. No Prior College Enrollment graduate level and 550 at the graduate level. 1. Individuals are eligible for admission to St. Ambrose as full-time or part-time stu- Application Procedures dents if they have graduated from an To be considered for admission as an entering accredited high school with a GPA of 2.50 undergraduate, students must: or have earned a high school equivalency A. Complete the Application for Admissions to certificate with a minimum composite score St. Ambrose University form and submit it to of 50. Students must provide a high school

22 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 23

Admissions

transcript, high school equivalency certifi- Admissions Office for degree status, the cate, or proof of high school graduation. Registrar’s Office will be asked to review the 2. Applicants with a high school GPA of academic record and notify Admissions 2.00 – 2.49 will be admitted on a proba- regarding all credits earned and the academic tionary status. status of the applicant. B. Admission as a Transfer D. After acceptance, applicants’ transcripts will 1. Individuals are eligible for full-time or part- be posted with their new degree seeking sta- time admission if transferring from another tus, and they will be notified of how many college or university with 12 transferable credits they have earned. credits and a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or Note: The student will always be notified in above. Transcripts of all post-secondary advance about academic status and credits undergraduate studies should be sent to the earned. The transcript will not be altered Office of Admissions at St. Ambrose before (regarding earned hours) until the student has registration. Students with less than 24 had a chance, if necessary, to appeal to the transferable credits are required to submit Board of Studies. a high school transcript or GED. E. All full-time degree and non-degree students 2. Applicants not meeting the minimum re- with academic work below a 2.00 GPA at SAU quirements for either of the above cate- will be reviewed by the Board of Studies and gories must have a personal interview with will be notified of decisions regarding their the Dean of the Center for Graduate and academic status. Continuing Education. Admission as a Non-Degree Seeking Student A. Individuals may be admitted as non-degree students by applying for non-degree status and signing a non-degree waiver. Non-degree students must complete a minimum of one full-time semester before requesting a review for degree status. The request must be accompanied by transcripts from all previous colleges and high school. Students will be subject to all admission policies at the time of status review. Non-degree students are not eligible for financial aid. B. Students applying to as non-degree students will have their provisional status posted on their transcript. While the first 15 credits earned can be applied toward a degree, the non-degree student does not have to apply for degree status when the 15 credits have been earned. The option to switch to degree status is the decision of the student regardless of the number of credits earned. C. When a non-degree student has applied to the

23 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 24

Finance

Procedures for Financial Aid and Scholarship Applicants

Students can obtain full information and applications for financial aid, scholarships, loans, university employment, grants, work-study, and cooperative programs from the Financial Aid Office. The application for financial aid is entirely separate from the application for admission as a student at St. Ambrose University. To be considered for financial aid, students must complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid and send it , for processing. This form is used to apply for need and no-need funds. For Iowa residents, this information should also be released to the Iowa College Aid Commission and should reach the processor, prior to April 20. Only students who submit this form on time are considered for State of Iowa scholarship and/or Iowa Tuition Grant money.

The priority deadline for financial aid is on or demic scholarships, athletic scholarships, and before March 15 of the year in which a student work programs. This form must be completed each year for possible renewal of funds. The wishes to enter the fall semester.All students financial aid form is available in high school (freshmen and returning) must have a complete guidance offices or in the St. Ambrose Financial financial aid file and an award letter no later Aid Office. than September 1 in order to receive institutional All students receiving financial aid (federal, state, and/or institutional funds) are expected to grants or jobs. Although federal and state grants complete all courses attempted while maintaining and/or loans could be available after this date, no at least a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 St. Ambrose funds or jobs will be awarded. (undergraduate) or 3.0 (graduate). The exception Need must be established by completing the for graduate work holds that a GPA of 2.8 – 2.99 financial aid form for all federal and state funds shall be deemed satisfactory progress provided such as loans, grants, work-study programs. The the GPA is raised to 3.0 after no more than two financial aid form must also be filed for all consecutive semesters. University funds such as (but not limited to) aca- For students receiving financial aid (federal,

24 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 25

F inance

state, and/or institutional money) refunds, due to General change in enrollment status (fulltime or part- Scholarships are awarded for students with gen- time), may vary due to the type of aid awarded. eral and special abilities. These are given on the For purposes of financial aid, the academic basis of academic achievement, need, and leader- year is defined as August 15 through August 14. ship ability. All hours must be completed and/or cumulative Once a student is awarded an academic schol- grade point average earned at the minimum level arship, it will continue under the following con- by August 14 in order to receive funding for the ditions: the student must meet Satisfactory following year. Progress Requirements, enroll continuously, and Students who believe extenuating circum- maintain a minimum 3.25 cumulative grade point stances prevented them from meeting satisfactory average. Other awards are continued if financial progress requirements may submit a written letter need or aptitude in a special field still exists. of appeal to the Satisfactory Progress Committee. It should be sent to the Director of Financial Aid High School and Transfer Student Scholarships no later than two weeks prior to the start of the High school students and transfer students with a semester for which a student would like to be cumulative grade point average of 3.30 (on a 4.0 considered for aid. The Satisfactory Progress scale) and above are eligible for academic schol- Committee will review the appeal and render a arships at St. Ambrose University. Readmits to decision. There is no further appeal beyond this the University are not eligible for academic schol- committee. arships. A complete listing of all requirements is contained on the Statement of Satisfactory Progress Requirements and is available in the Financial Aid Office and is mailed with the first award letter each year. To receive scholarship money, students need to be International students are not eligible for fed- enrolled on a full-time basis (minimum of 12 eral or state funding unless they meet certain con- semester credits). Students must apply for all ditions established by the United States other types of financial assistance including the Department of Immigration and Naturalization. completion of a needs analysis form. These conditions are available in the Financial The scholarship for first year students may be Aid Office. renewed for a maximum of four years. To renew A detailed policy statement on financial aid is the scholarship, students need to meet all of the also available in the Financial Aid Office. Specific established financial aid policies. Scholarships are information is also available in the Financial Aid based on the grade-point average at the time the Office on the following institutional programs. first transcript is received by the Admissions Office. Scholarships Students without demonstrated need may receive an academic scholarship. The gift aid, Seminary however, will be limited to the amount of the Seminary scholarships are available to students scholarship. accepted by dioceses to study for the priesthood. Transfer students must have completed at least Information on Seminary scholarships is available 12 semester credits at the prior institution in from the Seminary Department. order to receive a scholarship at St. Ambrose.

25 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 26

F inance

Loans Grants Students may be eligible for a student loan Brother-Sister Grant assigned from the following sources: This grant is a fixed amount which may be awarded to a family when two or more full-time, Forgivable Loans for Children of Educators and dependent students from the same immediate St. Ambrose Alumni family attend St. Ambrose University at the same Dependent sons and daughters of elementary or time. secondary educators or dependent children of alumni may receive up to $1400 per year, applic- Continuing Education Assistance Grants able only to room and board. This loan is forgiv- Alumni en at the time of graduation. Renewal requires Persons who have earned an undergraduate or a continuous enrollment. These programs are avail- graduate degree from St. Ambrose University will able only to first year students. Applicants are eli- be entitled to a 50 percent tuition discount on gible for only one forgivable loan program. undergraduate courses for which they register three or more years after the completion of their William D. Ford Direct Loans most recent St. Ambrose degree. The application Most students who are at least half time and eli- for this discount is available in the Center for gible for financial aid may take out a William D. Graduate and Continuing Education. Ford Subsidized or Unsubsidized Direct Loan. Persons who have earned a graduate degree Since St. Ambrose is a direct-lending institution, from St. Ambrose will be entitled to a one-third the printed promissory note will be sent directly tuition discount on graduate courses in their orig- to the student to complete and return to the inal graduate degree program for which they University enroll anytime after the completion of their grad- The William D. Ford Plus Loans are long-term uate degree. The application for this discount is loans made available to parents to help pay col- available from the graduate degree program lege expenses for dependent students. director and must be completed by the student Students who need loan money to pay their and graduate degree program director. bills should be aware of the time factor involved This discount may not be applied to the in the receipt of funds. It is imperative to file for tuition for graduate courses by alumni whose financial aid and send all needed documents in a previous degree was at the undergraduate level. timely manner. Loan notes are originated and Students are not eligible if they are receiving processed only after receipt of a signed award let- any other form of tuition assistance (i.e. state, ter from the student, and the student is registered federal, employer assistance). for classes. After the student returns the signed promissory note, funds are received by the Continuing Education Uuniversity, normally in less than two weeks. When funds are available, adult students may be eligible to receive up to a $100 tuition discount Perkins Loans on each credit hour for up to six credit hours of The University is authorized by the federal gov- enrollment each for the summer session(s) com- ernment to grant loans if financial need exists. bined, the fall semester, or the spring semester. The availability of the loans is dependent upon The following criteria must be met: federal legislation and available funds. A. The student must be an undergraduate at least 25 years of age.

26 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 27

F inance

B. The student must meet the requirements for Iowa Tuition Grant Program admission and file the Application for Qualified undergraduate Iowa students may Admission. receive financial assistance for attendance at a C. The student must demonstrate need by the private Iowa college. The amount of the grant Free Application for Federal Student Aid depends upon need and enrollment status. (FAFSA). The FAFSA must be submitted and results sent to St. Ambrose before considera- Supplement Educational Opportunity Grant tion will be made for this grant. This federal aid program is available to students D. The student may not be receiving any other showing exceptional financial need. forms of aid other than a loan. Pell Grant Program E. The student must maintain satisfactory academic progress as defined by the Financial Aid This government-financed program aids students Office. For more information regarding satis- with unusual financial need who otherwise factory academic progress, contact the would be unable to enter or remain in college. Financial Aid Office. Work-Study Program F. The procedure for determining eligibility must This government program provides another be followed, unless the applicant has been source of funds to assist students in obtaining specifically exempted by the Dean or Assistant their college education. The program is based on Director of the Center for Graduate and need. Continuing Education. If a grant is approved, the recipient must complete his or her registration and pay the share of University Employment tuition and fees (or make financial arrangements St. Ambrose has a number of opportunities for with the Business Office) by the first day of class. part-time employment in the University to sup- If any applicant intentionally deceives the plement students’ financial assistance program. University in preparing an application, that per- Jobs also are available in the community through son is obligated to repay the University any the Career Development Center. amount received as Continuing Education Tuition Assistance to which he or she was not entitled. Any applicant who intentionally deceives the University also becomes disqualified for other institutional aid from St. Ambrose University in the future. Note: Any tuition benefit received by students who are not pursuing a degree is considered tax- able income by the Internal Revenue Service. Institutional Grants Certain institutional grants are available to those students demonstrating financial need who do not have sufficient sources of other funds to cover that need. All applicants are considered for these grants.

27 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 28

Expenses

The following expenses are for the 1997 – 1998 academic year. Costs for the 1998 – 1999 academic year will be made available. Tuition, fees, room and board are charged on a semester basis. Payment of the charges, or financial arrangements for payment, is necessary before students attend class. Monthly payments may be made with Visa or MasterCard, or by making arrangements with the University Business Office. Tuition charges are standardized, and students will have no additional fees except those listed under special expenses.

Tuition 10 meals a week . . . $1175 per semester Undergraduate Unlimited meals . . . $1385 per semester Part-time: 1 – 11 semester credits, Room per semester credit ...... $ 385 These rates are for 1997 – 98. Rates for Full-time: 1998 – 99 will change in proportion to changing 12 – 18 semester credits, costs. per semester ...... $ 6150 Other: Cosgrove, Davis, Hayes, and Rohlman Halls 19 or more semester credits, General double, per semester credit ...... $ 385 each student, per semester...... $ 995 General single, per semester...... $ 1500 Graduate Per semester credit ...... $ 385 Townhouses, New Residence Hall, Houses General double, Board each student, per semester...... $ 1290 These rates are for 1997 – 98. Rates for General single, per semester...... $ 1650 1998 – 99 will change in proportion to changing Room assignments are subject to contractual costs. arrangements through the Student Services One of four optional meal plans is required of all Office. The University reserves the right to move resident students: any student on campus whenever the student or 19 meals a week . . . $1315 per semester the University will be better served by such a 14 meals a week . . . $1265 per semester change.

Damage Deposit ...... $ 100

28 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 29

Expenses

Special Expenses Motor Vehicle Registration, Per Year Resident Student...... $ 15 First Registration Fee ...... $ 10 Commuter Student (payable only once at the time (seven credits or more) ...... $ 15 of the first registration) Adult Learner Student Application Fee...... $ 25 (six credits or less) ...... $ 7.50 (This accompanies the admission application Graduate Student ...... $ 7.50 when it is returned to the Admissions Office. The fee will not be applied toward tuition, Course Lab Fees and it will not be refunded.) (Per Semester Per Course) Department and Course Fee Tuition Deposit...... $ 50 (This non-refundable tuition deposit is Accounting required after admission to the University) Course 203, 300...... $ 25 Fees for assessment of prior experiential learning Art through individually designed methods: Courses 206, 207, 208, 306, For each equivalency credit requested, 400, 401, 402 ...... $ 10 payable in advance ...... $ 20 Courses 233, 234, 320, Additional fee for each equivalency 430, 431 ...... $ 15 credit awarded ...... $ 30 Courses 220, 303, 304, 305 ...... $ 30

Retired Learner Audit Fee ...... $ 50 Astronomy Per class (limit of 2 per semester) Course 201 ...... $ 30 High School Learner Fee ...... $ 193 Biology Per credit hour (limit of 6 crs per semester) Courses 109, 101, 103, 104, 202, 204, 211, 221, 231, 241, 301, College-Level Examination 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 314 . . . $ 30 Program (CLEP) Test ...... $ 47 Course 323 (fee may be assessed Each credit awarded ...... $ 20 depending on subject) ...... Varies MBA Competency Examination Fee . . . . . $ 100 Course 330 ...... $ 50 Course 500 ...... $ 115 MPT Admission Fees Acceptance Fee ...... $ 200 Business Administration Alternate List Fee Courses 205, 305 ...... $ 25 (rolled over to Acceptance Fee) ...... $ 50 Computer Science Special Examination Fee All Courses ...... $ 25 For each examination taken ...... $ 60 Chemistry For each credit awarded ...... $ 30 Courses 101, 102, 103, 105, 106, 209, Change of Registration Fee ...... $ 2.50 210, 301, 303, 311, 313, 314, 319, 321, 333, 428, 429 ...... $ 30 Late Registration Fee...... $ 15 Early Childhood Education Late Payment Fees ...... Vary Courses 440, 441, 442 ...... $ 40 Graduation Fee ...... $ 35 29 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 30

Expenses

Economics Occupational Therapy Courses 205, 305 ...... $ 25 Courses 313, 314, 323, 326, 327, 443, 444, 452, 456, 511 ...... $ 30 Education Courses 325, 441, 442, 451, 453, 460 $ 50 Courses 409, 419, 430, 432, 433 . . . . $ 85 Course 308 ...... $ 25 Physical Education Course 403 ...... $ 40 Courses 149, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 157, 158, 160, 165...... Vary Engineering Course 308 ...... $ 15 Course 101 ...... $ 15 Course 341 ...... $ 25 Physics Courses 160, 201, 203, 204, 251, Industrial Engineering 253, 254, 306, 325, 326, 329 ...... $ 30 Courses 110, 290, 300, 351, 375 . . . . $ 15 Psychology Mass Communications Course 403 ...... $ 15 Course 225 ...... $ 25 Course 406 ...... $ 30 Master of Business Administration Social Sciences Course 690 ...... $ 360 Course 213 (also Criminal Justice, Master of Education History, Political Science, Psychology, Courses 700 ...... $ 40 Sociology) ...... $ 25 Master of Physical Therapy Tuition Refunds BIOL 500...... $ 115 PSYC 540 ...... $ 25 1997 – 1998 Academic Year MPT 530, 560, 620, 630, 720 ...... $ 75 Percentage of Refund Fall 1997 Mathematics 100% On or Before September 5, 1997 Courses 300, 301, 330 ...... $ 25 80% September 6 – 19, 1997 Music 70% September 20 – 26, 1997 Courses 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240 $ 15 60% September 27 – October 9, 1997 Private instruction for registered students 50% October 10 – 24, 1997 in voice, piano, organ, orchestral and 40% October 25 – October 31, 1997 band instruments. 0% On or after November 1, 1997 One-half hour lesson per week...... $ 100 And subsequent one-half hour private instruc- Spring 1998 tion lessons in a second instrument or voice 100% On or Before January 30, 1998 during the same semester...... $ 80 80% February 1 – 13, 1998 Private instruction for non-registered students 70% February 14 – 20, 1998 in voice, piano, organ, orchestral and band 60% February 21 – March 7, 1998 instruments, excluding registration for audit. 50% March 8 – 20, 1998 One hour lesson per week...... $ 160 40% March 21 – 27, 1998 0% On or after March 28, 1998 Natural Science Courses 105, 202 ...... $ 30

30 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 31

Expenses

1998 – 1999 Academic Year Resident Students

Percentage of Refund Students from outside the Quad City area are Fall 1998 required to live and board on campus. This is 100% On or Before September 4, 1998 determined by the residency of parents or 80% September 5 – 18, 1998 guardian. 70% September 19 – 25, 1998 Once the application for admission as a stu- 60% September 26 - October 8, 1998 dent has been accepted, a $100 deposit is 50% October 9 – 23, 1998 required for room reservation. For students who 40% October 24 – November 3, 1998 do not enroll, this deposit is refundable up to 12 0% On or after November 4, 1998 weeks before the first day of the semester. Returning students are required to submit each Spring 1999 year either a new contract or a request for refund 100% On or Before January 29, 1999 before May 1. Refunds will be given provided the 80% January 30 – February 12, 1999 room is free of damage. 70% February 13 – 19, 1999 Room reservations are arranged with the 60% February 20 – March 5, 1999 Office of Student Services. All rates and room 50% March 6 – 19, 1999 assignments are subject to change if necessary. 40% March 20 – 26, 1999 The scholastic year begins on registration day 0% On or after March 27, 1999 in the fall and ends with the last day of spring Other Refund Policies semester examinations. During this time, there 7 Week Courses 12 Week Courses are four vacation periods: Thanksgiving, Christmas, Spring Break and Easter. Students 100% Through Week One 100% Week One normally leave campus during these vacations. 80% Through Week Two 80% Week Two All students must leave at Christmas. Those who 60% Through Week Three 70% Week Three wish to remain at the University through any part 50% Through Week Four 60% Week Four of the other vacation periods should notify No refund after Week Four 50% Week Five Student Services. Students need to make their 50% Week Six own arrangements for meals during this time. 40% Week Seven No refund after Week Seven Transcripts Students are obligated for the full amount of Transcripts are issued upon written request to the tuition for the courses for which they are regis- Office of Records and Registration. There is no tered, subject to the refund schedule. The above charge for the first transcript. A fee of $2 is percentages apply to the total semester tuition charged for official copies with a seal which are rather than the amount paid. sent directly from institution to institution, employer, or prospective employer. All personal Other Refunds copies are unofficial and are without the official Upon withdrawing from the University, a refund seal. Personal copies are $0.25 per copy. Official for room and board will be made on a pro rata copies are not given out as personal copies. basis dating from the day the student has success- Students should allow one week for the prepara- fully completed the check out procedure with the tion of a transcript of credits. (Transcripts are Office of Student Services. issued on an emergency basis only during the No refund will be given on fees. week of registration before each semester.)

31 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 32

Expenses

Fax Policy: Faxed requests will be treated in the same manner as above. Emergencies can be met with overnight, same day, or next day express mail. Loan deferment forms can be sent if the fax is located in the loan office. Original forms will be sent as follow-up through the mail. Documents received by fax are considered “unofficial” and may be used as working documents only. Completion of files, evaluations of credits, certification of athletes or other official actions will need receipt of an official, stamp/sealed transcript. This policy will be reviewed each year. The privacy of the telephone line (copper, laser or microwave) is still an extremely unclear legal area. Approximately 80 to 85 percent of the members of American Association of College Registrars and Admission Officers do not trans- mit or receive transcripts by fax machine. Those that do fax transcripts have a fax machine in their office and send unofficial transcripts only to other registrar offices that have fax machines. These are followed up with an official transcript sent through the mail.

Retired Learners Individuals who are retired and 65 years of age or older may take up to two undergraduate courses per semester with only a $50 registration fee per course (Retired Learners new to St. Ambrose will also be charged a one-time application and matriculation fee.). As retired learners, students will have audit status. The University reserves the right to limit class size and to cancel classes in accordance with normal institutional policy. Details are available from the Center for Graduate and Continuing Education.

32 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 33

Seminary

The Catholic Diocese of Davenport maintains a college-level seminary on the St. Ambrose University campus for young men who feel they are called to the ordained priesthood. The Seminary Department helps prepare candidates so they may enter a school of theology after college. There also is spiritual supervision to help candidates discern if they have a vocation. Men in the St. Ambrose Seminary live in Hayes Hall, participating together in a community faith life and sharing common daily prayer experiences. They may pursue any of the bachelor degree programs offered by St. Ambrose. All seminary students are required to take the philosophy and theology courses needed for entrance into a major seminary. Those interested in entering the seminary at St. Ambrose must meet the undergraduate admission requirements of the University. Seminary students also need acceptance by their local Bishop and by the Seminary Rector at St. Ambrose. If accepted, financial assistance in the form of scholarships and loans is available through the Bishop or Diocesan director of vocations. St. Ambrose also offers a number of ecclesiastical scholarships through the Clement J. and Mary L. Dunn Scholarship program. Further details may be obtained from the Rector of the Seminary Department.

33 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 34

Academic Information

Degrees St. Ambrose University offers courses leading to the following degrees: Bachelor of Applied Management Technology Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Arts in Special Studies Bachelor of Business Administration Bachelor of Elected Studies Bachelor of Music Education Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy Master of Accounting Master of Business Administration Master of Criminal Justice Master of Education in Counseling: Post-Secondary Disabilities Services Master of Education in Juvenile Justice Education Master of Education in Special Education Master of Health Care Administration Master of Occupational Therapy Master of Pastoral Studies Master of Physical Therapy Master of Social Work

You must meet the general degree requirements and the requirements of a major as stated in the catalog at the time of your admission or in the catalog for the year in which you graduate.

34 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 35

Academic Information

Degree Requirements ■ by passing a Mathematics course above the Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements level of Mathematics 121. ■ by earning three semester credits in In order to earn a Bachelor of Arts Degree from Mathematics through the College Level St. Ambrose University with 120 semester credits, Examination Program (CLEP) test in Mathematics. you need to: ■ by earning a score of 16+ on the Descriptive 1. Complete the requirements for a major as Test of Mathematical Skills (DTMA) Intermediate described in the catalog. Courses in your Algebra Test, or 17+ on the DTMS Functions and major department and courses in other depart- Graph Test. ments which are required for your major may be used to meet general degree requirements Proficiency in Public Speaking may be achieved where applicable. by fulfilling specific requirements at St. Ambrose 2. Complete—if indicated by the results of place- University, requesting experiential credit in public ment tests administered at the time of first speaking, or prior university or college speech enrollment—any required developmental courses that included public speaking as a major courses in Mathematics, English, and Reading component of course content. (Mathematics 100, English 100, and Learning Fulfilling Specific Requirements at St. Ambrose: Skills 090 and 100). No more than nine ■ The student may complete the following courses semester credits in courses listed as 100 (i.e. with a grade of C or better: Speech 101, 203, below the 101 level) may be counted toward 328, 329. the 120 semester credit degree requirement, and these courses may not be used to fulfill Experiential Credit for Public Speaking: distribution requirements four through ten To receive experiential credit for Speech 101, the listed below. student must present to the Speech Department 3. Demonstrate mastery in four areas of basic at least one full semester before graduation, all of college-level skills, including English the following: Composition, Mathematics, Public Speaking, ■ The student must present evidence of at least and Library Skills. four public speaking experiences. a. The speeches must have been delivered to Proficiency in English Composition may be different audiences of at least 10 members demonstrated: each. ■ by passing English 101 (Written b. At least two of the four speeches must have Communication) with a grade of C or above, been at least eight minutes in length. or c. At least two of the four speeches must have ■ by earning three semester credits in English included the use of visual aids (handouts, Composition through the College Level overheads, charts). Examination Program (CLEP) test “English d. The speeches may be either informative or Composition with Essay.” persuasive in purpose. Informative speeches Proficiency in Mathematics may be demon- involve the presentation of information to an strated: audience or the demonstration of some activi- ■ by passing Mathematics 110 (Math for ty. Persuasive speeches may include sales or Liberal Arts) or Mathematics 121 motivational speaking. (Briefings are defined (Intermediate Algebra) with a grade of C or as the presentation of information to an audi- above. ence familiar with the content and alone are

35 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 36

Academic Information

not eligible for experiential credit.) 6. Complete six semester credits of approved ■ To receive experiential credit in public speaking, courses in Foreign Languages and Literature, the student must present proof of prior speaking not including English 101 (Written experiences. Such proof consists of at least two of Communication). One of the courses must be the following:* in Literature. Courses are to be selected from a. Public relations material advertising the the following departments: speeches, including, but not limited to, flyers, ■ Classical and Modern Languages brochures, announcements, etc. ■ English: The requirement of a literature b. Letters from audience members or sponsor- course may be fulfilled by a literature course ing groups acknowledging the presentations. taken in the Department of English or by one c. Two sample outlines that illustrate the pur- taken in the Department of Classical and pose of speeches given and the detailed struc- Modern Languages (either in the original lan- ture of the speeches. guage or in translation). Students should take d. Sample visual aids from at least one of the three semester credits in a foreign language speeches. unless they have completed one unit of a language in high school or have transferred a *Students with prior public speaking experience, but not meeting criteria for experiential credit, are advised to take upper- completed Associate in Arts or Associate in level courses which will fulfill the proficiency requirement. Science Degree. Persons exempt from the language require- 4. All new students are required during their first ment still need to complete six semester cred- year to demonstrate Library Proficiency by its in the division. completing a workbook prepared by the infor- 7. Complete six semester credits of approved mation services/reference librarians. courses in the Natural Sciences. Courses are to The text of the requirement is as follows: be selected from at least two of the following ■ All new students entering St. Ambrose for course designations: Astronomy, Biology, the first time in the fall of 1985 or thereafter Chemistry, Natural Science, Physics. will be required to pass a library skills test be- 8. Complete twelve semester credits of approved fore registering for the 31st credit hour. courses in Philosophy and Theology. Three ■ Transfer students or adult learners who will hours of Theology from: Theology 101, 201, begin their work at St. Ambrose in the fall of 202, 215, 219, 240, or 250; three hours of 1985 or thereafter and who are seeking a de- Philosophy from: Philosophy 101, 201, 207, gree from St. Ambrose will be required to pass 208, 210, 217; and six hours of Philosophy or a library skills test upon completion of 12 Theology from approved courses or from semester credits. Note: Transfer students with courses marked with a “+” in the Philosophy a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science are or Theology course description areas. exempt from the Library Requirement. 9. Complete nine semester credits of approved 5. Complete six semester credits of approved courses in the Social Sciences. Courses are to courses in the Fine Arts. Courses are to be be selected from at least two of the following selected from at least two of the following departments, one of which must be history: departments: Art, Music, Theatre. History, Geography, Political Science, All approved courses are noted in this section Psychology, Sociology, Economics, Criminal of the catalog and in the semester course Justice. schedules made available by the Office.of Students majoring in Accounting, Records and Registration. Economics or Business Administration may

36 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 37

Academic Information

not use Economics to fulfill their Social pursuing a double major must complete a Science distribution requirement. All approved writing intensive course in each major. This courses are noted in this section of the catalog would complete the two required WI courses. and in the semester course schedules made (A notation of WI printed next to a course available by the Registrar’s Office. code in this catalog identifies a course as writ- 10.Complete the course Physical Education 149 ing intensive.) (Wellness Concepts) in addition to one activity D. St. Ambrose University evaluates the course for a total of two semester credits. No achievement of their students with a variety of more than six semester credits in Physical assessment instruments, and seniors are Education (which can include only four semes- required to participate in this process as a ter credits of Varsity Athletics), may be graduation requirement. applied toward the 120 semester credits 12.Complete the minimum of 120 semester cred- required for a degree. This restriction applies its according to the following requirements: to all students except those majoring or ■ For transfer students, the last 60 semester minoring in Physical Education or those who credits are to be earned at an accredited four- receive the Coaching Endorsement. year college, university or equivalent institu- 11.Meet the following requirements for your tion, or approved by the Board of Studies on degree in addition to completing the minimum an individual basis. The final 30 semester number of semester credits: credits or 45 of the last 60 semester credits are A. A cumulative grade-point average of at least to be earned at St. Ambrose. 2.00 is to be earned in all semester credits ■ No more than 42 semester credits earned in attempted toward a bachelor’s degree and in any one department may be counted toward all semester credits attempted at St. Ambrose the 120 semester credits required for the de- University. There also is to be a cumulative gree (except for the following Majors: 43 grade-point average of at least 2.00 earned in credits in Chemistry; 44 credits in Art; 54 all the courses required for the major unless a credits in Economics and Business higher grade-point average is specified in the Administration, Elementary Education, catalog for that major. Foreign Language, Mass Communications, B. At least 30 semester credits are to be in and Theatre; 55 credits in Physical Education; courses coded at the 300 level or above. and 60 credits in Computer Science, C. Students entering St. Ambrose University Mathematics, and Occupational Therapy.) during or after Fall 1991 must satisfy the Note on requirements for the following eight Writing Intensive requirement as stated below. undergraduate degrees: The Library Skills Test Students who have not passed the Junior Level and the Writing Requirement described in “4” Writing Exam by June 1994 will auto- and “11-c” of the preceding Bachelor of Arts matically fall under the new Writing Intensive Degree requirements also are required for the requirement. Transfer courses will not com- Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Music plete this requirement. Education, Bachelor of Science in Industrial Writing Intensive Requirement: After passing Engineering, Bachelor of Arts in Special Studies, English 101 with a C or better, the student Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of must pass, with a C or better, two Writing Elected Studies, Bachelor of Science in Intensive courses. One can be at any level in Occupational Therapy, and Bachelor of Applied any department, and one must be at the 300 Management Technology. or 400 level in the declared major. A student 37 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 38

Academic Information

Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements Bachelor of Arts in Special Studies Degree In order to earn a Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements from St. Ambrose University with 120 semester St. Ambrose offers registered nurses and allied credits, you need to: health professionals a program leading to a 1. Complete a major in biology, chemistry, Bachelor of Arts in Special Studies. computer science, mathematics, physics, or If you are a registered nurse and have com- psychology. Courses in the major department pleted an Associate Degree in Nursing or a two- and in other departments required for the year hospital nursing program, you may receive major may also be used to meet general degree 60 semester credit hours and need only take 20 requirements where applicable. courses to obtain the Bachelor of Arts in Special 2. Complete requirements two through eleven as Studies. Additional hours beyond the 60 credits stated in the Bachelor of Arts Degree require- for nursing studies (up to a maximum of 90 cred- ments in this section of the catalog. it hours) may be obtained from college courses taken after completion of nursing studies, Bachelor of Music Education Degree through completion of clep exams, or for certain Requirements non-collegiate programs recognized by the In order to earn a Bachelor of Music Education American Council on Education. Degree from St. Ambrose University with 136 Registered nurses who have completed three- semester credits, you need to: year hospital diploma programs may receive 90 1. Complete the requirements for a Bachelor of hours of credit and need only complete 10 cours- Music Education Degree as described in the es for the completion of the 120 hours required catalog under the Department of Music. for the Bachelor of Arts in Special Studies. Courses in your major department and cours- Allied health professionals (licensed practical es in other departments required for your nurse, respiratory therapist, radiologic technician, major also may be used to meet general degree surgical technician, or operating room technician) requirements where applicable. may be able to pursue the Bachelor of Arts in 2. Complete requirements two through eleven as Special Studies at St. Ambrose. Applicants with stated in the Bachelor of Arts Degree require- degrees or certificates in the Allied Health areas ments in this section of the catalog. will be subject to a review of their course work to determine what requirements will need to be Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy met to receive the Bachelor of Arts in Special Degree Requirements Studies. In order to earn a Bachelor of Occupational Requirements Therapy you need to: 1. Three-year diploma graduates who are award- 1. Complete the requirements for a Bachelor of ed 90 hours are required to complete 30 credit Occupational Therapy as described in the cat- hours, including 12 credit hours in any one alog. Courses in other departments required area and nine credit hours in each of the two for your major also may be used to meet the remaining areas. general degree requirements where applicable. 2. Two-year diploma graduates and graduates 2. Complete requirements two through twelve as who are awarded 60 credit hours are required stated in the Bachelor of Arts Degree require- to complete 60 credit hours, including 24 ments in this section of the catalog. credit hours in any one area and 18 credit hours in each of the two remaining areas.

38 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 39

Academic Information

3. In cases in which students have 60 credits for have already completed a specialized technical, their two-year nursing programs and addition- vocational or professional study program and al credits from other sources, a case by case may now add general education and applied review will be made to determine the required management studies to earn a baccalaureate distribution, but in general, the same propor- degree. tional spread of courses within the three areas This study program will provide the graduate will be made. with basic skills which may be used in the man- 4. Students must have a cumulative grade-point agement of materials, money and human average of at least 2.00 for all semester credits resources within the various activities, functions earned at St. Ambrose University. and organizations which exist in business, industrial, manufacturing and service areas. Academic Areas The courses taken for this special program must Admission be distributed in the three academic areas given You are eligible for admission to the Bachelor of below: Applied Management Technology degree program if you hold an AAS degree from an institu- Area I–Business and Professional Skills tion accredited by the North Central Association Business Administration (except Economics) of Colleges and Schools (or the comparable asso- Accounting ciation from another region) with a 2.00 grade- Mathematics, Computer Science, and Computer point average or above (on a 4.00 scale). In Information Systems certain instances, the Admissions Committee Education and Physical Education reserves the right to assign you to a probationary Natural Sciences admissions status. Area II–Social Awareness Skills Individual Student Curriculum Plan Psychology Sociology Each student entering the program may have History completed a different sequence of college-level Political Science courses considered for transfer—courses which Economics are part of the AAS degree as well as any other Criminal Justice college level courses. Therefore, modifications to the required course list which follows may be Area III–Humanities necessary for individual students. An individual Art, Music, Mass Communications, Speech and student curriculum plan must be developed by Theatre the student and faculty coordinator using existing Languages and Literature (English 101 must be courses within the following guidelines: included) 1. Add developmental course(s) if required by Philosophy and Theology placement test results. 2. Add prerequisite course(s) if necessary. The Bachelor of Applied Management 3. Most AAS degree curricula include courses Technology Degree Requirements which are equivalent to courses contained in The Bachelor of Applied Management the required course list. In such cases, these Technology Degree Program is designed to build specific courses will not be taken at on a two-year Associate of Applied Science (AAS) St. Ambrose University. The credit hours asso- degree. As an AAS degree holder, the student will ciated with such courses will be used to sched-

39 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 40

Academic Information

ule incomplete general education require- The ACCEL (Adult College Curriculum for ments. For example, the student may elect Education and Leadership)Program

from literature or language: 3 credits; natural The ACCEL (Adult College Curriculum for sciences: 2 credits; social sciences: 3 credits; Education and Leadership) Program offers stu- physical education: 2 credits;(total of 10 cred- dents the opportunity to earn one of the follow- its). ing three degrees: 4. Total semester credits will not be less than Bachelor of Business Administration 132 unless all 46 general education credits Bachelor of Applied Management have been met. In no case will total credits be Technology* less than 120. Bachelor of Elected Studies*

Degree Requirements *Please refer to the description of these degrees as provided in In order to earn the Bachelor of Applied the Academic Information section of this catalog. Management Technology degree, you need to: ACCEL is open to mature, adult students who 1. At the time of admission, complete the follow- have at least three years of work experience. A ing placement tests and take any development minimum of 24 semester hours of credit is neces- courses indicated by the test results: sary to enter ACCEL’s Bachelor of Business Nelson-Denny Reading Test Administration and Bachelor of Elected Studies Writing Sample Test degree programs. Potential students who meet the Descriptive Test of Mathematical Skills. (This other admission criteria but have fewer than 24 is not required if a course equivalent to semester credits may petition for admission. An MATH 121 is transferred.) Associate of Applied Science is required for 2. Prior to completion of 12 semester hours at admission to the Bachelor of Applied St. Ambrose University, take the Library Skills Management Technology degree program. Test. ACCEL offers an accelerated course format 3. Complete two Writing Intensive courses, one with most three-credit courses meeting once a of which must be in the major department at week in five- or eight-week sessions. Nine ses- the 300 level. sions are offered each year so that students may 4. Complete the designated requirements as “drop-in or drop-out” as work and family described in the above curriculum plan. responsibilities require. Classes are held evenings 5. St. Ambrose University evaluates the achieve- and weekends at off-campus locations for the ment of their students with a variety of assess- convenience of working adults. ment instruments. Seniors are required to ACCEL students receive modules with their text participate in this process as a graduation books. Each module includes a comprehensive requirement. outline of the course assignments and activities. 6. Earn a cumulative grade-point average of at Students complete an assignment prior to the first least 2.00 on a 4.00 scale in all semester cred- class meeting so that all students are prepared to its attempted and earned at St. Ambrose participate in meaningful discussion and relevant University, and in all semester credits repre- activities at the initial meeting. sented by all required courses and electives. Because all ACCEL students are mature adults who have work experience, students learn from one another in addition to learning from the instructor. All class meetings are highly interactive. Students participate in group projects, give

40 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 41

Academic Information

presentations, and work within team structures in above, or in company studies considered to be addition to completing individual assignments. upper division or upper level. Students utilize leadership skills and apply the 3. Earn at least 36 semester credits with a distri- concepts which are learned each week through bution of at least six credit hours each in any the various methods described above. three of the following areas other than the areas of greatest concentration: Art, Mass Admission Information Communications, Music, Speech, and Theatre; ■ Contact the ACCEL Office, 319/386-2225. Languages and Literature; Natural Science ■ Submit the free application for admission. and Mathematics; Philosophy and Theology; ■ Request transcripts from other colleges or uni- Social Sciences; Education and Physical versities you have attended. Education; and Accounting, Business Prior to admission to ACCEL, students must com- Administration and Economics. plete the standard University placement tests. 4. Complete the Writing Intensive Course Admission to St. Ambrose University does not requirement (6 semester credits). These cours- necessarily imply admission to the ACCEL pro- es will be included in the curriculum plan sub- gram. mitted to the Advising Board. An individual advising/registration appoint- 5. Present for approval by the Center for ment will be scheduled. You will be given a Graduate and Continuing Education Advising degree plan indicating the courses you have com- Board a curriculum plan at least two semes- pleted and the courses you have yet to take and ters before anticipated graduation. The plan can register for courses. should indicate at least 45 semester and/or The main ACCEL Office is located in Suite 401, equivalency credits oriented towards your per- 100 East Kimberly Road, Davenport. sonal interests, needs or goals. (The Advising For more information contact: Board consists of the Dean of the Center for Phone: 319/386-2225 or 1-888/ACCELR8 (toll- Graduate and Continuing Education and two free); fax: 319/386-0900; email: [email protected] full-time faculty members.) 6. Earn through courses at St. Ambrose Bachelor Of Elected Studies Degree University the final 30 semester credits applied Requirements to the degree, or 45 of the last 60 semester The Bachelor of Elected Studies Degree program credits. offers students the option of completing a regular 7. Attain the age of 25 years or more before pur- major or of participating with faculty in design- suing the final 30 semester credits, and the age ing a concentration consisting of courses oriented of 27 years or more at the time the degree is toward personal interests, needs or goals. The awarded. curriculum includes a general education require- 8. One or more majors may be earned by fulfillment which allows flexibility in course work, yet ing departmental or University requirements, emphasizes the liberal arts. although no major is required for the Bachelor In order to earn a Bachelor of Elected Studies of Elected Studies Degree. Degree, you need to: 9. Count no more than 60 semester credits of 1. Complete at least 120 semester credits or a experiential learning towards the Bachelor of combination of 120 semester and equivalency Elected Studies Degree. credits. Note: Persons who have fulfilled the 2. Earn at least 39 semester and/or equivalency requirements for another bachelor’s degree credits in courses coded at the 300 level or from St. Ambrose neither automatically earn a

41 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 42

Academic Information

Bachelor of Elected Studies Degree in addition Courses that Meet the General Education to the other bachelor’s degree or vice versa. Requirements of the Persons who have earned a bachelor’s degree 1997Ð99 Catalog at St. Ambrose or at another regionally Art Department accredited institution, however, may be awarded a Bachelor of Elected Studies Degree ART 100* Drawing Introduction 3 by earning at least 30 semester credits through ART 150* Survey of Art Studio 2 courses at St. Ambrose after they were award- ART 200 Calligraphy 3 ed their first bachelor’s degree. There should ART 201 Studio Fundamentals: Painting 3 be at least a 2.00 cumulative grade-point aver- ART 220 Introduction to Prints I 3 age for all courses attempted after receiving ART 233 Photography I 3 the earlier bachelor’s degree or degrees. ART 250* Art Through the Ages I 3 ART 251* Art Through the Ages II 3 ART 305 Ceramics 3 Exceptions to Degree Requirements ART 350* American Art 3 Exceptions to the degree requirements may be ART 351* Art of the Modern World 3 granted only by the Board of Studies. Requests ART 352* Beyond the Western World 3 for such exceptions should be made in writing ART 353* Classical Heritage 3 and forwarded to the Board through the ART 354* Christian Heritage in Art 3 Registrar’s Office. Petition forms for waivers of *Industrial Engineering majors may choose from these courses general degree requirements are available in the Registrar’s Office. The Board of Studies meets Biology Department monthly during the academic year and as neces- BIOL 101 Principles of Human Biology 4 sary during the summer. BIOL 103 General Biology I 4 Exceptions to department major requirements BIOL 106 Human Genetics 3 may be made by the chair of the major depart- BIOL 107 Plants and Civilization 3 ment in consultation with the registrar. Such BIOL 108 Evolution Controversies 3 departmental waivers and exceptions must be in BIOL 109 Environmental Science 4 writing and copies are maintained in the student’s BIOL 110 Natural History for Poets 3 permanent file. Business and Economics Department

ECON 101 Economics Survey 3 ECON 201 Principles of Macro-Economics 3 ECON 202 Principles of Micro-Economics 3 (These courses may not be used by business administration, accounting or economics majors to fulfill general education requirements.)

Chemistry Department

CHEM 101 Chemistry and Society 4 CHEM 102 History of Chemistry 3 CHEM 103 Principles of Chemistry 4 CHEM 105 General Chemistry I 4

42 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 43

Academic Information

Criminal Justice Department FLAN 201 Selected Works of French Literature in Translation 3 CRJU 101 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 FLAN 204 Selected Works of Hispanic CRJU 316 Crime and Delinquency** 3 Literature in Translation 3 **Effective Summer 1992 and not retroactive Geography Department English Department GEOG 201 Physical Geography 3 ENGL 120 Literary Topics 3 GEOG 205 Human Geography 3 ENGL 201 British Literature I 3 ENGL 202 British Literature II 3 Health, Physical Education and Sport Science ENGL 210 American literature I 3 PED 100 Beginning Swimming 2 ENGL 211 American Literature II 3 PED 149 Wellness Concepts 1 ENGL 220 African American Literature 3 Lifetime Activity Courses ENGL 221 Literature in English PED 120-199, 201-205, 208 1 Outside the UK and US 3 Lifetime Activity Course ENGL 222 Women’s Literature 3 PED 200 2 ENGL 223 Ethnic American Literature 3 PED 211 Beginning Modern Dance 2 ENGL 303 Shakespeare 3 PED 212 Beginning Jazz Dance 2 ENGL 304 Renaissance Literature 3 PED 214 Aerobic Dance 2 ENGL 307 Romanticism 3 PED 301 Country Folk and Social Dance 2 ENGL 309 Victorian Literature 3 PED 362 Varsity Athletics (maximum of 4 credits allowed toward 120 degree credits 1 ENGL 310 Nineteenth-Century Fiction 3 PED 400 Water Safety 2 ENGL 341 American Poetry 3 ENGL 343 American Realism and History Department Naturalism 3 HIST 101 World Civilization to 1500 3 ENGL 344 Modernism 3 HIST 102 World Civilization Since 1300 3 ENGL 345 Twentieth-Century Fiction 3 HIST 111 U.S. History to 1865 3 ENGL 346 Contemporary Fiction 3 HIST 112 U.S. History Since 1865 3 ENGL 360 Advanced Topics 3 HIST 115 Topics in History 3 Foreign Language Department HIST 220 Modern East Asia 3 101, 102 First Year Languages 4 HIST 225 The Modern Middle East 3 201 French, German, Spanish 3 HIST 230 Modern Latin America 3 202 French, German, Spanish 3 HIST 240 History of Sport and Recreation 3 301 French, German, Spanish 3 HIST 245 Catholicism in America 3 302 French, German, Spanish 3 Hist 260 History of Iowa 3 SPAN 303 Selected Works in HIST 307 History of Christianity: Spanish Literature 3 Early and Medieval 3 SPAN 304 Selected Works in HIST 308 History of Christianity: Spanish Literaure 3 Reformation and Modern 3 SPAN 305 Selected Readings from Latin HIST 310 Greece and Rome 3 American Literature 3 HIST 315 Advanced Topics in History 3 SPAN 306 Selected Readings from Latin HIST 317 The Middle Ages: 300 to 1300 3 American Literature 3 HIST 319 The Renaissance and the FLAN 101 Intercultural Understanding 3 Reformation 3 FLAN 103 Foreign Cultural Experience 4 HIST 336 Europe 1648 - 1815 3

43 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 44

Academic Information

HIST 337 Europe 1815 - 1918 3 Physics Department

HIST 338 Twentieth Century World 3 ASTR 201 Astronomy 3 HIST 366 Minorities in America 3 NSCI 105 Introduction to Physical Science 4 Mathematics Department NSCI 201 Astronomy 3 NSCI 202 Earth Science 3 MATH 110 Math for the Liberal Arts 3 NSCI 205 Physical Geography 3 MATH 121 Intermediate Algebra 3 PHYS 110 Physics of Sound and Light 3 Music Department PHYS 160 Basic Electricity and Electronics 3

MUS 102 Guitar Class 1 PHYS 201 Principle of Physics 4 MUS 103 Applied Music 1 PHYS 203 College Physics 4 MUS 110 Music Orientation 2 PHYS 251 General Physics I 4 MUS 111 Choir 1 Political Science Department MUS 115 Music in Culture 2 PSCI 101 Government of the U.S. I 3 MUS 117 Band 1 PSCI 102 Government of the U.S. II 3 MUS 120 Jazz Appreciation 2 PSCI 103 Politics in Film 3 MUS 121–127 Ensemble 1 PSCI 304 Civil Liberties and the Constitution 3 PSCI 309 International Politics 3 MUS 200 Fundamentals of Music 2 PSCI 313 Foreign Policy of the U.S. 3 MUS 303 Advanced Applied Music 1 Non-majors may use any combination of applied or perfor- Psychology Department mance classes in music totaling four semester credits (but no PSYC 105 Introductory Psychology 3 more than three credits of either type) to apply to general education requirements. PSYC 201 Personal Adjustment 3 PSYC 203 Psychology of Gender 3 Philosophy Department PSYC 304 Child and Adolescent Psychology 3 PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy 3 PSYC 305 Life-Span Developmental PHIL 201 Logic 3 Psychology 3 PHIL 207 Ethics 3 PSYC 324 Abnormal Psychology 3 PHIL 208 Philosophies of Life 3 Sociology Department PHIL 210 Social and Political Philosophy 3 SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology 3 PHIL 217 History of Ancient Philosophy 3 SOC 204 Social Problems 3 PHIL 302 Peace and Justice Seminar 3 SOC 310 The Family 3 PHIL 305 Business Ethics 3 SOC 313 Social Psychology 3 PHIL 310 Bio-Medical Ethics 3 SOC 320 Deviant Behavior 3 PHIL 311 Environmental Ethics 3 SOC 325 Social Movements 3 PHIL 342 Ethics of Sexuality 3 SOC 340 Social Organizations 3 PHIL 343 Ethics of Peace and Nonviolence 3 SOC 341 Social Class in American Society 3 PHIL 360 History of Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy 3 SOC 345 Medical Sociology 3 PHIL 365 History of Modern Philosophy 3 SOC 366 Sociology of Minority Groups 3 PHIL 370 History of American Philosophy 3 Speech and Theatre Department PHIL 375 Existentialism 3 SPEE 101 Principles of Public Speaking 2 PHIL 390 Special Topics in Philosophy 3 SPEE 203 Interpersonal Communication 2 SPEE 328 Argumentation and Debate 3

44 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 45

Academic Information

SPEE 329 Business and Professional Speaking 3 Policies on Credit by Transfer and Other THTR 202 Survey of Theatre 3 Means THTR 205 Beginning Acting 3 If you already have completed some post-sec- THTR 210 Survey of American Film 3 ondary studies elsewhere, your credits will trans- THTR 304 Theatre History I 3 fer to St. Ambrose University according to the THTR 305 Theatre History II 3 following policies. THTR 307 Advanced Acting 3 As many as 60 semester credits earned at a THTR 316 Survey of Current junior or community college may be accepted in Dramatic Literature 3 transfer if the credits were attached to college- Theology Department level courses taken at a regionally accredited

THEO 101 Introduction to Theology 3 institution and are generally recognized as THEO 201 Introduction to the Old Testament 3 transferable by members of the American THEO 202 Introduction to the New Testament 3 Association of Collegiate Registrars and THEO 215 Introduction to the Sacraments 3 Admissions Officers. (Credits for which a grade THEO 219 Introduction to Moral Issues 3 of “1.00 - 1.99” on a 4.00 system was earned THEO 240 Introduction to Black Theology 3 may be transferred provided a person has, at the THEO 250 Introduction to Comparative time of transfer, a cumulative grade-point average Religions 3 of at least 2.00 on the 4.00 system at the institu- THEO 300 Contemporary Theological Issues 3 tion at which any “1.00 - 1.99” grades were THEO 301 Jesus Christ: His Person earned.) Transfer credits to be applied toward and Mission 3 General Education requirements must have been THEO 302 Interdisciplinary Seminar completed with a 2.00 or above grade. in Peace and Justice 3 If you have graduated from a two-year college THEO 307 History of Christianity: with a 2.00 grade average, your Associate in Arts Early and Medieval 3 Degree or Associate in Science Degree will be THEO 308 History of Christianity: accepted at St. Ambrose University as fulfilling Reformation and Modern 3 60 semester credits of baccalaureate require- THEO 309 Prayer, Spiritual Life and Liturgy 3 ments, and you will be given junior status. THEO 311 Environmental Ethics 3 Acceptance of any credits earned at a junior THEO 315 The Church: Its Meaning and Mission 3 or community college after earning a total of 60 THEO 317 The Problems of Faith, semester credits at senior colleges and universi- Theological Anthropology 3 ties, or at a combination of senior colleges and THEO 340 Women in Theology 3 universities plus junior and/or community col- THEO 350 The Protestant Perspective 3 leges, is subject to the approval of the THEO 354 The Jewish Perspective 3 St. Ambrose University Board of Studies. The THEO 365 Theology of Marriage 3 guiding principle in such cases is that the last 60 THEO 404 The Catholic Perspective 3 semester credits of college work are to be earned THEO 409 Christian Mystical Tradition 3 at four-year colleges or universities. (This does not apply to the Associate of Applied Science Women’s Studies Degree unless you have applied for the Bachelor WMST 201 Women’s Studies: A Cross Cultural of Applied Management Technology Degree.) Introduction 3 A maximum of 90 semester credits from senior colleges, universities, junior colleges, and community colleges combined may be accepted in 45 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 46

Academic Information

transfer and allowed to be applied to a bachelor’s Forces Institute (USAFI) and/or the Defense degree from St. Ambrose University. Activity for Nontraditional Education Support Credits from some non-accredited colleges are (DANTES). transferable in whole or in part, but they are not 4. Receiving recognition for studies completed validated or posted to the permanent record until with certain non-collegiate organizations and after the completion of 15 semester credits at companies. St. Ambrose. 5. Establishing the acquisition of certain Military Registered nurses who have successfully com- Occupational Specialties (MOS’s), or even hav- pleted a three-year Hospital Diploma Program ing spent some time in military service. ordinarily are awarded 90 semester equivalency 6. Providing the attainment of college-level learn- credits which are applicable to a Bachelor of Arts ing from life and work experience. (For fur- in Special Studies degree without a major. Those ther information, see Assessment of Prior who have completed a two-year Hospital Experiential Learning, in this section.) Diploma Program ordinarily are awarded 60 St. Ambrose University permits a maximum of semester equivalency credits applicable to the 60 equivalency credits for non-classroom learning degree. to be applied to a degree, or the equivalent of 90 Credits attached to courses successfully com- semester credits for a combination of classroom pleted through the United States Armed Forces and non-classroom learning done elsewhere. Institute (USAFI) are transferable and applicable to

a bachelor’s degree at St. Ambrose University. College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) You will find that St. Ambrose University recog- Accelerating Progress Toward a Degree nizes the five general examinations and most of Post-baccalaureate students seeking a second the subject examinations of the College-Level degree, whether they graduated from St. Ambrose Examination Program of the College Entrance or another institution, will have all of their tran- Examination Board. scripts evaluated (including those from junior col- CLEP credits may be used to fulfill general edu- leges) regardless of the order of attendance. A cation and elective requirements. They also may possible total of 90 semester credits can be trans- be used to fulfill major requirements with ferred in using a “pool” of all credits earned. Departmental approval. Credits are not given for Students may be able to reduce the amount of introductory courses when there are previously- time ordinarily required to earn a bachelor’s earned credits for a more advanced course in the degree in one or more of the following ways: same area. 1. Achieving sufficiently high scores on examina- CLEP examinations are administered at tions in the College-Level Examination St. Ambrose University on a regularly scheduled Program (CLEP) of the College Entrance basis. This schedule is available in the Center for Examination Board. (For further information, Graduate and Continuing Education. see College-Level Examination Program, in Arrangements for taking the examinations must this section.) be made three weeks in advance of the date of 2. Obtaining equivalency credits through the administration. Counseling for clep credits is Advanced Placement Examinations (AP) of the available through the Center for Graduate and College Entrance Examination Board. Continuing Education. For further information 3. Performing satisfactorily on some Subject about clep examinations, contact the Center for Standardized Tests of the United States Armed Graduate and Continuing Education.

46 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 47

Academic Information

Assessment of Prior Experiential Learning Spain, Austria, Holland, England and Wales. St. Ambrose has established a system for as- Through Loyola University in Chicago, students sessing and crediting prior experiential learning if can study in Rome. There are also reciprocal you are an adult student who brings practical exchanges with the University of Central England knowledge and experience when you come to the in Birmingham; and the Centro de Estudios University. Interamericanos in Cuenca, Ecuador, for a semes- If you can demonstrate to the satisfaction of ter or academic year. Through Augustana an expert in a given field that you have gained College, students can attend a summer program college-level learning outside the college class- in Cuenca, Ecuador. At times, there are groups room, you ordinarily are able to obtain equiva- going abroad led by SAU faculty. More informa- lency credits applicable to a degree. These credits tion is available from the Department of may or may not be transferable to other colleges. International Studies. Methods of demonstrating prior experiential learning include portfolio development or special Pre-Law Program and Certificate examination by department. For further informa- There are a number of courses about law at tion about policies and procedures on assessment St. Ambrose to help students decide whether to of prior experiential learning, contact the Center seek a professional specialization as a lawyer. A for Graduate and Continuing Education. guided program of pre-legal studies also is available to prepare students for law school. Pre-law Special Programs advising is available through the Political Science Health Services Programs and the Philosophy Departments. Students receive help planning a course of study and law St. Ambrose has a four-year pre-medical pro- school placement. See the Political Science area in gram, and programs in pre-osteopathic medicine, this catalog for information on the Pre-Law pre-dentistry, pre-medical technology, or pre-vet- Certificate. For more information, contact the erinary medicine. For information contact the Political Science Department. chair of the Biology Department or the dean of Admissions. St. Ambrose also has several variations of pro- Other Programs grams to prepare for entry into a school of chiro- practic study. For information, contact the Concentrations Biology Department. Art Fine Arts International Studies Program Graphics Business Administration The Department of International Studies helps Government Procurement students plan study abroad as part of their acade- Mass Communications mic program. Students can earn up to 30 credit Advertising/Public Relations hours per year and may satisfy some general edu- Journalism cation or major requirements while living and Radio/Television studying abroad. In addition to countless accred- Physical Education ited programs through other colleges and univer- Coaching Endorsement sities, St. Ambrose holds a long-time affiliation Sociology with Central College in Pella, Iowa, and its study General Human Services and Social Work abroad programs in France, Mexico, China,

47 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 48

Academic Information

Human Services and Social Work major is pursued under supervision. with the Elderly By the end of the sophomore year, students Human Services and Social Work are to file a formal statement of major or majors with Young People in the Office of Records and Registration. Substance Abuse Counseling Students wishing to change their stated major or Theology to add another major are to file a new statement Youth Ministries reflecting such a change. Forms for the statement are available in the Office of Records and Special Programs Registration. The statement is to include the Accounting Employment/Work Study approval and the signature of the department Cooperative Program/Internships chair of each major. Foreign Study Programs in Britain, Ecuador, France, Germany-Austria, Italy, Mexico and Application for Graduation Spain As candidates for a degree, students are to file in Peace and Justice Program the Office of Records and Registration an appli- Women’s Studies Program cation for graduation one year before the date they plan to complete the requirements for grad- Certificates uation. Late application will be accepted up to Interdisciplinary three months before graduation day. This insures Catholic Studies students are registered for the Senior Assessment Peace and Justice Exam and that the Career Development Center Women’s Studies and the Business Office are notified of the gradu- Political Science ation status In addition, a graduation audit of all Pre-Law records is completed by the Office of Records and Registration to make sure students are meet- Classification of Undergraduate Students ing all graduation requirements. Freshman: 0 to 29 semester credits In addition to completing the steps for appli- Sophomore: 30 to 59 semester credits cation for graduation, students are responsible Junior: 60 to 89 semester credits for determining that they are meeting all gradua- Senior: 90 semester credits tion requirements and have no outstanding financial obligation to the University. Even though the University provides an academic check on gradu- Statement of Major ating students, this is done primarily to be sure At the time of admission to St. Ambrose its graduating students have met the require- University, students are encouraged to indicate a ments. Advising individual students of their specific area of academic interest. The concentra- progress is a service provided them and does not tion in an academic subject is the students’ major. relieve them of their responsibility to make cer- Each major has a structured program of tain they are meeting the requirements. Students courses which provides an in-depth understand- should check with their academic advisers as to ing and mastery of the area. These programs are the procedures they should follow in this matter described in the catalog under their programs of as they approach graduation. study and course descriptions. Students may Students will be billed for your graduation fee major in more than one department, and each by the Business Office near the middle of the last

48 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 49

Academic Information

semester. The fee covers such costs as the Senior Undergraduate Class Load Assessment, graduation audit, graduation invita- The normal undergraduate full-time class load is tions, cap and gown, and diploma. 15 to 17 semester credits. A student with a class Students who will complete no more than six load of 12 semester credits is considered a full- semester credits during the interim and summer time student, and one with less than 12 semester sessions may apply to go through the May com- credits is considered a part-time student. All mencement ceremony. Contact the Office of freshman students are limited to a maximum of Records and Registrationby January 31 of the 18 semester credits. An exception may be made graduation year. Enroll in the summer courses and for engineering and science students. Students on pay the graduation fee by the last week of April. scholastic warning, probation or subject to review may not register for more than 12 semes- Graduation Honors ter credits without the written approval of the At graduation, honors are conferred upon stu- Board of Studies. An exception to this is when dents who have maintained the following grade- the thirteenth credit hour would result from reg- point averages: istering for the New Student Seminar. Cum laude 3.50 A semester credit is defined as one 50-minute Magna cum laude 3.75 lecture or recitation period per week for one Summa cum laude 3.90 semester. Laboratory periods are two to three Generally, graduation honor status is based on periods in length and are equivalent to one lec- the GPA of all courses taken (including transfer ture period. courses) prior to the semester in which gradua- Students who wish to register for more than tion takes place. Students who have a higher GPA 18 semester credits will need permission from the after their final semester, which puts them into Board of Studies before registering for the desired the honors category or moves them to a higher extra course. This permission can be granted if level, will have the new category posted to the students have achieved for the last semester of permanent record and added to their diplomas. recorded college work a grade-point average of Honors will not be removed or lowered if the last 3.00 and have an exceptional and satisfactory semester GPA lowers the cumulative GPA. reason. Students who successfully complete the Concurrent registration for transfer credits at Honors Program course of study will graduate another institution by full-time students is “in cursu honorum.” allowed only if they have prior approval of the appropriate college dean. Course Numbers For the Summer Session the following criteria are used: During the May Interim (3 weeks) a Course numbers have the following meaning: class load of three credits is considered full-time. Courses numbered from 100 to 199 normally During the regular day or evening session (6 are freshman courses. weeks) a class load of six credits is considered Courses numbered from 200 to 299 normally full-time and three credits is half-time. are sophomore courses. Courses numbered from 300 to 499 normally Graduate Class Load are junior and senior courses. Graduate courses are numbered 500 through A graduate student with a class load of nine 800. semester credits is considered a full-time student, one with 6 semester credits is considered a three-

49 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 50

Academic Information

quarter time student, and one with three credits completed a majority of the course with a is considered a part-time student. For the passing grade and to have worked out a Summer Session a class load of three credits is schedule of completion with the teacher) considered full-time. IP = in progress work (for students in courses that are not expected to be completed Class Attendance within the normal semester, i.e. Students are encouraged to attend class regularly Occupational Therapy internships. See to maintain their scholarship record. Each faculty explanation below.) member, however, establishes an individual class X = absence from the final examination (a attendance and absentee policy. This policy is schedule of completion is to be worked out explained at the beginning of each semester by with the teacher) each faculty member, who also places the policy AU= course taken on audit basis on file in writing in the Office of Records and If a student receives an I or X, the course must Registration and the Provost. be completed by the pre-arranged date made with the teacher of the course or by the end of the first Undergraduate Grading System 10 weeks of the next semester. A grade of F will The grading system uses symbols with the follow- be assigned if these deadlines are not met. ing meanings: All I or X grades assigned before July 1, 1986 A = exceptional achievement will be entered as F. Students wishing further B+ = achievement qualitatively greater than that consideration must apply to the Board of Studies. required for the grade of B An IP grade is to be used with courses that B = achievement superior to the basic level are not expected to be completed within a regular C+= achievement discernably above basic academic semester, such as Occupational Therapy achievement internships. Courses seeking to use this grade C = basic achievement in which both qualita- would have to be approved by the Educational tive and quantitative requirements are met Policy Committee. Courses approved to use this adequately and satisfactorily grade have a notation within their course descrip- D = work below the basic level of achievement tion. The requirements for use of this grade are but of sufficient quality to warrant credit as follows: P = passing work completed in a course where 1. Completion of course work is limited to one the student is registered Pass/No Pass academic year from date of enrollment. NP= not passing work completed in a course 2. This grade will carry “Resident Credit” that where the student is registered Pass/No can be used to meet financial aid and loan Pass deferment requirements for one academic year F = complete failure to meet course require- from date of enrollment. ments 3. Satisfactory progress has to be confirmed by W = withdrawal from a course without an the department chair at the beginning of each assigned grade semester within the academic year. WF= withdrawal from a course while doing fail- 4. If the work is not completed within one acad- ing work emic year, the student will have to re-enroll in WP= withdrawal from a course while doing the course and accept all financial conse- passing work quences of this action. I = incomplete work (a student needs to have

50 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 51

Academic Information

Grade Quality-Points requirements (grade must be amended in Academic standing is communicated through the accordance with regular University and use of a numerical system of “quality-points.” To Graduate School policies.) be in good standing, you need to have an average IP = in progress work (for students in courses of two quality-points for each semester credit that are not expected to be completed attempted or a 2.00 cumulative grade average. within the normal semester, i.e. Special Each letter grade carries a specific quality- Education Thesis. See explanation below.) point value. The quality-points earned in a specif- An IP grade is to be used with courses that are ic course are equal to the value of the letter grade not expected to be completed within a regular multiplied by the number of credits. Each letter academic semester, such as Occupational and grade has the following quality-points value: Master of Physical Therapy internships, Special A = 4 quality-points Education Thesis, and Master of Criminal Justice B+ = 3.5 quality-points project. Courses seeking to use this grade would B = 3 quality-points have to be approved by the Educational Policy C+= 2.5 quality-points Committee. Courses approved to use this grade C = 2 quality-points have a notation within their course description. D = 1 quality-points The requirements for use of this grade are as fol- F = 0 quality-points lows: An incomplete (I) grade is not assigned any 1. Completion of course work is limited to one quality-point value and the course is not included academic year from date of enrollment. in the calculation of the cumulative grade point 2. This grade will carry “Resident Credit” that average until a grade for the course is assigned. A can be used to meet financial aid and loan Pass/No Pass course does not figure in the deferment requirements for one academic year computation of the quality-point average. from date of enrollment. Your quality-point average is determined by 3. Satisfactory progress has to be confirmed by multiplying the numeric value of the letter grade the department chair at the beginning of each by the semester credits the course carries. Add up semester within the academic year. the quality-points earned in each course and 4. If the work is not completed within one acad- divide by the total number of semester credits at- emic year, the student will have to re-enroll in tempted. The result is your cumulative grade- the course and accept all financial conse- point average. quences of this action.

Graduate Grading System Grade Quality-Points The grading system uses symbols with the follow- A = 4 quality-points per credit ing meanings: B = 3 quality-points per credit A = superior performance C = 2 quality-points per credit B = suitably proficient performance D = 1 quality point per credit (MPT, MOT only) C = marginal performance F = 0 quality-points per credit D = unsatisfactory performance (MPT, MOT courses only) Dean’s List F = unacceptable performance The Undergraduate Dean’s List is compiled at the W = withdrawal from course (not a grade) end of each fall and spring semester. All full-time I = student does not complete all course students who have achieved a 3.50 or more

51 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 52

Academic Information

semester grade-point average are eligible for (The time limit for a student enrolled in a inclusion on the list. Weekend College course to choose the Part-time students may apply upon comple- Pass/No Pass option is prior to the start of the tion of 12 semester credits with a grade-point second weekend of the course.) average of 3.50 or more. After each subsequent block of 12 semester credits with a 3.50 grade Auditing point average, part-time students may apply Undergraduate students may register for a course again for inclusion. Dean’s List application by on an audit basis instead of for credit. Audit part-time students may be completed in the courses are to be considered part of the student’s Office of Records and Registration or the Center total credit load in computing the student’s for Graduate and Continuing Education. tuition. Thus, a student who registers for 12 semester hours for credit and three semester Pass/No Pass Option hours on an audit basis is considered for tuition A Pass/No Pass option is available if you wish to purposes to have registered for an equivalent of explore an academic interest outside of your fifteen semester hours. major program without jeopardizing your grade- Students may change their registration from point average. Courses taken Pass/No Pass, there- credit to an audit basis during the first four fore, cannot be used to complete general degree weeks of the semester. However, an initial regis- requirements or to complete a major, minor, tration for audit may not be changed to a for concentration or related mandatory courses. A credit registration once classes have begun. course taken Pass/No Pass does count toward the required 120 semester credits needed for gradua- Retaking a Course tion. Courses which are retaken to demonstrate addi- The following should be noted: tional proficiency in a content area will not be 1. You are to be enrolled for three or more counted toward the 120 semester credits required semester credits at St. Ambrose University. for graduation if prior credit has been awarded 2. Only eight Pass/No Pass courses (24 semester for the same course. The grades for both courses credits) will count toward the 120 semester will be used in computing the cumulative grade- credits required for graduation. point average unless application is made for the 3. A Pass/No Pass course may not be used to ful- Second Grade Option (See below). fill general degree requirements, major, minor or concentration mandatory requirements. (Exceptions: upper division courses only Second-Grade Option offered on a Pass/No Pass basis and required A student may repeat a course taken at for a major, minor or concentration.) St. Ambrose University, unless obvious regression 4. A Pass/No Pass course will not be figured in is involved, and have only the grade and credit of the computation of grade-point average. the second registration used in calculating total 5. Instructors have no notification of who is opt- hours earned as well as cumulative and total ing for the Pass/No Pass privilege. cumulative grade-point averages. Under the pro- 6. You may start a course declaring a Pass/No visions of this option, the Office of Records and Pass or a Grade option, and then change to a Registration will mark the permanent record to letter grade or Pass/No Pass within three show that a particular course has been repeated. weeks from the beginning of the semester. Both grades will remain on the permanent

52 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 53

Academic Information

record, but only the second one will be used in During a 16-week academic semester, if a calculating the grade-point averages and hours course is dropped between the first week and the earned. end of the fourth week of class, no grade is offi- Students who wish to use this option should: cially recorded. 1. Register in the usual manner for the course If a course is dropped between the end of the they wish to repeat. fourth week and the end of the 10th week, the 2. Check their eligibility in the Office of Records grade of W (Withdrawal) is officially recorded. and Registration and complete the proper If a course is dropped after the 10th week, the form. Unless the proper form is completed, change is officially recorded as WF (Withdrew both grades will continue to be counted in the Failing) or WP (Withdrew Passing) as determined grade-point averages. by the instructor. Restrictions: During the shorter summer academic sessions, 1. The second-grade option may be used only which are less than 16 weeks, the time periods once per course. are pro-rated for withdrawal. 2. If the course was taken for a grade the first time, it must be taken for a grade the second Withdrawal from the University time. Official withdrawal from the University during 3. If the course was taken Pass/No Pass the first the semester is arranged with the appropriate col- time, it may be taken Pass/No Pass or for a lege dean or the registrar before the student grade the second time. leaves the campus. Official withdrawal insures 4. The second-grade option may not be used if that all records properly reflect such action. the first grade was assigned as a result of dis- Students who leave unofficially will receive F ciplinary action. grades in all classes listed on the official registra- 5. The second-grade option may be used in no tion. more than 4 courses or no more than 12 semester credits. Academic Warning, Probation and Dismissal 6. The second-grade option may be used only for courses taken and repeated at St. Ambrose All undergraduate students are expected to maintain a 2.00 or C semester or cumulative average. Note: This policy began August 26, 1987 and At the completion of each semester, the Board of is not retroactive prior to that date. Studies reviews the grades for each student who has not achieved this average. By determination Change of Registration of the Board, students in academic difficulty will If you wish to change your registration, you must be placed on scholastic warning, probation or record it officially on the appropriate form in the subject to review. Those students whose cumula- Office of Records and Registration. Otherwise tive average is below a 2.00 or C will be placed you will receive an F in the unofficially dropped on scholastic probation or will be dismissed. course and there will be no credit for the unoffi- Each case is reviewed on an individual basis. cially added course. It is your responsibility to fill A student who has been academically dis- out the change of registration form, obtain signa- missed may be considered for readmission after tures of the instructors involved and of your aca- one full semester has passed. A summer session demic advisor, and return the form to the Office does not constitute a full semester. of Records and Registration. (See Expenses in the Students are urged to contact the registrar Finance section) after they have received notice of academic diffi-

53 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 54

Academic Information

culty from the Board of Studies in order to Little distinction is made between the student explain their situation. who is actually guilty of academic dishonesty and Students placed on academic warning or pro- anyone who aids the student by such action as bation may not register for more than 12 semes- providing a copy of a stolen examination, or by ter credits without the written approval of the writing a paper for another student. Board of Studies. An instructor and the University can change a student’s grade at any time, even after a course Policy on Academic Dishonesty has been completed if the student has committed “Plagiarism” involves submitting work prepared an act of academic dishonesty. outside of class that is not entirely the student’s The following process will be used to investi- own, such as papers, reports, and oral presenta- gate acts of cheating or plagiarism and to imple- tions. ment the suggested penalties: “Simple plagiarism” refers to the occasional 1. An investigation may be initiated by a profes- use of words or ideas from outside sources with- sor or a student or parties who have reason to out documenting those sources. As a possible believe that an offense has taken place. penalty, the instructor may require the work to Students or others need only notify the pro- be resubmitted with documentation and/or fessor, the department chairperson, the appro- require the student to work on documentation at priate college dean, or dean of students, either the Academic Support Center. verbally or in writing, that they think a viola- “Aggravated plagiarism” refers to purchasing tion has taken place. The names of those sup- a paper, having another person write a paper, or plying information will be held in confidence extensive copying of words or ideas from outside by the University. sources. Possible penalties range from having to 2. The professor may pursue the matter either resubmit the assignment to receiving a grade of F informally or formally. The professor may for the course. confront the student with the charge informal- “Cheating” refers to dishonesty in classroom ly and suggest a sanction that the professor examinations. feels is appropriate. The student may either “Simple cheating” refers to occasional copying accept the sanction or may request a formal from another’s paper during an examination. As hearing before the St. Ambrose Judicial a possible penalty, the student may be required to Board.* retake the examination. 3. The professor or the student may pursue the “Aggravated cheating” refers to the use of investigation formally through the office of “crib” notes or extensive copying from another’s the dean of students and the Judicial Board. paper. As a possible penalty the student may This method is suggested for those charged receive an F on the examination or receive a WF with organized cheating or aggravated plagia- or F for the entire course. rism, for example, those who may have sup- “Organized cheating” refers to the use of a plied a paper or sections of a paper to another stolen examination and to any attempt to change student and who may or may not be enrolled a grade by dishonest means, such as changing in the class in question. scores in an instructor’s grade book. As a possi- 4. The dean of students will give written notice ble penalty the student may be suspended from to the individual(s) involved within 24 hours the University for one semester, and serious cases of the complaint, and the student will be given may result in expulsion from the University. 48 hours to prepare a defense. The Judicial Board will determine guilt or innocence in

54 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 55

Academic Information

each case. In those cases where the student is St. Ambrose University Organization guilty, the Judicial Board will apply a penalty taken from these guidelines, taking into con- College of Arts and Sciences sideration the recommendation of the profes- Departments sor. The ruling of the Judicial Board may be Art appealed to the provost, whose ruling will be Biology final and binding. Chemistry *The Board is made up of three professors (the three elect- Economics ed members of the Faculty Grievance Committee, with ex- English officio members serving as alternates), and three students History and Geography elected by the Student Government Association. Classical and Modern Languages Mathematics and Computer Science Music Philosophy Physics, Engineering and Natural Sciences Political Science Psychology Social Work Sociology Speech and Theatre Theology

College of Business Departments Accounting Business Administration Environmental Management Health Care Administration Industrial Engineering

College of Human Services Departments Criminal Justice Education Health, Physical Education and Sports Science Mass Communications Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy

55 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 56

56 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 57

Undergraduate Programs

57 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 58

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Accounting

The Department of Accounting offers an undergraduate Accounting Degree and a Master of Accounting Program. The objective of the undergraduate accounting program is to provide skills and knowledge necessary for a professional career in public and private accounting. In addition to providing services to other programs, the department offers a minor in accounting.

Requirements for a Major: Mathematics 151 or German or Spanish. equivalent as determined by the Accounting Requirements for a Minor: 18 semester credits in Department; 31 semester credits in accounting accounting courses. including ACCT 201, 202, 203, 301, 302, 304, 305, 307, 309, and six elective credits from Course Descriptions ACCT 306, 310, 401, and 402; CSCI 305 or ACCT 300; nine credits in economics including ACCT 101. Accounting for Small business ECON 201, 202, and 307 or 331; 15 credits in Operations 3 credits business administration including BUS 205, 301, A study of accounting for the financial opera- 302, and six elective credits from BUS 303, 309, tions of a small business with emphasis on busi- 310, 316, or 321. ness formation, maintenance of financial records, and periodic reporting. Requirement for a Major in International Accounting and Modern Language: MATH 151 or ACCT 201. Accounting Principles I 3 credits equivalent as determined by the Accounting This course provides an understanding of the Department; 31 semester credits in accounting basics of financial accounting and reporting. It including ACCT 201, 202, 203, 301, 302, 304, includes transaction analysis, recording of trans- 305, 307, 309, 401 and three elective credits actions in journals and ledgers, accounting for from ACCT 306, 310, and 402; CSCI 305 or assets, liabilities and owner’s equity, and prepa- ACCT 300; nine credits in economics including ration of financial statements in conformity with ECON 201, 202, and 307 or 331; 15 credits in Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). business administration including BUS 205, 301, ACCT 202. Accounting Principles II 3 credits 302, and six elective credits from BUS 321, 322, This course provides a further understanding of ECON 331; MAC 618; 12 semester credits of a the basics of financial accounting and reporting Foreign Language (all one language) at 300-level and provides an understanding of the basics of or above, including a course in Business French, managerial accounting. It includes accounting for

+ = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course

58 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 59

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

capital stock transactions, preparing and analyz- will be introduced. Prerequisites: ACCT 201, 202. ing financial statements of corporations, product ACCT 306. Income Tax Procedures II 3 credits costing, budgeting, and managerial control. A review of the federal tax code as it relates to Prerequisite: ACCT 201. corporations, partnerships, estates, and trusts. ACCT 203. Accounting Principles Lab 1 credit The course includes tax planning to maximize A computer assisted laboratory that enhances the preferential tax treatment. Prerequisites: understanding of principles learned in ACCT 201 ACCT 201, 202, 305. using computer applications. Prerequisite: ACCT 307. Cost Accounting 3 credits ACCT 201. This course will include job order costing, ACCT 300. Accounting with Computer process costing, activity-based costing, just-in- Applications 2 credits time inventory, cost-volume-profit analysis, dif- A computer assisted accounting applications ferential cost analysis, capital investment decision course intended to provide the student with a models, standard costing, and cost variances. broad knowledge of computer applications fre- Prerequisites: ACCT 201, 202, with a grade of C quently encountered in accounting situations. or above. Students complete cases requiring the preparation WI-ACCT 309. Special Accounting Topics 3 credits of spreadsheets and data bases. Prerequisites: Specialized analysis of selected accounting topics ACCT 201, 202, 203. Pre/corequisite: ACCT 301. including leases, earnings per share, bond trans- ACCT 301. Intermediate Accounting I 3 credits actions, accounting for income taxes, and pen- The first of two courses offering in-depth analysis sions. This course makes intensive use of cases of accounting principles and their potential and presentations. Prerequisites: ACCT 201, 202, impact on business and the profession. Topics 301, 302. include the balance sheet, income statement, cur- ACCT 310. Governmental Accounting 3 credits rent assets and current liabilities. Offered only in An overview of fund accounting for governmen- the fall semester. Prerequisites: ACCT 201 and 202 tal and nonprofit entities. Underlying concepts of with a grade of C or above. fund accounting and interfund relationships. ACCT 302. Intermediate Accounting II 3 credits Prerequisite: ACCT 201, 202. An in-depth analysis of some of the more challeng- ACCT 401. Advanced Accounting 3 credits ing accounting areas. Topics include fixed assets, An in-depth analysis of advanced, specialized contributed capital, revenue recognition, and state- phases of financial accounting. Topics include ment of cash flows. Offered only in the spring consolidations, partnerships, foreign currency semester. Prerequisites: ACCT 201, 202, 301. transactions, bankruptcy, and Securities and ACCT 304. Auditing 3 credits Exchange Commission reporting requirements. Detailed analysis of auditing principles and tech- Prerequisites: ACCT 201, 202, 301, 302. niques. Topics include professional ethics, inter- WI-ACCT 402. Accounting Issues Seminar 3 credits nal control, auditor’s report and various audit Focuses on the theoretical and practical issues procedures. Prerequisites: ACCT 301, 302. and controversies in accounting. Discussion-ori- ACCT 305. Income Tax Procedures I 3 credits ented course which allows students to tie all they A study of the federal tax structure and the appli- have learned in a meaningful manner, and to cation of income tax principles as they apply to relate their learning to real world issues. the individual taxpayer. Tax planning strategies Prerequisites: ACCT 201, 202, 301, 302.

59 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 60

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Adult College Curriculum for Education and Leadership (ACCEL)

Adult College Curriculum for Education and Leadership (ACCEL) offers an accelerated course format with most three-credit courses meeting once a week in five- or eight-week sessions. Nine sessions offered each year so that students may “drop-in or drop-out” as work and family responsibilities require. Classes are held evenings and weekends at off-campus locations for the convenience of working adults.

Because all ACCEL students are mature adults who ments in this section of the catalog. have work experience, students learn from one Foundation Courses: ACCT 201, 202; BUS 205; another in addition to learning from the instruc- CSCI 120 or 305; ECON 201, 202; ENGL 217; tor. All class meetings are highly interactive. MATH 151; PSYC 105; SOC 101. Students participate in group projects, give pre- Core Courses: BUS 301, 302, 303, 305, 309, 310- sentations, and work within team structures in WI, 320, 321, 332, 338, 350-WI; 9 semester addition to completing individual assignments. credits of Business electives; ECON 307; Students utilize leadership skills and apply the PHIL 305. concepts which are learned each week through the various methods described above. Admission Information: ACCEL students receive modules with their text ■ Contact the ACCEL Office, 319/386-2225. books. Each module includes a comprehensive ■ Submit the free application for admission. outline of the course assignments and activities. ■ Request transcripts from other colleges or Students complete an assignment prior to the first universities you have attended. class meeting so that all students are prepared to ACCEL is open to mature, adult students who participate in meaningful discussion and relevant have at least three years of work experience. A activities at the initial meeting. minimum of 24 semester hours of credit is neces- The ACCEL Program offers students the oppor- sary to enter ACCEL s Bachelor of Business tunity to earn one of the following three degrees: Administration and Bachelor of Elected Studies Bachelor of Business Administration degree programs. Potential students who meet the Bachelor of Applied Management other admission criteria but have fewer than 24 Technology* semester credits may petition for admission. An Bachelor of Elected Studies* Associate of Applied Science is required for *Please refer to the description of these degrees as provided in admission to the Bachelor of Applied the Academic Information section of this catalog. Management Technology degree program. Prior to admission to ACCEL, students must Bachelor of Business Administration complete the standard University placement tests. Requirements for the Bachelor of Business Admission to St. Ambrose University does not Administration offered through ACCEL Program necessarily imply admission to the ACCEL pro- 1. Complete requirements two through twelve as gram. stated in the Bachelor of Arts Degree require-

60 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 61

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Applied Management Technology

The Bachelor of Applied Management Technology Degree Program is

designed to build on a two-year Associate of Applied Science (AAS) degree.

As an AAS degree holder, the student will have already completed a specialized technical, vocational or professional study program and may now add general education and applied management studies to earn a baccalaureate degree.

This study program will provide the graduate approved natural science courses; PHIL 305, three with basic skills which may be used in the man- credits of theology, and three credits of theology agement of materials, money and human or philosophy; SPEE 101 or 203 or 321 or 329; resources within the various activities, functions three semester credits of an approved social sci- and organizations which exist in business, indus- ence course (not history). trial, manufacturing and service areas. The student will be a management technician. For information on admission and individual student curriculum plans, see the Academic Information section. Course Requirements for Transfer Credit for a Degree in Applied Management Technology: 60 hours of transfer credit if the AAS Degree contains at least 60 semester credits. Required Courses and Electives at St. Ambrose: ACCT 201, 202; BUS 205, 301, 303, 309, 310, 350; CSCI 120 or 210 or 220 or approved computer programming language; ECON 201, 202; ENGL 101, 217, three semester credits of approved literature or language elective; six semester credits of approved art, music or theatre; three semester credits of an approved history course; MATH 151; four semester credits of

61 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 62

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Art

The Art Department believes that art is an all-inclusive discipline in which forms, ideas and times are connected. As educators and artists, we teach our students how to understand and create art that speaks to this interconnectedness. We present students with a holistic experience in which aspects of their minds, bodies and spirits are explored, challenged, expressed, and enriched. The Art Department offers three degree programs—each conferring a bachelor of arts—in Graphic Design, Fine Art and Art Education. These courses of study prepare art majors for graduate

studies, for careers in graphic design and studio arts, for K – 12 art teaching certification, and for many other art-related, professional occupations.

Requirements for a Major: ART 100, and 26 The Schatz Wildlife Art Scholarship semester credits above the freshman level includ- Meerbusch, Germany ing ART 201, 205, 206, 207, 208, 250, 251, 303, This art scholarship is given to St. Ambrose 351, and three further credits of Art History. For University art students for study abroad. This is a the Fine Arts Major, 22 additional credits includ- credit course. ing the following: ART 304, 330, 331, 400, 430, Professor Manfred Schatz will take students 431, and six credits of electives. For the Graphic for painting and drawing instruction in his Design Major, 22 additional credits including the Meerbusch studio for two to three weeks during following: ART 200, 210, 231, 306, 310, 401, the summer months. Host German families will 410, and three credits of electives. house and feed students in their home for this period. Scholarship includes round-trip airfare Requirements for an Art Minor: ART 100 and from Moline, Ill., to Dusseldorf, Germany. 251, and 12 additional credits of art. Students may apply to the Art Department Requirements for an Art Education Teaching chair. Recipients will be selected through the Major K – 6 or 7 – 12: Students majoring in art president’s scholarship committee. and expecting to qualify for a license to teach art at the elementary or secondary level are required Course Descriptions to take ART 100, 200, 201, 205, 206, 207, 208, +ART 100. Drawing Introduction 3 credits 220, 251, 303, 305, 330, and 351. Additionally A course in the basics of the visual language as required are ART 340 and 342, cross-referenced in expressed in drawing. Students initially draw the Education Department offerings. Requirements from direct observation using a variety of media. for application to the Practitioner Preparation Lessons progress to increasingly expressive inter- Program and education course requirements are pretations of content. Concentration on pictorial found in the Department of Education section of composition and technical fluency. this catalog (see Education Department). +ART 150. Survey of Art Studio 2 credits For non-art majors only. This course offers

62 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 63

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

hands-on studio experience in a variety of art three-dimensional design to a variety of problem- media and familiarity with common art terminol- solving experiences. Emphasis on conceptual ogy. growth and personal expression through the investigation of the expressive nature of materi- +ART 200. Calligraphy 3 credits als. Prerequisite ART 100. An introductory study of Root Alphabets of Western Calligraphy, utilizing shaded writing ART 210. Graphic Design I 3 credits implements such as steel and felt-tipped pens, Fundamentals of typography and the handling and brushes for writing and lettering. An under- and design of text. Beginnings of page layout. standing of page design is developed as letter Introduction to scanning and subsequent image forms, page decoration and illumination are com- manipulation. Prerequisites: ART 205, 206. bined. +ART 220. Introduction to Prints I 3 credits +ART 201. Studio Fundamentals: Students will learn to make prints using a variety Painting 3 credits of media such as monoprint, intaglio, lithogra- Basic painting tools and techniques are intro- phy, relief printing, and silk-screen. duced. Students will explore color as it informs ART 231. Survey of painting from observation. Advertising Principles 3 credits ART 205. Studio Fundamentals: Principles of design of printed advertising. Computers in Art 3 credits Students create layouts in a variety of contexts. Introductory course dealing with how the com- +ART 233. Photography I 3 credits puter can be applied to the artistic process. Basic Beginning course in black & white photography. drawing, painting and type manipulation will be Students will use their own 35 mm manually- explored. Prerequisite: ART 100. operated camera as a creative tool for personal ART 206. Studio Fundamentals: investigation and storytelling. Film exposure and 2D Design 3 credits development, print enlargement, and basic pictor- An introductory course exploring two-dimension- ial composition are covered. al design concepts and processes. Emphasis is on ART 234. Photography II 3 credits the examination of basic elements of design and Advanced course for students with experience in the principles of expression involved with their basic photography. Student designs and com- use. Thorough investigation of the ways in which pletes personal projects in photo journalism, abstraction delivers meaning. Prerequisite: commercial studio practice, and art photography. ART 100. Prerequisite: ART 233 or permission of instructor. ART 207. Studio Fundamentals: Drawing 3 credits +ART 250. Art Through the Ages I 3 credits An exploration of the expressive possibilities of Introductory chronological survey of history of representational image making. Special emphasis art from prehistoric times through Middle Ages. on the physical effects of light, linear perspective, elementary figure composition, and the creation +ART 251. Art Through the Ages II 3 credits of a narrative. Prerequisite: ART 100. Introductory chronological survey of history of art from Renaissance to the Modern World. ART 208. Studio Fundamentals: 3D Design 2 credits ART 303. Figure Composition Introductory level course involving the interpreta- and Anatomy 3 credits tion and application of the basic principles of A studio course concerned with the analysis of

63 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 64

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

the skeletal, muscular, and surface anatomy of meet specific needs of the art major. Prerequisite: the human form. Skeletons, plaster casts, and live Junior or senior standing and instructor permis- models will be used. Prerequisites: ART 206, 207. sion.

ART 304. Figure Drawing 3 credits ART 340. Elementary Art Methods 3 credits Intensive study of the human figure and its Concentrates on graphic and plastic arts, includ- expressive potential. Experimentation with a ing art appreciation, and three-dimensional art variety of medium and techniques. Prerequisites: and crafts for elementary schools. ART 206, 207, 303. ART 342. Secondary Art Methods 3 credits +ART 305. Ceramics 3 credits Concentrates on graphic and plastic arts, includ- An introduction to working in clay with projects ing art appreciation, and three-dimensional arts in coil, slab, and cast pieces. Wheel-throwing will and crafts for secondary schools. be briefly introduced. +WI-ART 350. American Art 3 credits ART 306. Illustration 3 credits A chronological survey of the history of Study of the technique, history and contexts of American art from prehistoric Native American illustration. Prerequisites: ART 201, 206, 207. roots, through the American Revolution until the first World War. Painting, sculpture, architecture ART 310. Graphic Design II 3 credits and the decorative arts will be investigated. Computer illustration and its integration with typography and other forms of imagery in design. +WI-ART 351. Art of the Modern World 3 credits Students apply basic color theory to the comput- A study of the art of the 20th century. Painting, er platform. Prerequisites: ART 207, 210. sculpture, the “time arts,” and architecture will be investigated. Prerequisite: ART 251. ART 319. Independent Study in History of Art 1 - 6 credits +ART 352. Beyond the Western World 3 credits Individual study open to junior and senior art As our outlook becomes more global, approach- students wishing to do further research in art his- ing the 21st century, it is important to move out- tory and research methodology. Permission of side of our “Western” focus, to study the heritage instructor required. of other continents. This course will cover the Pre-Columbian civilizations of South America ART 320. Printmaking II 3 credits and the developments of Tribal art in Africa. In-depth investigation of a major printmaking technique chosen by the student. Personal issues +ART 353. The Classical Heritage 3 credits are developed as editions of prints are created. The Classical world of Greece and Rome has left Prerequisites: ART 206, 207, 220. indelible prints on the heritage of the western world. This class will look into the various ART 330, 331. Painting I, II 3 credits revivals of classical learning, the Renaissance, the This course is designed to provide a strong foun- Baroque, the Neo-Classical, up to Post-Modern, dation for the study of oil painting. A thorough and analyze why the heritage of Greece and understanding of the techniques, materials, and Rome seems to remain with us. Prerequisite: concepts is developed along with an awareness of ART 250 or 251. the medium’s expressive possibilities. +ART 354. The Christian Heritage in Art 3 credits Prerequisites: ART 206, 207. The art of the Christian Church, from Early ART 335, 336. Special Art Projects 1 – 3 credits Christian times to the present, has uniquely Advanced, guided work in chosen medium to molded the art history of the Western World.

64 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 65

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

This course will study the architecture, sculpture the skills necessary to convey ideas in a meaning- and painting of art created to serve the purposes ful way. Prerequisites: ART 330, 331. of the Christian church from its inception to the ART 499. Internship in Art 1 – 6 credits present day. Prerequisite: ART 250 or 251. Field work for the junior or senior art major. ART 400. Senior Honors: Fine Arts 1 credit Student gains practical experience in the disci- Advanced studio work in student’s area of con- plines of commercial or fine art. Prerequisites: centration. In addition to completing sufficient Junior or senior art major status and permission art work for the senior exhibit, students will cre- of advisor. Pass/No Pass course. ate a resume, statement of artistic intent and a slide portfolio. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of Junior-Level Review.

ART 401. Senior Honors: Graphics 1 credit Advanced studio work in student’s area of concentration. In addition to completing sufficient art work for the senior exhibit, students will create a resume, statement of artistic intent and a slide portfolio. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of Junior-Level Review.

ART 410. Graphic Design III 3 credits Application of graphic design principles to projects at the professional level. Conception and full realization of commercial design products. Includes a study of the four color printing process. Prerequisite: ART 306, 310.

ART 430, 431. Painting III, IV 3 credits These courses provide opportunity for further investigation of oil painting. The student will work towards a more individualized style and investigate the role of content in painting. Emphasis will be placed on the development of

Astronomy

See Natural Sciences

65 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 66

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Biology

The Biology Department has a broad, flexible curriculum designed to meet your needs. Courses focusing on human biology introduce scientific principles to non-science majors. If, however, you are a future biologist, you can enhance the core major with one or more of the following optional concentrations: Environmental Biology, Pre-Health Professions, Molecular Biology, and Secondary Education. Biology students in any program are eligible for election to Beta Beta Beta, the national honorary biology fraternity.

Requirements for a Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements for a teaching minor in Biology: 24 with a Major in Biology: 27 semester credits of semester credits of biology including BIOL 103, biology, including BIOL 103, 104, 150, 200, 301, 104, 108, at least two courses selected from 303, 307; one of the following: BIOL 211, 221, BIOL 202, 211, 221, 231, or 241, and enough 231 or 241; CHEM 105, 106, 207, 209; 200- or higher-level electives in biology to com- MATH 151; SSCI 213. plete the required 24 semester credits; CHEM 105; and mathematics through college algebra. Optional Concentrations: Each course is in addition to, not a replacement Requirements for a non-teaching minor in of, the major requirements. Biology: 15 semester credits in biology. 1. Requirements for a concentration in Environmental Biology: BIOL 108, 241, 310 or Course Descriptions 321, 399 or 401, and 402; one of the follow- +BIOL 101. Principles of Biology 4 credits ing: BIOL 211, 221, or 231; and PHIL 207 or Introduction to the science of biology including 310. genetics, evolution, ecology, molecular biology, 2. Requirements for a concentration in with special reference to human biology. Lecture Molecular Biology: BIOL 211, 330; BIOL 401 and laboratory. For non-majors. and 402, or CHEM 428 and 429; PHIL 207 or 310; MATH 191; PHYS 203, 204; CHEM 208, +BIOL 103. General Biology I 4 credits 210, 319. Introductory course required of all biology 3. Requirements for a concentration in Pre- majors. Basic principles of biology, including cell Health Professions: BIOL 202, 204, 399 or 401 theory, genetics, and evolution. Lecture and labo- and 402; CHEM 208, 210; MATH 191; ratory. Corequisite: MATH 121. PHYS 203, 204; and PHIL 207 or 310. BIOL 104. General Biology II 4 credits 4. Requirements for a concentration in Continuation of General Biology I. Survey of Secondary Education: BIOL 108, and 310 or plant and animal biology, and ecology. Required 321; and one of the following: BIOL 202, 211, of all biology majors. Lecture and laboratory. 221, 231, 241. Education major requirements Prerequisites: BIOL 103, MATH 121 or equivalent. (see Education Department section).

66 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 67

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

+BIOL 106. Human Genetics 3 credits BIOL 204. Advanced Human Anatomy and Introduction to genetic principles and examina- Physiology 4 credits tion of current concerns, including genetic A regional and clinical approach to human defects, damage by wastes and radiation, test anatomy and physiology. Includes advanced tube babies, cloning, and genetic engineering. study of specific topics in anatomy and physiolo- Lecture. For non-science majors. gy and of certain diseased and injured conditions of the human body. Lecture and Laboratory. +BIOL 107. Plants and Civilization 3 credits Prerequisite: BIOL 202. The use of plants by humans from botanical, economic and cultural perspectives. For non-science BIOL 211. Microbiology 4 credits majors. Taxonomy, physiology, and genetics of microor- ganisms. Isolation, culturing, and observation of +BIOL 108. Evolution Controversies 3 credits bacteria. Role of bacteria in infection and immu- Exploration of the development of Darwin’s the- nity. Prerequisites: BIOL 103, 104; CHEM 105. ory of evolution and both historical and contemporary challenges to it. Lecture and laboratory. BIOL 221. Invertebrate Zoology 4 credits For non-science majors. Phylogenetic study of invertebrate animals, emphasizing functional morphology and system- +BIOL 109. Environmental Science 4 credits atics. Dissection of representative types. Lecture Application of basic ecological principles to and laboratory. Prerequisites: BIOL 103, 104. human environment, including current and future energy sources, population growth and control, BIOL 231. Vertebrate Zoology 4 credits pollution, and world food supply. Lecture and Survey of both extinct and living vertebrate laboratory. For non-science majors. groups including descriptions of anatomy, physiology, and natural history of each. Dissection of +BIOL 110. Natural History for Poets 3 credits representative types. Lecture and laboratory. Students learn local flora and fauna as a tool for Prerequisites: BIOL 103, 104. understanding basic ecological principles. Lecture and field study. For non-science majors. BIOL 241. Plant Taxonomy 4 credits Principles of plant classification. Identification of BIOL 150. Career Orientation in Midwest vascular flora. Prerequisites: BIOL 103, the Biological Sciences 1 credit 104. Survey of careers in the sciences, particularly biological sciences and allied health science profes- WI-BIOL 300. Biological Literature and sions. Weekly discussions with practicing Communication 3 credits scientists and health professionals. Introduction Introduction to literature searching, critical read- to career decisions, opportunities, and developing and scientific writing in the biological sci- ment. Pass/No Pass only. Offered in the spring ences. Required of all biology majors. semester. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, a C or better in ENGL 101, BIOL 103, 104. BIOL 202. Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 credits BIOL 301. Cell and Molecular Biology 4 credits Systems-based introduction to the human body Introduction to intracellular structure and func- with study of both normal structure and functioning with emphasis on eukaryotic cells. tioning of all human organ systems. Lecture and Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisites: BIOL 103, laboratory.laboratory. Prerequisite: One of the 104; CHEM 105, 106, 207, 209; MATH 151 or following: BIOL 101, 103; CHEM 101, 103, 105. equivalent.

67 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 68

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

BIOL 302. Embryology 4 credits organic and inorganic toxicants in the environ- Study of early development of animals, with par- ment, in animals, and in various test systems. ticular emphasis on amphibian, avian, mam- Lecture and discussion. Prerequisites: BIOL 103, malian and human development. Lecture and 104; CHEM 105, 106. laboratory. Prerequisites: BIOL 103, 104. BIOL 321. Special Topics in Field Biology and BIOL 303. Genetics 4 credits Ecology 2 – 3 credits Principles of heredity including both classical and Extended field investigations of major North molecular genetics. Lecture and laboratory. American biomes. Two-week field trip required. Prerequisites: BIOL 103, 104; CHEM 105; Prerequisites: One semester of college-level biolo- MATH 151 or equivalent. gy and permission of instructor.

BIOL 304. Animal Histology 4 credits BIOL 323. Special Topics 2 – 3 credits Microscopic study of tissues and organs including Investigation of selected biology sub-disciplines laboratory techniques involved in preparation of not treated in the department’s regular offerings. slides. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisites: BIOL 330. Recombinant DNA Techniques 4 credits BIOL 103, 104. This course provides instruction and experience BIOL 306. Plant Physiology 4 credits in the manipulation and study of genetic materi- Physiology of flowering plants including photo- al. In the process, students will be introduced to synthesis, respiration, water and nutrient rela- some of the instruments and techniques used in a tions, hormones, light and growth. Prerequisites: modern molecular biology laboratory. BIOL 103, 104; CHEM 105, 106, 207, 209. Prerequisites: BIOL 103, 104, 211; CHEM 207, 209; or permission of instructor. WI-BIOL 307. Ecology 4 credits Principles involved in the interaction of naturally BIOL 399. Internship in Biology 2 – 5 credits occurring populations of plants and animals with Work experience with professional supervision in their physical and biological environments. any field of biology or its allied health profes- Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisites: BIOL 103, sions. Prerequisites: Junior standing in biology 104; CHEM 105; MATH 151 or equivalent; and consent of the internship director. SSCI 213. BIOL 401, 402. Biological Research 1 credit BIOL 310. Midwestern Ecosystems 3 credits Investigation of specific research problem. A field-oriented examination of regional ecosys- Prerequisites: Consent of advisor and instructor. tems and how they have changed through geolog- BIOL 500. Human Gross Anatomy 5 credits ical and historical time. Prerequisites: BIOL 103, A regional-based study of the human body 104. involving cadaver dissection. Students will apply BIOL 314. Animal Physiology 4 credits knowledge of anatomy to clinical practice. Some Advanced study of physiology. Focus on animal discussion of embryonic development and how it and human function. Lecture and laboratory. relates to adult anatomy will also occur. Prerequisites: BIOL 103, 104; CHEM 105, 106, Prerequisites: BIOL 202, 204; acceptance into the 207, 209; MATH 151 or equivalent. Master of Physical Therapy Program or permission of instructor. BIOL 316. Toxicology 3 credits Introduction to nomenclature, principles, and scope of toxicology. The fate and effects of both

68 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 69

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Business Administration and Economics

The objective of the College of Business is to provide a comprehensive education in business that includes: (1) a broad foundation in liberal arts and sciences, (2) a general knowledge in all functional areas of business and economics, and (3) preparation for positions of responsibility and leadership. In addition, the student can achieve a certain degree of specialization by selecting one of the five different majors offered by the college. The majors are: General Business: Non-Teaching Economics Environmental Management Finance Management and Organizations Marketing\

Bachelor of Arts for all of the above majors: BUS 316,323,333, 360; ECON 321. Required Foundation Courses: ACCT 201,202; Marketing Major: BUS 311, 328,347,348; any BUS 205; ECON 201,202; ENGL 217; MATH 151; one of the following: BUS 322,330. PHIL 305; PSYCH 105. Environmental Management Major: CHEM 105, Required Core Business and Economics courses: 106, 207, 209, 333 ; BIOL 103, 104, 307, 316; BUS 201 (or BUS 301,302); BUS 303,305, 309, ENVR 341; ECON 335; ENGL 218; PHIL 311; PSCI 310, 321,350; ECON 312,313. Recommended but 101, 102, 360. not required: SOC 101; PHIL 201; THEO 250 Requirements for Bachelor of Arts with a (except Management major). Teaching Major in General Business Education Major Requirements-Student must complete one All grades in the following courses need to be C of the following, in addition to Foundation and or better (unless otherwise specified). For Core: entrance into the Practitioner Preparation General Business Non-Teaching Major: BUS 320, Program, the student needs a 2.70 cumulative 323, 332, 340; one of the following: BUS 328, and major grade-point average, and a 3.00 grade- ECON 321, 331. point average in education course work, and 70 Economics Major: 12 semester hours in hours of field work. (See the Education Economics above ECON 313. MATH 191 and 192 Department section for teaching major and stu- are recommended to pursue graduate work in dent teaching requirements.) Economics. General Business Education with Teaching Major: Finance Major: BUS 304,306, 340 any two of the ACCT 201,202; BUS 201, 205, 303, 309, 310, 350; following: ECON 307,331; BUS 335, ACCT 307; ECON 201,202; CSCI 305; EDUC 205, (B or better); Management and Organizations Major: BUS 320, 301,304,305,308, 309,336,419; PSYC 310; SOC 332, 349; THEO 250; any two of the following: 300; U.S. History or American Government.

69 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 70

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Requirements for Bachelor of Arts with a Course Descriptions Teaching Major in Economics (7-12): 30 semes- BUS 201. Legal Environment of Business 3 credits ter hours including ECON 201,202, 205, 305, A practical overview of the law in relation to the 312, 313, BUS 350, and nine semester credits in transaction of business, with particular attention economic electives. Education courses required given to the study of material on law and regula- for a teaching major are found in the Department tion for managers. Sophomore standing or above. of Education section. BUS 205. Elementary Economic and Business Minors Statistics 3 credits Principles and techniques of basic descriptive sta- Requirements for a teaching minor in General tistics with their applications in social and busi- Business (7-12): ACCT 201,202; BUS 201, ness fields; probability models, random variables, 205,310; CSCI 305. Education courses required probability distributions, expectations,and esti- for teaching are found in the Department of mations. Prerequisites: MATH 151 or equivalent Education section. and ECON 201 or 202.

Requirements for a teaching minor in Business BUS 301. Business Law I 3 credits Marketing and Management (7-12): BUS 309, A fundamental examination of the business 310,316, 348; 12 credits of economics electives aspects of law relating to the legal environment (including ECON 202.) Education courses required of business, contracts, agency, sales, and commer- for teaching are found in the Department of cial paper. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or Education section. above.

Requirements for a minor in General Business: BUS 302. Business Law II 3 credits ACCT 201, 202; BUS 205,303,309,310; ECON 101; A continuation of Business Law I, dealing with 3 s.h. in a 300 -level business or economics elec- the law of partnership, corporation, debtor and tive; MATH 151. creditor relations, regulation of business, proper-

Requirements for a minor in Economics: ACCT ty, trusts, wills, and insurance. 201, 202; BUS 205; ECON 201, 202, 312, 313; BUS 303. Corporation Finance 3 credits three additional credits in 300-level economics. Survey of institutions and procedures involved in Requirements for a minor in Marketing (non- financial planning; asset management; obtaining business majors): BUS 309, 310; any three of these short term, intermediate and long term financing; electives: BUS 311, BUS 328, BUS 322, BUS 330, BUS and evaluation of financial performance. Topics 347. Prerequisite: ECON 202. include working capital management, capital budgeting, cost of capital analysis, discussion of alternative capital structures, investment banking, debt and equity issues. Prerequisites: ACCT 201, 202; ECON 201, 202; BUS 205.

BUS 304. Analysis of Financial Statements 3 credits Interpreting financial conditions for internal control or external evaluation. Prerequisite: BUS 303.

70 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 71

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

BUS 305. Intermediate Economic and Business affect small business management. Study of Statistics 3 credits selected small businesses as well as conventional Estimations, time series, index numbers, regres- text materials. Prerequisite: BUS 310 or consent of sion and correlation analysis, chi-square, and instructor. decision theory. Prerequisite: BUS 205 or equiva- BUS 320. Human Resource lent. Management 3 credits BUS 306. Investments 3 credits Designed to prepare students for immediate Analysis of stocks, bonds, mortgages and other action on the job by discussing the theoretical forms of investment; emphasis on safety, liquidi- and practical applications of human resource ty, appreciation and rate of return. Prerequisite: management. Concentration will be on the art of BUS 303. communication, motivation, management of personnel through a thorough review of current BUS 309. Principles of Marketing 3 credits. standards and practices based on the latest court Survey of theories and resulting activities rulings. Prerequisite: BUS 310 or consent of employed by producers and sellers of goods and instructor. services to determine wants of society and ways to satisfy those wants. Topics include: external BUS 321. International Business 3 credits environment as it affects marketing decisions (e.g. Intended to make students more knowledgeable economic conditions, population, competition, about the international dimensions of manage- legislation), examination of basic elements of a ment. A conscious effort is made to supplement marketing program (e.g. product design, pricing, text with information on current events happen- distribution, and promotion), marketing and ing in different parts of the world. Prerequisites: social responsibility. Prerequisite: ECON 202. ACCT 201, 202; ECON 201, 202; BUS 309, 310.

WI-BUS 310. Principles of Management 3 credits BUS 322. International Marketing 3 credits Research from several social science disciplines is As businesses and economies expand into a glob- applied in the study of effective management of al marketplace, traditional western ideas of mar- organizational strategy, structure and behavior. keting must be expanded. Survey of international Topics include planning, organizing, leadership marketing theories and activities. Prerequisite: and control. Interrelationships examined between BUS 309. needs and expectations of the individual and the BUS 323. Total Quality Management 3 credits organization and society. Develop an understanding of TQM and what BUS 311. Advertising 3 credits makes up quality excellence in service, non-profit This course is a study of the theory and practice and manufacturing organizations. Develop imple- of advertising, touching upon the economic and mentation planning, team building, and statistical social aspects, history, market, product and con- thinking. sumer analysis, motivation, art, copy and layout, WI-BUS 325. Leadership and Corporate media selection, and budgeting. Prerequisite: Culture 3 credits BUS 309 or consent of instructor. Evaluation the students own leadership styles, BUS 316. Small Business Management 3 credits current findings on leadership and corporate cul- Examination of the concerns, problems and ture from current research by the behavioral sci- opportunities associated with small businesses, entists and others. Reviews some collective and discussion of entrepreneurial qualities that wisdom found in the classic works of western

71 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 72

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

philosophy, history, biography and drama. sonal and organizational effectiveness from a Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of leadership and management perspective. Examine instructor. the importance of appreciation for cultural diversity for the global manager. BUS 328. Marketing Research 3 credits Planning, scientific investigation, conclusions, BUS 340. Financial Polices and and recommendations used in solving marketing Decision-Making 3 credits problems. Topics include survey techniques, Problem solving in finance; relationship of finan- observation techniques, experimentation, data cial management of other areas of corporate tabulation, and interpretation of results. management to the direction of the enterprise as Prerequisites: BUS 205, 305, 309, or approval of a whole; case methods on how shareholder department chair. requirements determine policy on acquisition of new funds; funds flow and capital investment BUS 330. Professional Salesmanship and Sales within the firm; and effect of social, regulatory, Management 3 credits and monetary environment on policy. Special Discipline of sales, including special emphasis on emphasis on importance of long-range planning economic and social importance of selling, and the contribution of financial analysis to deci- recruiting and selecting personnel, training, moti- sion-making. Prerequisites: ACCT 201, 202; vation, evaluation, and measurement. Supervisory ECON 201, 202; BUS 205, 303. problems, techniques and solutions. BUS 341. Internship in Business 3-6 credits BUS 332. Organizational Theory, Competitive placement with selected businesses Communications and Behavior 3 credits and non-profit agencies. Prerequisite: Junior or This course concentrates on individual processes, Senior standing. inter-personal and group processes, organizational processes and design, and organizational BUS 345. Independent Studies 3 credits changes. Prerequisite: BUS 310. Available for credit in economics or business administration. Approval requested through BUS 333. Operations Management 3 credits department chair. Concepts and methods for planning, routing, scheduling, and controlling operations. Uses of BUS 347. Consumer Behavior 3 credits linear programming and statistical controls and Theoretical concepts of consumer behavior, and techniques for determining work methods and application of these concepts to marketing strate- job analysis. gies and decision-making. How individuals make decisions to spend their resources on consumable BUS 335. Financial Institutions goods. Prerequisite: BUS 309. Management 3 credits An introduction to the primary participants and BUS 348. Marketing Management 3 credits the basic functions of the major financial markets Analysis of management functions as applied to operating in the United States, to include the top- product development, market analysis and pric- ics financial inter-mediation, the structure and ing, control of marketing activities and use of dis- regulation of depository and nondepository insti- tribution channels. Integrative course using case tutions, the structure of interest rates. studies. Prerequisite: ECON 307 WI-BUS 349. Business Policies 3 credits BUS 338. Diversity in the Workplace 3 credits Course provides key sources of information for Explore the impact of cultural diversity on per- the CEO. A case study approach is used to make

72 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 73

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

conclusions and recommendations to manage- The following courses (prefixed “+”) may be ment problems. Finance, accounting, human used by all majors—except accounting, business resource, production, and marketing perspectives administration and economics majors—to fulfill are used to propose solutions. Prerequisites: General Education requirements.

Senior standing in business administration. +ECON 101. Economics Survey 3 credits

WI-BUS 350. Capstone Seminar 3 credits Provides the student with a survey of the primary The final integrating course for all seniors in insights of economic theory, including national business and economics. It begins with an income accounting, income determination, unem- overview of economic history and history of eco- ployment, inflation, monetary policies. nomic ideas and social movements. Covers the Interconnection between government, business impact of interest groups on business and govern- and individuals including practical applications ment. Discussion on issues of consumer protec- for living in a market economy will be explored.

tion, environmental concerns, equal rights and +ECON 201. Principles of other social issues. Prerequisite: Senior status in Macro-Economics 3 credits business administration or economics. Introduction to national income accounting,

BUS 360. Introduction to Acquisition and income determination, unemployment, inflation Purchasing Management 3 credits and monetary fiscal policy problems of business Acquisition of materials and services in business cycles and economic growth.

or government. Fundamentals of purchasing, +ECON 202. Principles of quality, specifications, sources, pricing, contracts, Micro-Economics 3 credits negotiations, inventory management, transporta- This course is a study of the behavior of individ- tion, institutional and government purchasing ual economic units, such as the household and and professional ethics. the firm, together with various market structures

BUS 370. International Field Experience 3 credits of product and resource markets.

A combination of field trip-study abroad or ECON 205/305 exchange internship in international business that Same as BUS 205/305. will be supervised by a full-time faculty member who will determine the credit elements of the ECON 307. Money, Banking and Financial experience in cooperation with the student and Institutions 3 credits the host business. A student can register in any Money and financial institutions in structure and term that would be appropriate. movements of general economic system, monetary theory and growth, and selected domestic BUS 399. Topics in Management 3 credits and international problems of monetary econom- Selected topics, announced as offered, covering ics. Prerequisites: ECON 201, 202. various themes. Students may repeat course if it is on a separate topic, not previously studied for ECON 312. Intermediate Macro-Economic credit. Theory 3 credits Analysis of factors determining the level of output, employment, and the rate of inflation; study of consumption, investment, money, and interest; analysis of business cycles, stabilization policies, and growth models. Prerequisites: ECON 201, 202; BUS 205.

73 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 74

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

ECON 313. Intermediate Micro-Economic ECON 331. International Economics 3 credits Theory 3 credits Theory of international trade, government policy This course emphasizes economic efficiency, thus and trade restrictions; foreign exchange and bal- attention is focused on resource pricing, employ- ance of payments; trade policy and developing ment, how prices function so as to allocate countries; regional trade integration; and the resources among competing alternatives, and international monetary system. Prerequisites: evaluating and criticizing economic controls of ECON 201, 202. government over prices and production. ECON 335. Environmental Economics 3 credits Prerequisites: ECON 201, 202; BUS 205. Causes, effects and possible cures of air and ECON 321. Labor Economics 3 credits water pollution problems, solid waste disposal, Fundamentals of the economy of labor its impact resource and land use. The “energy crisis” in on industrialized society including wages, stan- light of basic economic principles and tools, such dards of living, unemployment and occupational as transformation curves, supply and demand hazards, social security and workman’s compen- pricing, social costs and marginal and cost-bene- sation, labor-management relations, and labor fit analysis. Discussions, lectures, local field trips legislation. Prerequisites: ECON 201, 202. and speakers from industry, government, and environmental groups. Prerequisites: ECON 201, ECON 325. Urban and Regional 202 are recommended, but required only for Economics 3 credits business administration and economics majors. Economic theories of the nature and function of cities, with emphasis on theory of location; theo- ECON 366. Cost and Price Analysis 3 credits ry of urban and regional planning in a market Develops managerial knowledge of both price economy; and examination of selected problems, and cost analysis, covering pricing policies, cost such as housing, land-use, and transportation, estimation, price and cost analysis, analysis of urban history, regional development, and fiscal direct and indirect costs, and labor rates; pro- federalism. Prerequisites: ECON 201, 202 or per- vides application of a variety of techniques mission of department chair. including learning curves, risk analysis, life cycle costing, and profit analysis. Prerequisites: ECON 329. Economic Development and BUS 360. Growth 3 credits Theory of growth and development; agricultural development, costs and benefits of industrializa- ENVR 341. Internship in Environmental tion, domestic/foreign resources for development, Management 3-6 credits industrialization and trade policy, and develop- Junior or senior standing and permission of ment planning. Prerequisites: ECON 201, 202. department chairperson.

Catholic Studies Program

See Interdisciplinary Programs

74 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 75

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Chemistry

Requirements for a Bachelor of Arts Degree with uses this background to discuss current chemical a Major in Chemistry: 31 semester credits in issues. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: chemistry including CHEM 105, 106, 110, 207, MATH 121. 208, 209, 210, 301, 303, 313 and 350; PHYS 203, +CHEM 102. History of Chemistry 3 credits 204; and MATH 191, 192. A historical look at the great discoveries of chem- Requirements for a Bachelor of Science Degree istry from the early alchemists to modern with a Major in Chemistry: 43 – 44 semester chemists. Students will duplicate the great labora- credits of chemistry including CHEM 105, 106, tory experiments of such chemists as Priestley, 110, 207, 208, 209, 210, 301, 303, 313, 314, Lavoisier, and Pauling. For non-science majors. 321, 350, 428 or 440, and one elective from 311, Lecture and laboratory. 319, or 333; PHYS 251, 253; and MATH 191, 192, +CHEM 103. Principles of Chemistry 4 credits and 290 or 291. Survey of concepts and applications for students Requirements for a Bachelor of Arts Teaching in majors such as occupational therapy and Major in Chemistry: 48 semester credits in sci- industrial engineering, which require one semes- ence and mathematics including: CHEM 105, 106, ter of general chemistry. Topics selected from 110, 207, 208, 209, 210, 301, 303 or 333, 313 inorganic, organic, and biological chemistry. and 350; PHYS 251, 253 or 203, 204; MATH 191, Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: MATH 121. 192. Education courses required for a teaching +CHEM 105. General Chemistry I 4 credits major are found in the Department of Education Introductory course required of all chemistry, section. biology, physics and engineering majors. Basic Requirements for a Teaching Minor in principles and terminology including atomic and Chemistry: 25 semester credits of chemistry, molecular structure, nature of chemical bonds, including CHEM 105, 106, 110, 207, 208, 209, states of matter and reaction stoichiometry. 210, 301,and 303 or 333. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite or corequisite: MATH 151. Requirements for a Non-Teaching Minor in Chemistry: 20 semester credits of chemistry CHEM 106. General Chemistry II 4 credits including CHEM 105, 106, 207, 209, and eight Continuation of General Chemistry I. Topics elective credits chosen from CHEM 110 or other include: kinetics, equilibria, thermodynamics, chemistry courses at the 200-level or above. electrochemistry, nuclear chemistry, acid-base chemistry and topics in descriptive chemistry of Course Descriptions metals, non-metals and organics. Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisite: CHEM 105. +CHEM 101. Chemistry and Society 4 credits Fundamentals of chemical principles for non-sci- CHEM 110. Laboratory Safety 1 credit ence majors, with emphasis on the world of Fundamentals of laboratory safety. The topics chemistry surrounding us. Basic chemical laws discussed include chemical, glassware, electrical, and theory are used to describe commonplace compressed gas, and biological hazards. Lecture chemical reactions and properties, including only. Prerequisites: BIOL 103; CHEM 105; or per- those in organic and biochemistry. The final unit mission of instructor.

75 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 76

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

CHEM 207. Organic Chemistry I 3 credits CHEM 303. Instrumental Analysis 4 credits Introduction to the structure, nomenclature and Basic theory, operation, and application of tech- reactions of important classes of organic com- niques of instrumental chemical analysis. Includes pounds including hydrocarbons, halides, alco- spectroscopy, chromatography, and electroanalyt- hols, ethers, carbonyl compounds and amines. ical methods. Lectures and laboratory. Structure-reactivity relationships and basic reac- Prerequisite: CHEM 210. Offered alternate years. tion mechanisms are stressed. Prerequisite: CHEM 311. Research Methods CHEM 106. in Organic Chemistry 3 credits CHEM 208. Organic Chemistry II 3 credits By selecting and carrying out several mini- A continuation of Chemistry 207. Topics include research projects, students are introduced to use molecular orbital theory of conjugated systems, of literature searching and laboratory techniques electrophilic and nucleophilic aromatic substitu- for solving problems in organic chemistry. Pro- tion, free radical and carbanion reactions, the gress shared at weekly research group meetings. chemistry of nitrogen-containing compounds, and Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: CHEM 210. further work with stereochemistry. Strategies for CHEM 313, 314. Physical Chemistry organic synthesis are introduced and illustrated I and II 4 credits throughout the course. Prerequisite: CHEM 207. Principles and applications of theoretical chem- CHEM 209. Organic Chemistry istry including thermodynamics, quantum Laboratory I 1 credit mechanics and kinetics. Lecture and laboratory. Theory and practice of methods for preparation, Prerequisites: CHEM 106; PHYS 204 or 251; and purification and characterization of organic com- MATH 192. Offered alternate years. pounds. Techniques studied include recrystalliza- CHEM 319. General Biochemistry 4 credits tion, distillation, extraction, chromatography, Application of chemical principles to the study of and determination of physical properties. living systems. Structure and chemical properties Prerequisite or corequisite: CHEM 207. of biomolecules are discussed, followed by analy- CHEM 210. Organic Chemistry sis of important metabolic processes within the Laboratory II 1 credit cell. The laboratory provides experience with Continuation of CHEM 209. Emphasizes use of macromolecular separation and characterization. modern instrumental methods for monitoring Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: CHEM 207; chemical reactions and elucidation of structures or permission of teacher. of organic compounds. Practice provided in the CHEM 321. Advanced Inorganic collection and interpretation of data using mass, Chemistry 4 credits ultraviolet visible, infrared and nuclear magnetic Advanced topics in inorganic chemistry empha- resonance spectrometers. Prerequisite: CHEM 209. sizing structure, periodicity, bonding, transition CHEM 301. Quantitative Inorganic metal chemistry and reactions. Prerequisites: Analysis 4 credits CHEM 106, junior or senior standing. Offered Study of the theory of chemical equilibria as it alternate years. applies to gravimetric and volumetric analysis. CHEM 333. Environmental Chemistry 4 credits Laboratory experience with basic quantitative An in-depth study of the environment using techniques, including statistical methods of data chemical principles. Covers the sources, reac- analysis, is included. Lectures and laboratory. tions, transport, effects and fates of chemical Prerequisite: CHEM 106. Offered alternate years.

76 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 77

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

species in water, soil and air environments. The CHEM 440. Chemistry Internship 1 – 2 credits laboratory provides experience with environmen- Students work part time in the laboratories of tal sampling and analysis techniques. local industrial, clinical or government employ- Prerequisites: CHEM 207 and 209 ers, gaining practical experiences in the application of chemistry to “real world” problems. WI-CHEM 350. Introduction to Chemical Prerequisite: Instructor permission. Literature and Writing 2 credits Introduction to literature searching, critical reading, and scientific writing. Required of all majors. Prerequisite: Instructor permission.

CHEM 428, 429. Chemical Research 1 credit Study of a research problem in current chemistry. One hour conference and two three-hour laboratory sessions per week. Prerequisite: Instructor permission.

Computer Information Systems

(Formerly Management Information Systems)

Requirements for a Bachelor of Arts with a 370, 390; and one of the following: CSCI 295, Major in Computer Information Systems: 310, 350, 430, 440, or 480. CSCI 499 is strongly ACCT 201, 202; ECON 201, 202; ENGL 217; recommended. MATH 151; BUS 205, 303, 309, 310; BUS 311 or 316 or 328; CSCI 170, 220, 300, 305, 340, 360,

Computer Science

Requirements for a Bachelor of Science with a Course Descriptions Major in Computer Science: CSCI 170, 240, 295, CSCI 120. Introduction to 310, 320, 360, 400, 499; MATH 191, 192, and Computer Science 3 credits 290; and four classes from the following: CSCI 330, Survey of computer systems, the role of the com- 350, 370, 380, 395, 410, 430, 480, 490. puter in different disciplines. Applications to include word processing, spreadsheets, data- bases, and communications.

CSCI 150. Internet Programming and Applications 3 credits Internet navigation using WEB browsing software, including email, FTP, Usenet, Telnet, and Gopher.

77 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 78

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Multimedia applications and plug-ins. Creating low level languages, work with user-defined and publishing world wide web home pages libraries. An overview of the UNIX operating sys- using hyper text markup language (http). WEB tem and its capabilities. Prerequisite: CSCI 120 or scripting and developing using Java language. A permission of teacher. case study for putting it all together. CSCI 300. Systems Design and Analysis 3 credits Prerequisites: MATH 121 or CSCI 120; or consent Traditional analysis, design, and implementation of instructor. through the data flow analysis and systems devel- CSCI 170. PASCAL Programming 3 credits opment life cycle approach. Emphasis on the use Study and use of PASCAL programming language. of case tools. Prerequisite: CSCI 220 or instructor Basic elements of PASCAL. Loop control, decision permission. Not open to computer science statements, functions and procedures, arrays, majors. records, sets, pointer variables. Prerequisite: CSCI 305. Advanced Microcomputer CSCI 120 or instructor permission. Applications in Business 3 credits CSCI 210. Programming with FORTRAN 3 credits A survey of the major microcomputer needs in Concepts and structures of FORTRAN program- business and the hardware and software which ming language. Flow charting, arithmetic and meet those needs. Emphasis is on microcomputer logical operations, arrays, character-string manip- hardware and software from a business perspec- ulation, input and output formats, functions and tive. Popular and standard software packages subroutines. Major emphasis on writing, running, used in business. Prerequisite: CSCI 120 and previ- and debugging structured programs. Prerequi- ous or concurrent enrollment in a 300-level busi- sites: CSCI 120 or permission of instructor. ness course or instructor permission. Not open to computer science majors. CSCI 220. Programming with COBOL 3 credits The study and use of COBOL. Use of records and CSCI 310. Data Structures 3 credits files. Table handling. Search and sort features and Study and application of a variety of data struc- interactive programs. Emphasis on efficient and tures in computer science. Stacks, Polish structured programming techniques. Prerequisite: Notations, queues, recursion, linked list and list CSCI 120 or permission of instructor. processing, binary trees and their applications, sorting, searching, graphs and their applications. CSCI 240. Assembler Language Prerequisite: CSCI 170. Programming 3 credits Number systems and conversions including nega- CSCI 320. Computer Organization 3 credits tive numbers. Assembler Language and Machine Evolution of computers. Number systems and Language including the use of subroutines, computer codes, Boolean functions and logic stacks, and macros. Introduction to computer design. Basic computer organization: CPU, memo- architecture, assembler language on different sys- ry, and input/output. Assemblers and macros, tems, and program interrupts. Use of debugging parallel processing, communication networks, tools. Prerequisite: CSCI 170 or 210. some case studies. Prerequisite: CSCI 240.

CSCI 295. Programming Language CSCI 330. Numerical Analysis 3 credits C & UNIX 3 credits Errors and error propagation. Numerical meth- Study and use of C. Use of pointers, structures, ods for solving equations in one variable. Solving ability to manipulate bits, bytes, and addresses. linear systems. Introduction to nonlinear systems. Comparison of the C with both high level and Taylor Polynomial approximation. Numerical

78 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 79

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

integration and differentiation. Prerequisites: ative files, random files, report writers. CSCI 170 or 210; MATH 290. (Same as MATH 330) Prerequisites: CSCI 220.

CSCI 340. Computer Systems 3 credits CSCI 395. Advanced C/Object Oriented History of computers. Number systems. Boolean Programming 3 credits Algebra and logic circuits. Basic computer archi- Covers user-defined libraries and using files for tecture: CPU, memory, and input/output. input/output with different structures. Will work Computer communications. Office automation. with extensions of C++ such as data encapsula- For computer information systems majors only. tion, data abstraction, classes, and function/oper- Prerequisite: CSCI 170. ator overloading. Prerequisites: CSCI 295.

CSCI 350. File Processing 3 credits CSCI 400. Programming Language Study of data structures and file organization to Concepts 3 credits include sequential, indexed sequential and rela- Evolution of major programming languages. tive files. Techniques for searching, updating, Comparative study of programming languages deleting, and merging files. Prerequisite: CSCI 170 including PASCAL and C languages. Syntax and or 295. semantics, formal grammars, datatypes, control structures, subprograms, abstract datatypes, spe- WI-CSCI 360. Database System Design 3 credits cial purpose programming languages. Database design and management. The different Prerequisites: CSCI 295, 310. data models, underlying physical database implementation, data definition functions, design CSCI 410. Operating Systems 3 credits analysis, key searching, and query evaluation to Evolution of operating systems, process, parallel include lexical analysis. Database system design processing, mutual exclusion, semaphores, con- and analysis using either VAX or PC. Prerequisite: current programming, deadlock. Organization CSCI 170 or 295. and management of real and virtual storage. Job and processor in scheduling, distributed comput- CSCI 370. Networks and ing. Case studies. Prerequisites: CSCI 295, 310. Data Communications 3 credits Computer networks, ISO model, network topolo- CSCI 430. Artificial Intelligence 3 credits gy, physical networks, error handling, security, A study of LISP and/or PROLOG to include list pro- local networks. Prerequisite: CSCI 170. cessing, recursion, functions and macros. We will also look at some uses of artificial intelligence CSCI 380. Discrete Structures 3 credits such as probabilistic reasoning and plan-generat- Basic elements of discrete mathematics for coming systems and how they would be implemented. puter science students. Topics include sets and Prerequisites: CSCI 170, 295 or permission of relations, finite probability, modular arithmetic, instructor. Boolean algebra and recursion. Prerequisites: CSCI 170 or 210; MATH 290. CSCI 440. Multimedia 3 credits CSCI 390. Advanced COBOL Audio, video, graphics and compression routines Programming 3 credits for multimedia development. Introduction to Continuation of CSCI 220. Structured program- instructional design from a programming stand- ming techniques, searching, sorting, tape and disk point. Long-distance learning, CD development. files, sequential files, indexed sequential files, rel-

79 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 80

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Prerequisite: CSCI 170 or instructor permission.

CSCI 480. Topics in Computer Science 3 credits Selected topics in computer science. May be repeated. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and permission of instructor.

CSCI 490. Independent Study in Computer Science 3 credits Reading, research, writing programs, or supervis- ing programming projects in computer science not available in other courses. Prerequisite: Departmental approval.

CSCI 499. Internship in Computer Science 3 credits The merging of course work with practical training in computer science. Emphasis will be on how the practical experience is directly related to the course work the student has taken. Prerequisite: Must be pre-approved by department. Pass/No Pass course.

Cooperative Education

Course Description

COOP 404. Cooperative Education 1 – 3 credits Practical work experience or training under professional supervision for all majors. Prerequisites: 2.00 cumulative GPA, pursuing a designated program of study, meet employer requirements, sophomore standing at St. Ambrose or meet departmental requirements. Pass/No Pass course.

80 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 81

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Criminal Justice

Requirements for a major in Criminal Justice: CRJU 201. Criminal Investigation 3 credits 39–42 semester credits in criminal justice includ- The art and science of criminal investigation. ing CRJU 101, 201, 221, 231, 241, 316, 321, 341, Topics include the forensic sciences, interrogation 362, 382, 407; 3 – 9 semester credits from techniques, case development and presentation, CRJU 401, 402, 403, 421; and BUS 310; PSCI 303; with focus on informational sources and their SPEE 327. utilization in court. Prerequisite: CRJU 101.

Each Criminal Justice major is required to com- CRJU 221. Criminal Law 3 credits plete a related fieldwork experience as part of the Goals and purposes of American criminal law. program. This requirement could be met through Standard criminal law topics are included, such a departmental practicum (CRJU 421 at three as elements of crime, criminal defenses, crimes credit minimum) or an approved three credit against persons/property, accomplices, inchoate cooperative education placement. crimes and others. Prerequisite: CRJU 101.

Each major is required to complete 12 semester CRJU 231. Contemporary Corrections 3 credits credits of directed electives in any combination Developmental history of American corrections from the following areas: with emphasis on contemporary issues related to Political Science: 304, 322, 325, 331, 370; the correctional system and process, correctional Psychology: 304, 306, 310, 314, 323, 324, 342, clientele, treatment of inmates in institutions and 343; Sociology: 313, 320, 321, 325, 340, 341, 366 community programs, and the future of correctional practice. Prerequisite: CRJU 101. Depending on a student’s career goals, the following courses are recommended: CRJU 241. Crime Prevention Strategies 3 credits Federal Investigation: 6–12 semester credits in Crime opportunity reduction with emphasis on accounting the development and implementation of crime Corrections: PSYC 323, 324, 342 prevention strategies, the role of crime prevention Security: 6–9 semester credits in computer specialists in policing and private security, the use science of security devices and procedures, and crime risk Graduate Study: CSCI 120; SSCI 213; SOC 350 reduction through environmental design. Prerequisite: CRJU 101. Requirements for a Minor in Criminal Justice: 21 semester credits including CRJU 101, 201, 221, +CRJU 316. Crime and Delinquency 3 credits 231, 241, 316, 407. Crime and delinquency as an individual and social problem. Included are conceptual models Course Descriptions of social deviance, theories of criminal and delinquent behavior, and the administration of justice +CRJU 101. Introduction to in a democratic society. An applied research pro- Criminal Justice 3 credits ject is required. Prerequisites: CRJU 101 or Historical and philosophical account of the devel- SOC 101. opment of American criminal justice with emphasis on constitutional requirements. Survey of enforcement, court, and corrections subsystems on a national, state, and local level.

81 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 82

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

CRJU 321. Police Organization CRJU 403. Workshop 1 – 3 credits and Management 3 credits Topics and activities are designed to offer practi- Organizational principles and management of cal skill development opportunities useful to line/staff activities, personnel supervision, and criminal justice practitioners. May be repeated operational components of American police agen- for a maximum of three credits if topics differ. cies. Organizational and operational enforcement Requires departmental approval. effectiveness. Prerequisite: CRJU 201. WI-CRJU 407. Seminar in Criminal Justice 3 credits CRJU 341. Criminal Evidence A capstone seminar focusing on analysis and and Procedure 3 credits evaluation of current practice, with emphasis on Fundamental rules of evidence in trial procedure, ethical and operational issues confronting the including those affecting presumptions, witnesses, criminal justice practitioner. Prerequisite: 12 hearsay, confessions and admissions; procedural criminal justice credits including CRJU 316, or protections in criminal justice founded upon instructor consent. Constitutional due process and Bill of Rights CRJU 421. Practicum 3 – 9 credits principles. Prerequisite: CRJU 221. Field observation and research under professional CRJU 362. Correctional Management 3 credits supervision in a criminal justice or human ser- Correctional management theory and practice vices related agency. Arranged by the department with emphasis on control and change in correc- with chair approval. Pass/No Pass course. tional organizations, from an organization development perspective. Prerequisite: CRJU 231.

CRJU 382. Security Management 3 credits Management principles applied to private security operations and their relationship to corporate philosophies and profitability. Covers internal investigation, policy development and contemporary problems, and issues facing the loss prevention industry from a global perspective. Prerequisite: CRJU 241.

CRJU 401. Individual Research 3 credits Applied research in a related area of interest to the student. Requires an empirical component in the research design. Arranged in consultation with the instructor. Enrollment subject to instructor approval.

CRJU 402. Directed Readings 1 – 3 credits Specialized readings and reviews on an independent basis. May be repeated for a maximum of three credits if topics differ. Requires departmental approval.

82 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 83

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Economics

See Business Administration and Economics

Education

The Practitioner Preparation (Teacher Education) Program includes areas of study necessary to prepare competent and professional classroom teachers, and is approved by the Iowa Department of Education. The mission of the program supports the mission of the University and seeks the total intellectual, spiritual, cultural, social, psychological, and physical development of the student.

Mission Statement of Iowa Board of Educational Examiners upon The mission of the St. Ambrose Education recommendation of the university through which Department is to: (1) develop students with flexi- the applicant has completed an approved pro- bility, enthusiasm, and a broad base of knowl- gram. An applicant who has not completed the edge which will lead them to be life-long problem Practitioner Preparation Program will not be rec- solvers and learners; (2) assist students in obtain- ommended by this University. ing a basic knowledge of teaching in the areas of The Practitioner Preparation Program is sub- curriculum, foundations, human development, ject to requirements mandated by the Iowa technology and educational psychology; (3) pro- Department of Education. Any change in require- vide students with theories, models, and exam- ments which occur after publication of this cata- ples which demonstrate how basic knowledge can log may require additional course work in order be transferred from theoretical considerations to to complete licensure. practical application in the classroom; (4) provide students with varied and increasingly challenging Objectives of Practitioner Preparation Program sequence of field experiences in an assortment of The objectives of the Practitioner Preparation school settings which reflect a pluralistic society. Program for the preservice educator are: 1. To acquire and apply decision-making skills Licensure such as, but not limited to, problem defini- Successful completion of Practitioner Preparation tion, data collection, criteria selection and Program enables the student to receive a solution synthesis. Provisional License to teach in Iowa agencies and 2. To display an ability to accommodate and schools. If one plans to teach in a state other adjust to a variety of school and classroom than Iowa, the individual should consult the settings and student populations with diverse Education Department Chair concerning certifi- cultural, educational and social backgrounds. cation requirements. 3. To demonstrate a knowledge of the basic con- All licenses for teachers are issued by the State tent area of one’s particular endorsement area.

83 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 84

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

4. To show a knowledge of educational historical ue in education. backgrounds and trends. 5. Complete a Declaration of Major form. 5. To present appropriate knowledge in the areas 6. Maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.70 and a GPA of physical, cognitive, emotional and pyscho- of 3.00 in education and major courses. In social development of human beings from education and endorsement/major courses, a conception through adolescence. grade of D or F is not acceptable. 6. To apply the theories of learning, cognition 7. Apply for admission to the Practitioner and motivation that are appropriate to one’s Preparation Program. The admission form particular endorsement area. requires the applicant to plan a proposed 7. To utilize theories and models regarding child sequence of courses, to write a personal state- management and organization of ment outlining goals for a teaching career, and teaching/learning environments. to secure approval by the applicant’s advisor, 8. To exhibit a knowledge of appropriate plan- major department chair, and the Education ning, material development, assessment and Department chair. evaluation, teaching and learning styles, teaching models, pedagogical methodology, and For Admission to Student Teaching and for technology. Graduation in the Education Department the 9. To possess and use an appropriate knowledge applicant must meet the following requirements: base which will enable one to both understand 1. Been admitted to Practitioner Preparation and utilize educational research. Program. The applicant completes a proposed 10.To analyze and reflect upon the strategies and sequence of courses leading to licensure. techniques that are utilized by one during field 2. Maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.70 and a GPA components. of 3.00 in education and major/endorsement 11.To reach a level of professionalism whereby courses. In education and major/endorsement one is entrusted with all teaching responsibili- courses all grades must be C or above, a grade ties at the appropriate licensure level. of D or F is not acceptable. 3. Complete two writing intensive courses before Practitioner Preparation Program student teaching semester. Requirements for Admission into the Practitioner Note: An appeal process is available to the stu- Preparation Program: dent for any of the above requirements. All 1. Achieve a 40th percentile or above on the appeals must be made in writing to the Teacher Nelson-Denny Reading Test, a reading com- Education Working Committee through the prehension examination. Education Department chair. Student teaching 2. Complete ENGL 101 with a grade of C or appeals should be made before the student teach- above. ing semester begins. 3. Earn at least 30 semester credits from a college or university The applicant must have Student Teaching Semester completed or be enrolled in at least 15 semes- Points to Remember for Students and Advisor ter credits at St. Ambrose. 1. All students who wish to student teach in 4. Complete two education courses, one being grades PK–12 during the next school year must Field Experience (EDUC 205 ). The applicant apply by February 1. must have earned a grade of B or above in 2. Student teachers are assigned by the Education Field Experience and have received the recom- Department to public or private agencies or mendation of a cooperating teacher to contin- schools in the Quad City area.

84 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 85

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

3. The length of assignment is all day, every day, Iowa Endorsement Early Childhood Education for one entire semester. Twelve to 15 semester To acquire an Iowa early childhood credits are earned. license/endorsement, an applicant needs the fol- 4. Applicants seeking licensure in art, music, and lowing to complete a major in early childhood physical education are assigned to elementary education: EDUC 205, 301, 304, 308, 309, 312, and secondary schools. Early childhood edu- 440, and/or 441, and/or 442; PSYC 105, 310; cation applicants teach at two age levels, 0–3 PED 340; ECSE 200, 208, 311, 410, 420; SPEE 325; years, 3–6 years, or kindergarten-third grade. SPED 512; ECE 303, 306, 315, 320, 350, 365; 5. During the student teaching semester, all stu- SOC 300; a course in U.S. history or government dent teachers return to the University about and seven semester credits in science (biology and five times per semester to attend scheduled physical science). Early Childhood majors com- Student Teaching Seminars. The student teach- plete MATH 121 and ENGL 101. A minimum of ing semester is a full time professional obliga- 200 clock hours of pre-student teaching experi- tion, and additional course work or ences in a school or agency setting at three differ- employment is discouraged. ent age levels (0–3 or 3–6 years or grades K–3) are required before student teaching. Bachelor of Education The Bachelor of Education is conferred upon Iowa Endorsement Elementary Education those individuals who have completed a bache- To acquire an Iowa elementary endorsement, an lor’s or master’s degree and are seeking teacher applicant needs the following to complete a licensure. The required course work is identical Major in Elementary Education: EDUC 205, to that described for early childhood, elementary 301,304, 308, 309, 329, 452, 353, 354, 369, or secondary licensure. Changes in the licensure 370, 409; PSYC 105, 310; SOC 300; MATH 210; guidelines may result in changes in degree ENGL 313; a choice of three of these courses: requirements. ART 340, HED 201, PED 210, MUS 244; a course in U.S. history or government; seven semester credits Requirements for admission to the Bachelor of in science (biology and physical science) and an Education program: approved area of concentration leading to an 1. Thirty (30) of the student’s last 45 semester endorsement in one of the following areas: math, credits in the previous degree program must science, social sciences, social studies or history, meet the Practitioner Preparation Program’s English/language arts or reading. A minimum of requirement of 2.70 cumulative GPA, and 3.00 190 clock hours of pre-student teaching experi- GPA in the major/endorsement area, including ences in a school setting at two different grade any hours applicable to the Practitioner levels are required before student teaching. Preparation Program. 2. To receive a Bachelor of Education a student Approved Endorsement in English/Language Arts needs to complete 30 of the last 45 semester (K-6) credits through St. Ambrose University. The following courses are required: ENGL 101, 3. All other degree requirements are identical to 120, 210 or 211, 215, 216, 313; SPEE 101 or 203 those described under the Practitioner or 328 or 329; EDUC 369, 370, 452; THTR 205. Preparation Program section. Approved Endorsement in Mathematics (K–6) The following courses are required: EDUC 354; three semester credits of computer science, and MATH 151, 152, (or at least five semester credits

85 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 86

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

of higher level math courses if placement scores music and physical education majors are not indicate that the student should begin with 191) required to take this course unless they are seek- 191, 192, 210, 300, 360. ing another endorsement), 419, or 430 or 432 or 433. A minimum of 140 clock hours of pre-stu- Approved Endorsement in Reading (K–6) dent teaching experiences in a school setting in The following courses are required: ECE 303 or two different sites are required before student EDUC 370; EDUC 369, 450,452, 453; ENGL 101, teaching. Department majors approved for 313; SPEE 101 or 203 or 328 or 329, 325 endorsement areas (7–12) include: Art, Business- Approved Endorsement in Science (K–6) General, English/Language Arts, French, German, The following courses are required: ASTR 201 or Spanish, Mathematics, Music, Physical NSCI 202; BIOL 103, 104, 109; three semester Education, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, credits in Chemistry; EDUC 353; NSCI 105; four Economics, American Government, History semester credits of electives in science. (American-World), Psychology, Speech Communication /Theatre, General Science, Approved Endorsement in Social Studies: History Reading and Sociology. (K–6) The following courses are required: Completion Approved Endorsement in Reading (7–12) of 24 semester credits in American history and The following courses are required: EDUC 336, world history. Course work must include 368 or 369, 370, 452, 453; ENGL 101, 316, 313; HIST 101, 102, 111, 112; EDUC 329, plus six cred- SPEE 101 or 203 or 328 or 329, 325. its of electives in American history and six credits of electives in world history. Course Descriptions Approved Endorsement in Social Science: Social EDUC 205. Field Experience Studies (K–6) (First or Second Year) 2 credits The following courses are required: 24 semester Students should reserve blocks of time to com- credits to include: U.S. history, world civilization, plete 70 hours of field work per semester. political science, economics or geography, psy- Prospective teachers serve as teacher aides in area chology, sociology. EDUC 329 and SOC 300 are in schools or child care centers. Students attend a addition to the 24 semester credits. weekly seminar. Required of all education students. Regular grade option. Iowa Endorsement Secondary Education WI-EDUC 301. History and The prospective secondary teacher applicant Philosophy of Education 3 credits should contact the Education department at least Provides teacher education majors with a back- six semesters prior to graduation. ground in the historical development of u.s. edu- For Bachelor of Education applicants, it will cation and in-depth analysis of its structural, require at least three semesters to complete the philosophical, legal and ethical concerns. Panel professional core courses for a license; discussions, debates and written reports are used. major/endorsement areas may require further Prerequisites: EDUC 205, sophomore status and preparation. Secondary practitioner applicants ENGL 101 with C or better. fulfill endorsement requirements in a teaching major; complete a course in U.S. history or gov- +EDUC 304. Child and Adolescent ernment; SOC 300; PSYC 105, 310; EDUC 205, Psychology 3 credits 301, 304, 305, (except for art, music and physi- Physical, cognitive, emotional and social develop- cal education majors) 308, 309, 336 (art, math, ment through adolescence. Prerequisites:

86 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 87

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

EDUC 205; PSYC 105. (Same as Psychology 304) EDUC 312. Curriculum Development for Young Children 3 credits EDUC 305. Special Secondary Methods 3 credits Techniques of planning, presenting and evalua- Organization, lesson planning, development of a tion child centered experiences for young children teaching unit, secondary classroom procedures of typical and atypical needs, with emphasis emphasized. Lecture and laboratory. Field hours upon grades kindergarten to three. Required field are required. Prerequisites: EDUC 205, 304, 309. hours. Prerequisite: EDUC 365; ECSE 311; ECE 303, (Department methods of art, music, and physical 306, 350. education are accepted in place of this course.) EDUC 329. Methods of Teaching EDUC 308. Educational Technology 2 credits Social Studies 3 credits An introduction to a variety of technologies and Development of basic concepts in social sciences media. Students construct a lesson incorporating taught in elementary schools, including multicul- technology relevant to their particular teaching turalism. Examines management techniques and endorsement. Prerequisites: Sophomore status methods such as inquiry, cooperative learning, and EDUC 205. and problem-solving. Several projects, including EDUC 309. Educational Psychology: unit and lesson planning, are required. Field Tests and Measurements 3 credits hours are required. Prerequisites: EDUC 205, 304. Psychological principles in teaching and learning, EDUC 336. Content Reading 3 credits preparation and use of devices to evaluate learn- Examines literacy skills and instructional needs of ing and instruction. Lecture. Prerequisites: middle and secondary school students, with EDUC 205, 304; PSYC 105. (Same as PSYC 309) emphasis on teaching and management tech- EDUC 310. Child and the Community 3 credits niques for a range of reading levels. Strategies for An overview of children from infancy through teaching comprehension study skills and recre- age 8 and the relationships that they develop ational reading are introduced (field hours in a with their families in care-giving situations, at classroom setting). Prerequisites: EDUC 205, 304, school, and in the large community. Students and 309 or concurrent enrollment. learn procedures to help children develop these EDUC 353. Methods of relationships. Students will also become knowl- Elementary Science 3 credits edgeable about community resources which fur- Lesson and unit planning, problems of instruc- ther children’s development. Prerequisites: tional design, use and development of curricular EDUC 205; PSYC 304. materials which foster science teaching and learn- EDUC 311. Organization and Guidance ing as a dynamic human enterprise. Lecture and of Pre-Kindergarten–Kindergarten field hours in a science classroom. Prerequisites: Children and Programs 3 credits EDUC 205, 304. The current theories and approaches for organiz- EDUC 354. Methods of ing and administering programs for children from Elementary Mathematics 3 credits the ages of infancy to 6 years, including kinder- Current issues, approaches, and materials in ele- garten, are explored. Personnel management, mentary school mathematics teaching, including facilities, equipment, governance and funding will philosophy and objectives, technology, curricula be emphasized. Prerequisite: EDUC 310 or concur- problems, review and evolution of current litera- rent enrollment. ture. Field hours in a math classroom. Required prerequisite: MATH 210 and admission to teacher education program. 87 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 88

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

EDUC 368. Literature for Department chair. The student teaching semester the Young Adult 3 credits should be considered a full-time professional Evaluation of literature written for and read by obligation. Additional course work or employ- young adults. Methods of choosing books related ment is discouraged. to reading interest, promoting reading as an EDUC 409. Observation and Student Teaching: enjoyable and meaningful activity and developing Elementary Grades 12 – 15 credits competence in presenting literature to young Directed observation and supervised teaching adults. Prerequisites: EDUC 205, 304; ENGL 101 experience. The student is required to spend a with a grade of B or better; College level litera- full day, five days a week, for a semester in the ture class with grade of B or better or permission elementary schools. Prerequisites: Admission to of teacher. the Teacher Education Program; senior standing; EDUC 369. Child and all requirements for elementary education; rec- Adolescent Literature 3 credits ommendation of the Education Department chair. Evaluation of literature written for and read by The student teaching semester should be consid- children and young adolescents. Methods of ered a full-time professional obligation. choosing books related to reading interest levels, EDUC 419. Observation and Student Teaching: promoting reading as an enjoyable and meaning- Secondary Grades 12 – 15 credits ful activity and developing competence in pre- Directed observation and supervised teaching senting literature to adolescents and children experience. Students are required to spend a full (including oral interpretation of literature and day, five days per week, for a semester in a sec- creative dramatics). Prerequisites: EDUC 205, 304. ondary school. Prerequisites: Admission to the EDUC 370. Language Arts and Reading in the Teacher Education Program; senior standing; all Elementary Schools 5 credits requirements in secondary education; major, Curriculum organization and instructional plan- minor areas; recommendations of chairpersons ning for children, kindergarten through grade 6. from the major, minor and education depart- Strategies for the language development of the ments. The student teaching semester should be child from birth through adolescence. Includes considered a full-time professional obligation. methods and materials for teaching all areas of EDUC 430. Observation and the language arts and developmental reading. Student Teaching: Art 12 – 15 credits Lecture and field hours in a classroom setting. Directed observation and supervised teaching Prerequisites: EDUC 205, 304. experience. The student is required to spend a EDUC 403. Observation and Student Teaching: full day, five days a week, for a quarter in the ele- Pre-Kindergarten–Kindergarten 6 credits mentary schools and for a quarter in the sec- Directed observation and supervised teaching ondary schools. Prerequisites: Admission to the experience. The student is required to spend a Teacher Education Program; senior standing; all full day, five days a week, for six weeks at the requirements in art education; recommendation PK–K levels. This course is normally completed of the art and education department chairper- with ESCE 434 or by teachers holding elementary sons. The student teaching semester should be licensure. Prerequisites: Admission to Practitioner considered a full-time professional obligation. Preparation Program; senior status; EDUC 205 or EDUC 432. Observation and ECSE 200/201, EDUC 310, 311, 312; recommenda- Student Teaching: Music 12 – 15 credits tion from PK–K coordinator and the Education Directed observation and supervised teaching

88 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 89

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

experience. The student is required to spend a full day, five day a week for one half a semester. full day, five days a week, for a quarter in the ele- Application is to be made by February 1 of the mentary schools and for a quarter in the sec- year before student teaching. Prerequisites: ondary schools. Prerequisites: Admission to the Admission to Teacher Education Program; senior Teacher Education Program; senior standing; all standing; all requirements for early childhood requirements in music education; recommenda- major; recommendation of Education tion of the music and education department Department chairperson. The student teaching chairpersons. The student teaching semester semester should be considered a full-time profes- should be considered a full-time professional sional obligation. obligation. EDUC 442. Student Teaching Early Childhood: EDUC 433. Observation and Student Teaching: Ages 5 to 8 6 credits Physical Education 12 – 15 credits Directed observation and supervised teaching Directed observation and supervised teaching experience in a school-age classroom with prima- experience. The student is required to spend a ry children, kindergarten-third grade. The student full day, five days a week, for a quarter in the ele- is required to spend a full day, five days a week mentary schools and for a quarter in the sec- for one half a semester. Application is to be made ondary schools. Prerequisites: Admission to the by February 1 of the year before student teach- Teacher Education Program; senior standing; all ing. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher requirements in physical education; recommenda- Education Program; senior standing; all require- tion of the physical education and education ments for early childhood major; recommenda- department chairpersons. The student teaching tion of Education Department chairperson. The semester should be considered a full-time profes- student teaching semester should be considered a sional obligation. full-time professional obligation.

EDUC 440. Student Teaching Early Childhood: EDUC 450. Seminar 1 – 3 credits Birth to 3 6 credits Current research and trends in the teaching of Directed observation and supervised teaching reading. Prerequisites: EDUC 370, 452, 453; experienced in a home-based model with infants, senior standing and admission to the Education toddlers and families. The student is required to Department. spend a full day, five days a week for one half a WI-EDUC 452/552. Diagnostic and Prescriptive semester. Application is to be made by February Techniques of Teaching Reading 4 credits 1 of the year before student teaching. Diagnostic and prescriptive techniques for class- Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Education room teachers of reading. Corrective techniques Program; senior standing; all requirements for appropriate for less severe reading disabilities; early childhood major; recommendation of writing diagnostic and progress reports; parent Education Department chairperson. The student interviews; designing prescriptions for teaching, teaching semester should be considered a full- tutoring and evaluating children in clinical set- time professional obligation. ting. Lecture and laboratory. Graduate students EDUC 441. Student Teaching Early Childhood: (552) will be required to fulfill all 452 require- Ages 3 to 6 6 credits ments, complete a daily reflection form, and tran- Directed observation and supervised teaching script 6 interactions with their child. Prerequisite: experience in a center-based model with prepri- ECE 303/EDUC 370 or consent of instructor, and a mary children. The student is required to spend a minimum of 25 clock hours of clinical work with

89 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 90

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

students. Graduate (EDUC 552) Prerequisites: One college- and university-level curriculum including foundation course in reading and at least two two- and four-year preparatory programs. years teaching experience. Students explore issues in post-secondary curriculum, basic considerations in curriculum develop- EDUC 453. Reading Clinic: ment, instructional processes that interact with Advanced Teaching Practicum 4 credits the curriculum, evaluation and curriculum, and Diagnosis and correction of reading problems in curriculum models. Prerequisite: Graduate status. a clinical setting. Using and evaluating formal and informal test instruments; writing diagnostic EDUC 710. Educational Research and progress reports; parent interviews; designing and Statistics 3 credits prescriptions for teaching, tutoring and evaluat- Provides students with basic skills in conducting ing children in reading programs and content educational research including methodology and areas. Prerequisites: Senior standing; ECE 303 or statistical procedures. Prerequisite: Graduate sta- EDUC 370, 369, 452; and a previously completed tus. minimum of 25 clock hours of clinical work with EDUC 715. Teaching Culturally Diverse students. Children in Special Education Settings 2 credits EDUC 461. The Middle School 3 credits Designed to assist special education teachers in This course examines the middle school philoso- developing the understanding of issues surround- phy, curriculum, and instructional methods for ing cultural and gender diversity within special designing and teaching developmentally appropri- education settings. Prerequisites: SPED 500; graduate middle school programs. Prerequisites: Junior ate status, or permission of instructor. or senior status or teacher certification/licensure. ECE 303. Literacy for Young Children 5 credits EDUC 542. Counseling Theories Students will learn how to foster literacy develop- and Practices 3 credits ment for infants, toddlers, preprimary and prima- Provides students with an overview of contempo- ry children in child care and early childhood rary counseling theories, critically examining the classrooms. Techniques to support speaking, lis- strengths and weaknesses of each theoretical tening, writing and reading instruction and skills approach. Students will be trained in effective to develop and implement integrated learning counseling techniques designed for therapeutic experiences will be emphasized that facilitate cog- change. Prerequisite: Graduate status. nition, communication, and social development of the birth to 8 population. 25 field hours are EDUC 556. Teaching Reading required for this methods course. Prerequisites: to Adolescents 3 credits EDUC 205; ECE 365. Assessment of adolescent reading skills in various content areas. Methods and materials used in ECE 306. Science and Social Studies for Young teaching developmental reading in junior and Children 4 credits senior high content courses. Prerequisites: Students discover the learning dimensions of sci- Graduate status or permission of instructor. ence and social studies for preprimary and primary children while integrating curriculum and EDUC 620. College and support active learning. Science is emphasized for University Curriculum 3 credits all students connecting it to technology and soci- Emphasis is placed on the various intricacies of ety; social studies examines people in society as the curriculum at the post secondary level. they interact with each other and their many Students will be exposed to the various aspects of environments. Prerequisite: ECE 303.

90 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 91

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

ECE 315. Creative Expression in Early Childhood health concerns, developmental delays and at-risk Curriculum 3 credits conditions. Topics covered include history of Integrates drama, dance, movement music and early childhood education, public laws, family art into developmentally appropriate curriculum. partnerships, model programs, learning environ- Prerequisites: EDUC 205; ECE 365. ments, community resources, professional code of ethics, team collaboration, and the Individual ECE 320. Management of Family Service Plan. Prerequisite: EDUC 205. Young Children 3 credits Includes principles of administration, organiza- ECSE 208. Introduction to Early Childhood tion, and operation of programs for children ages Education: Ages 3 to 8 3 credits birth to 8 and their families. Students study The study of preprimary and primary school behavior management, preventive discipline, aged children within the context of family, cul- quality program design, positive guidance, transi- ture and society including those with special tion, collaboration, and ethical standards that health concerns, sensory impairments, physical support the development, learning and well being disabilities, behavior disorders, and learning dis- of all young children. Prerequisite: ECE 303. abilities. Apply theories and knowledge of dynamic roles and relationships with and ECE 350. Math Education for between families, schools and communities. Young Children 3 credits Identify resources and service delivery options in Students will learn how to help young children meeting the needs of children from ages 3 to 8 make important connections among physical, pic- including the importance of family partnerships torial, graphic, symbolic, verbal, and mental rep- and understanding of the Individual Education resentations of mathematical ideas. Constructive Plan (IEP) process. Prerequisites: EDUC 205; activities will be incorporated to help children ECE 365. develop mathematical reasoning and to understand fundamental operations of addition, sub- ECSE 311. Assessment of Young traction, multiplication and division. Prerequisite: Children 3 credits ECE 303. Students will gain skills in administrating informal and formal assessments and in interpreting ECE 365. Early Childhood Development 3 credits information from testing and observation for the Child growth and development for infants, tod- purpose of monitoring development and planning dlers, preprimary and primary school children, intervention for young children. Assessment tech- both typical and atypical in areas of cognition, niques will be linked to planning, implementing, communication, physical motor, social-emotional, and evaluation curriculum goals and teaching aesthetics and adaptive behavior. Students will practices for infants, toddlers, preprimary and explore individual differences in development and primary children based on the needs and interests learning, including risk factors, developmental of individual children, their families, and commu- variations and developmental patterns of specific nity. Prerequisites: EDUC 205; ECE 365. disabilities and special abilities. Prerequisites: EDUC 205, 304. ECSE 410. Infant Toddler Curriculum and Methods 3 credits ECSE 200. Introduction to Early Childhood Students will plan, implement and learn to evalu- Education: Birth to 3 3 credits ate developmentally and individually appropriate Students will gain an overview of early interven- curriculum goals, content and teaching practices tion for the birth to 3 population including typi- for infants and toddlers based on the needs and cal infants and toddlers and those with special

91 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 92

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

interests of individual children and their families. Special Education Endorsement Program Techniques for adapting material, equipment and The Special Education Endorsement Program at the environment will be emphasized to meet St. Ambrose University is designed to assist in the social, cognitive, physical motor, communication, development of teaching skills specific to working and medical needs for children of varying abili- with children and adolescents with special needs. ties. 25 field hours required. Prerequisites: The Special Education Endorsement Program is EDUC 205; ECE 365. committed to linking the practical application of

ECSE 420. Developmental Curriculum and teaching to the theoretical underpinnings Methods: Ages 3 to 6 3 credits involved in human motivation and learning. Students will develop and implement learning St. Ambrose University offers Iowa special experiences for preprimary children with focus education endorsement in the areas of mental dis- on multicultural content that includes develop- abilities and learning disabilities through this ment of responsibility and aesthetic, artistic, program. The mental and learning disabilities physical, cognitive, language, emotional and endorsements are 38–41 semester hour training social development. Through developmentally programs. 400-level courses can be taken after and individually appropriate curriculum goals, completion of a student’s sophomore year. 500- content and teaching practices, students will learn level courses can be taken at the graduate level to adapt materials, equipment, the environment, for qualifying juniors and qualifying seniors can programs and resources to meet the diverse learn- take 600-level courses (see degree requirements ing needs of preprimary children. 25 field hours for qualification information). All courses num- required. Prerequisites: EDUC 205; ECE 365. bered 500 or above may be transferred into the Master’s degree program with advisor approval ECSE 434. Student Teaching Early Childhood providing they meet the transfer policies of the Special Education 6 credits Graduate Special Education Programs. For students seeking endorsement in ECSE and PK- K (Option 1). Directed observation and super- Admission Requirements for Special Education vised teaching experience. The student is required Endorsement Program: to spend a full day, five days a week for one-half Admission: Students wishing to enroll in the a semester in an approved early childhood set- Special Education Endorsement program (500- ting. Corequisite: EDUC 403. level or above) must meet the following require-

ECSE 619. Practicum in Early Childhood Special ments: Education 3 credits 1. Hold junior level status (completion of For students seeking an approved endorsement in 60 hours of credit). ECSE and who already hold an Iowa Teaching 2. Obtain a positive recommendation from Elementary License (Option 3). This course pro- education advisor and one member of the special vides field and supervised teaching experience in an education program. early childhood special education setting. Students 3. Possess an overall GPA of 3.0 or above. will obtain practical, first-hand experience of work- Course descriptions for Special Education, coming with curriculum, behavior management, and plete information on admission, and degree teaching strategies. Requires a minimum of 145 requirements can be found in the Master of hours, at least 90 must be in direct contact with Education in Special Education section and preschool handicapped children. Graduate Information section.

92 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 93

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Engineering

Core courses recommended for first two years of Course Descriptions an Engineering program: (for students with a ENGR 110. Engineering Graphics 3 credits strong preparation in mathematics); First The graphic solution of space problems involving semester: ENGR 110; MATH 191; CHEM 105. points, lines and planes, geometric construction, Second semester: CSCI 210; PHYS 251; MATH 191. pictorial representation, auxiliary views, section- Third semester: ENGR 220; MATH 192; PHYS 253. ing, dimensioning. Four and a half hours per Fourth semester: ENGR 302, 310; MATH 300, 320; week. (Same as IE 110) PHYS 254. Also, 15 to 18 additional elective semester credits in the Engineering Program. ENGR 220. Engineering Statics 2 credits Vector and scalar treatment of forces. Resultants, Recommended for three-year, two degree equilibrium friction, centroids, moments and Engineering Program: For a broader liberal arts products of inertia, external and internal forces. background in career preparation, three years of Applications to pulleys, trusses, frames, beams, study at St. Ambrose and two years at an engi- friction. Prerequisites: MATH 192, PHYS 251. neering school can lead to two degrees—a (Same as IE 220) Bachelor of Arts Degree from St. Ambrose and a Bachelor of Science Degree from the engineering ENGR 302. Engineering Dynamics 3 credits school. The technical courses listed in the Dynamics and kinematics of particles and rigid Engineering Core Program are suggested along bodies in rectangular, polar and spherical coordi- with electives to satisfy bachelor degree require- nates. Work-energy and impulse-momentum the- ments number two to ten, which are specified in orems for rigid body motion. Oscillations of the Academic Information section. particles and systems. Applications to engineering systems. Prerequisites: ENGR 220, MATH 192. Requirements for the Bachelor of Science Degree (Same as IE 302) with a Major in Engineering Physics: 37 semester credits in physics and engineering including ENGR 303. Strength of Materials 3 credits PHYS 317, and 18 additional semester credits at Plane stress, plane strain, stress-strain relation- the 300 level; 18 semester credits in mathematics ships, and elements of material behavior. including at least six semester credits at the 300 Elements of stress and deformation analysis level; CHEM 105, 106; 12 semester credits in com- applied to members subject to centric, torsional, puter science including at least six semester cred- flexural and combined loadings. Elementary con- its at the 300 level. Students with a major in siderations of theories of failure, buckling, engineering physics are able to select courses repeated and impact loads. Prerequisites: which make them eligible for entry level engi- MATH 192, ENGR 220. (Same as IE 303) neering positions with the federal government. ENGR 310. Materials Science 3 credits Crystal structure and mineralogy, imperfections and bonding in solids, relation of structure to properties. Mechanical, electrical, and thermal behavior of materials. Mechanisms of deformation and transformation. Prerequisites: MATH 191; CHEM 105; PHYS 251, 253. (Same as IE 310)

93 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 94

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

ENGR 312. Thermodynamics 3 credits ENGR 341. Digital Electronics Laboratory 1 credit Introduction to classical and quantum statistics; This course introduces a design environment for thermodynamic laws, energy, entropy and equi- the use of measurement apparatus. libria, cyclic and noncyclic processes; applications Characteristics and use of basic integration cir- to chemical and engineering problems. cuits, combinational logic networks, flip flops, Prerequisite: PHYS 204 or 251. (Same as PHYS 321 multivibrators, registers, counters and sequential and IE 312) networks. Corequisite: CSCI 340. Prerequisites: PHYS 160, 204, or 253. ENGR 320. Electromagnetic Theory 3 credits Time dependent electric and magnetic fields, ENGR 351. Microprocessor Laboratory 1 credit boundary value problems, solutions to Maxwell’s Use of programmable LSI logic chips interfaced equations, transmission lines and wave guides, with memory and I/O devices. Experiments in the antennae and radiation. Prerequisites: PHYS 253, design of simple software modules and elemen- MATH 291. (Same as PHYS 304) tary operating systems concept in managing memory, I/O and interrupts. Prerequisite: ENGR 341.

English

Requirements for a Major: 39 credits; English Course Descriptions 201, 202, 210, 211, 303, 401, plus 21 elective Students should have some background in college English credits. Twelve elective credits must be English before taking 300-level courses. 300 level. One 200-level course may be a writing course. All majors must put together a portfolio ENGL 100. Introduction to Writing 3 credits of their written work in English courses. Introduction to the writing process with an emphasis on fluency. Students learn to develop Requirements for a English Education Major: 36 and structure their ideas in writing through a credits, EDUC 369; ENGL 201, 202, 210, 211, 303, variety of one-page assignments and longer 313, 316, plus 12 elective credits: Six credits papers. Discussions of grammar, mechanics, must be 300 level. Education courses required for spelling and usage are designed specifically a Teaching Major/Minor are found in the around student needs. ENGL 100 counts toward Education Department section. graduation as an elective. A competency level of Requirements for an English Minor: 21 credits; C is required before a student may enroll in a two courses from the following: ENGL 201, 202, higher level course.

210, 211, and 15 elective credits. Nine credits ENGL 101. Written Communication 3 credits must be at the 300 level. One course must be An introduction to university writing. Practices writing intensive in English or a writing course. may include writing as rewriting, writing from Requirements for a Writing Minor: 18 credits; at sources, writing for an audience, developing a least 12 credits from the following: ENGL 216, voice and editing. Grade of C or better and a 217, 218, 316, 317, 400. Six additional credits passing portfolio are required to pass. may be taken from MCOM 330, 331, or SPEE 328.

94 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 95

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

+ENGL 120. Literary Topics 3 credits letters, memos, and short reports. Emphasis is on Primarily for non-majors. An introductory explo- practice and problem-solving through the use of ration of literature, focusing on specific themes simulated business problems. Prerequisite: and topics. Topics will be specified each semester. ENGL 101. Cannot be used as an elective credit for English ENGL 218. Technical Writing 3 credits majors or minors or English education majors. Practical strategies for producing technical docu- +ENGL 201. British Literature I 3 credits ments which are precise, detailed, accurate and A survey of British poetry, prose and drama dur- functional. Forms may include definitions, ing the Middle Ages, Renaissance, Restoration, description, instructions, processes, proposals, and Augustan Age. and reports. Prerequisite: ENGL 101.

+WI-ENGL 202. British Literature II 3 credits A survey of Romantic, Victorian, and Modern Note: The particular focus of each of the follow- British poetry, prose and drama. ing 200-level courses will be specified when offered: +WI-ENGL 210. American Literature I 3 credits A survey of American literature from the explo- +ENGL 220. African American Literature 3 credits ration and settlement to the Civil War, emphasiz- An exploration of African American experience ing cultural identity and diversity. and identity through literature, drawing on forms such as slave narratives, sermons, spirituals and +ENGL 211. American Literature II 3 credits the blues, as well as on poetry, fiction, drama and A survey of American literature from the Civil the essay. War to the present, emphasizing cultural identity and diversity. +ENGL 221. Literature in English Outside the UK and the US 3 credits ENGL 215. Practical Grammar and A survey of literature written in English from Punctuation 1 credit such places as the Caribbean, Canada, Australia, An introduction to basic grammatical concepts India, west and east Africa, and South Africa, with a focus on how they can be applied to edit- exploring questions such as colonial attitudes ing and proofreading. Specific material for the toward the “mother” country, racism and class will be drawn from students’ writing, and exploitation, and the establishment of national content will be determined based on problem identity through literature. areas in that writing. +ENGL 222. Women’s Literature 3 credits ENGL 216. Expository and A study of literature by women that explores Persuasive Writing 3 credits issues and questions central to the experience of Intermediate writing workshop emphasizing ana- women. lytical writing and thinking skills with a focus on audience awareness. Further work on analyzing a +ENGL 223. Ethnic American Literature 3 credits topic, focusing on a dominant idea, organizing An examination of the ethnic experience of for effectiveness, and revising for clarity and con- America as mirrored in literature.

ciseness. Prerequisite: ENGL 101. +WI-ENGL 303. Shakespeare 3 credits

ENGL 217. Written Business A critical examination of Shakespeare’s major Communication 3 credits poetry, comedies, histories, tragedies, and Practical strategies for creating effective business romances.

95 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 96

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

+ENGL 304. Renaissance Literature 3 credits of the course, supported by outside reading and A critical examination of major poetry and writing exercises. Prerequisite: ENGL 101. drama of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century ENGL 318. Tutorial Writing 1 credit England. Writers may include Sidney, Spenser, Theory and practice of tutoring writing. The Shakespeare, Marlowe, Jonson, Donne, Herbert, course has specific applications for students Herrick, Marvell, and Milton. tutoring writing in the Academic Support Center. +ENGL 307. Romanticism 3 credits Instructor approval required. A critical examination of the poetry and fiction +ENGL 341. American Poetry 3 credits that emerged from the revolutionary spirit that An exploration of the American voice in poetry. swept through Europe and America at the end of Writers may include early poets such as Taylor the eighteenth and beginning of the nineteenth and Bradstreet; nineteenth-century poets such as centuries. Whitman and Dickinson; early and mid-twentieth +ENGL 309. Victorian Literature 3 credits century poets such as Pound, Williams, and A critical examination of British fiction and poet- Hughes; and contemporary poets such as Rich, ry from the 1830s to the end of the century. Ginsberg, and Jordan. Writers may include the novelists Dickens, +ENGL 343. American Realism Thackeray, the Brontes, Eliot, and Hardy, and the and Naturalism 3 credits poets Tennyson, the Brownings, Arnold, An exploration of realism and naturalism in con- Hopkins, the Rossettis, Wilde, and Swinburne. text of social changes and scientific beliefs in the +ENGL 310. Nineteenth-Century Fiction 3 credits late nineteenth- and early twentieth-century A critical examination of the novel in the U.S., America. Writers may include Twain, Howells, Great Britain, and on the Continent, considering James, Chopin, Wharton, Gilman, DuBois, questions such as why the novel becomes so Washington, Norris, Crane and Dreiser. important in the West, what distinguishes the +ENGL 344. Modernism 3 credits novels of different countries from each other, and An intercultural and multinational examination what characteristics these novels share. of “modern” forms, concepts, and sensibilities ENGL 313. Introduction to Linguistics 3 credits during the early twentieth century. Writers may A systematic study of the English language include Joyce, Woolf, Hemingway, Faulkner, including phonetics and phonology, morphology, Mann, Toomer, Yeats, Eliot, Pound, Stevens, and and syntax. The course also includes a survey of O’Neill. language-related issues. +ENGL 345. Twentieth-Century Fiction 3 credits ENGL 316. Expository Writing Workshop 3 credits A critical examination of the distinguishing char- An advanced workshop in expository writing acteristics of modern fiction from Britain, Europe intended for students who already have a com- and the Americas, possibly considering the for- mand of essay writing skills. Includes work on mal properties of the novels as well as modern cultivating an effective style. Prerequisite: cultural and social issues. ENGL 101. +ENGL 346. Contemporary Fiction 3 credits ENGL 317. Creative Writing A study of fiction in the last 25 years. Workshop 2 – 3 credits ENGL 350. Independent Study 1 – 3 credits A workshop focusing on the creative forms of Advanced critical study or research in an area poetry and fiction. Student work forms the center

96 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 97

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

agreed upon by student and instructor. Topics are candidates will keep a journal, write a summative not taught in regularly offered courses. May be reflective paper, and submit a portfolio of written scheduled for a maximum of three credits. work.

+ENGL 360. Advanced Topics 3 credits WI-ENGL 401. Senior Seminar 3 credits An advanced study of specific literary forms, A capstone to the major in English. A general themes, movements or authors. Topics will be course topic and core readings provide the foun- announced each semester the course is offered. dation for a research paper which uses critical and scholarly methods to explore a student- ENGL 400. Writing Internship 1 – 6 credits selected topic. Supervised experience working as a writer in a professional environment. Competitively selected

Classical and Modern Languages

The Department of Classical and Modern Languages offers a combination language major, with the first language option of Spanish. Students can also fulfill requirements for a Spanish major on campus, or they can complete a major in French, German or Spanish by studying abroad. A non-teaching minor is available in French, German and Spanish on campus and abroad. Education courses required for a teaching major or minor are found in the Department of Education section. Details on programs both at home and abroad are available from the Department of Classical and Modern Languages chair.

Students of a foreign language are encouraged to guage experience, either through high school study abroad. For those who cannot do so, the credit or because they are native speakers of lan- requirements for a combination language major guages other than English, to take CLEP exams. are 12 semester credits at the 300-level in the The department accepts up to 12 semester hours same first language, and 6 semester credits at the of credit, depending on the scores obtained on 300-level in the same second language. the exams. CLEP exams cannot be taken after a First language option on campus: Spanish. student has received credit in a college language Second language options: French, German course. Therefore, students are encouraged to and Spanish. take CLEP exams prior to enrolling in college in Students who seek to earn foreign language order to receive credit, and in order to be placed credits from an overseas program not sponsored at the appropriate level of language study. by St. Ambrose University need to receive Students planning to teach must show credit departmental approval prior to going abroad. earned in lower level courses either through CLEP The Department of Classical and Modern credit, by taking the courses in high school or Languages encourages students who have lan- college, or by demonstrating proficiency.

97 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 98

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Many courses are offered on a cycled basis. majors need to complete a program of study Please consult with the department chair in order approved by both the Language and Education to avoid delays in beginning a language sequence. Department chairs. Requirements for a Teaching or Non-Teaching Foreign Language in Translation Minor: 12 semester credits of French in courses The following courses also are offered by the at the 300-level. Department of Classical and Modern Languages. They require no knowledge of a foreign lan- Course Descriptions guage. +FREN 101, 102. First Year French 4 credits Acquaints the student with French through expe- Course Descriptions riences in the five language skills of understand- +FLAN 101. Intercultural Understanding 3 credits ing, speaking, reading, writing and culture. Introduction to culture in general and specifically to the study of the cultures of countries where +FREN 201, 202. Second Year French 3 credits French, German, Russian and Spanish are spo- Review and greater mastery of written and spo- ken. Content varies. ken French. Readings of French texts. Prerequisites: FREN 101, 102; two years of high +FLAN 103. Foreign Cultural Experience 4 credits school French, or equivalent. Foreign experience. Introduction to culture in general and specifically to the study of the culture +FREN 301. French Composition and / cultures of country / countries visited as they Conversation I 3 credits contrast with US culture. Advanced study of grammar, stylistics, and vocabulary. Development of both written and +FLAN 201. Selected Works of oral skills. Emphasis on acquisition of composi- French Literature in Translation 3 credits tion skills. Readings on contemporary French Study of selected French novelists including culture. Prerequisites: FREN 201, 202; four years familiar authors such as Balzac, Hugo, Zola and of high school French or equivalent. Flaubert. A variety of contemporary authors could also be included. +FREN 302. French Composition and and others. Conversation II 3 credits Continuation of FREN 301 with greater emphasis +FLAN 204. Selected Works of on conversational skills and use of some colloqui- Hispanic Literature in Translation 3 credits al French. Readings of French texts. Prerequisites: Selected works in translation from Spain and FREN 201, 202; four years of high school French Latin America, as well as works from the United or equivalent. Recommended: FREN 301. States, some of which are written in English originally. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or per- FREN 310. Special Topics in French 3 – 9 credits mission of teacher. Topics, sometimes a literary genre or period, which are dealt with in more detail than is possi- French ble in a survey of literature course, or work in syntax or vocabulary building as a means of Requirements for a Teaching or Non-Teaching expression, or problematic points in grammar. Major: 18 semester credits of French at the 300- Topics to be announced. May be repeated if top- level, including at least six credits of French liter- ics are different. Prerequisites: FREN 301, 302. ature, fulfilled only by studying abroad. Teaching

98 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 99

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

FREN 320. Independent French 1 – 6 credits GERM 310. Special Topics in Department approval. Repeatable. Prerequisites: German 3 – 9 credits FREN 301, 302; five years of high school French Topics, sometimes a literary genre or period, or equivalent. which are dealt with in more detail than is possible in a survey of literature course, or work in German syntax or vocabulary building as a means of Requirements for a Teaching or Non-Teaching expression, or problematic points in grammar. Major: 18 semester credits of German at the Topics to be announced. May be repeated if top- 300-level, including at least six credits of ics are different. Prerequisites: GERM 301, 302.

German literature, fulfilled only by studying GERM 320. Independent German 1 – 6 credits abroad. (Teaching majors need to complete a Department approval. Repeatable. Prerequisites: program of study approved by both the GERM 301, 302 or equivalent. Language and Education Department chairs.) Requirements for a Teaching or Non-Teaching Greek Minor: 18 semester credits of German in courses Course Descriptions above the freshman level. +GREE 101, 102. Introduction to Greek 3 credits Basic elements of grammar and syntax, culminat- Course Descriptions ing in graded passages for translation. +GERM 101, 102. First Year German 4 credits GREE 402. Directed Readings in Acquaints the student with German through Scriptural Greek 3 credits experience in the five language skills of under- Study of Koine dialect as distinct from Attic standing, speaking, reading, writing, and culture. Greek illustrated through passages from New +GERM 201, 202. Second Year German 3 credits Testament. Oral practice. Grammar review. Vocabulary development. Prerequisites: GERM 101, 102; two International Accounting and Modern years of high school German or equivalent. Languages Major

+GERM 301. German Composition and See Accounting for major requirements. Conversation I 3 credits Advanced study o grammar, style, and syntax. Latin Development of both written and oral skills. Course Description Emphasis on acquiring composition skills. +LAT 101, 102. Introduction to Latin 3 credits Readings from collections of short stories. Designed to develop accuracy in translation. Prerequisites: GERM 201, 202, four years of high Emphasis on grammatical structure, syntax, and school German or equivalent. graded reading of prose selections. +GERM 302. German Composition and Conversation II 3 credits Continuation of GERM 301 with greater emphasis on conversational skills and use of colloquial German. Readings from German texts, both literary and topical. Prerequisite: GERM 301.

99 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 100

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Spanish +SPAN 301. Spanish Composition and Requirements for a Teaching or Non-Teaching Conversation I 3 credits Major: 18 semester credits of Spanish at the 300- Advanced study of grammar, style and syntax. level, including at least six semester credits of Development of written and oral skills. Spanish literature.Spanish majors, participating in Prerequisite: SPAN 202 or equivalent.

a study abroad program need to take at least 6 +SPAN 302. Spanish Composition and semester credits of Spanish on the St. Ambrose Conversation II 3 credits campus. Continuation of SPAN 301 with greater emphasis Requirements for a Spanish Major for students on conversational skills and a general introduc- who do not study abroad for a full academic tion to Spanish and Latin American civilization. year: 18 semester credits of Spanish at the 300- Prerequisite: SPAN 301 or equivalent.

level including nine semester credits of Spanish or +SPAN 303. Selected Works in Latin American literature of which at least six Spanish Literature 3 credits semester credits are taught in Spanish, and three Readings of Spanish texts written from the semester credits in either Spanish Civilization or twelfth century to 1700. Discussion of works and Latin American Civilization and HIST 378. their importance in Spanish literature and cul- (Teaching majors need to complete a program of ture. Prerequisite: SPAN 202 or equivalent.

study approved by the Language and Education +SPAN 304. Selected Works in Department chairs.) Recommended: At least one Spanish Literature 3 credits year of a second language. Readings of Spanish texts written from 1700 to the present. Emphasis on Golden Age and mod- If study abroad is in a Latin American country ern texts. Prerequisite: SPAN 202 or equivalent. (rather than Spain), a Latin American civilization course, or a course in the history and/or culture +SPAN 305. Selected Readings from Latin of the country in which the student studies, should American Literature 3 credits be taken in addition to Spanish civilization. Readings selected from Latin American texts written from 1492 until 1880. Discussion of Requirements for a Teaching or Non-Teaching works and their importance in Hispanic literature Minor: 12 semester credits of Spanish courses at and culture. Prerequisite: SPAN 202 or equivalent. the 300-level. +SPAN 306. Selected Readings from Latin Course Descriptions American Literature 3 credits Readings selected from Latin American texts +SPAN 101/102. First Year Spanish 4 credits written from 1880 to the present. Discussion of Acquaints the student with Spanish through works and their importance in Hispanic literature experience in the five language skills of under- and culture. Prerequisite: SPAN 202. standing, speaking, reading, writing, and culture. WI-SPAN 307. Spanish Civilization 3 credits +SPAN 201, 202. Second Year Spanish 3 credits Spanish cultural heritage from the begin Review of fundamentals. Wider mastery of nings to the present day with special regard to its Spanish idiomatic usage, oral and aural skills. significance for literature. Reading of Spanish texts. Prerequisites: SPAN 101, 102; two years of high school Spanish or equivalent.

100 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 101

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

SPAN 309. Latin-American Civilization 3 credits SPAN 320. Independent Spanish 1 – 18 credits Introduction to Culture and Civilization of Latin Department approval. Repeatable. Prerequisites: America: political, literary, economic, social, and SPAN 301, 302, five years of high school Spanish artistic life in Latin America. Prerequisite: SPAN or equivalent. 202 or equivalent

SPAN 310. Special Topics 3 – 9 credits Literary genre or period, either of Penisular or of Latin American literature, or both, which is dealt with in more detail than is possible in a survey of literature course. Work may also be done in syntax or stylistics as a means of expression, or problematic points in grammar. Prerequisites: Spanish Major with Junior or Senior standing or permission of teacher.

Foreign Language in Translation

See Classical and Modern Languages

French

See Classical and Modern Languages

General Science

See Interdisciplinary Programs

101 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 102

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Geography

Course Descriptions GEOG 360. Maps and Mapping 3 credits

+GEOG 201. Physical Geography 3 credits Types, design, and functions of maps. Natural environment with emphasis on spatial Prerequisite: GEOG 201 or 205, or consent of interaction of elements, resources and their uses. instructor.

(Same as Natural Science 205) GEOG 370. Studies in Geography 3 credits

+GEOG 205. Human Geography 3 credits Particular world regions or problems. Topics Principles of human spatial behavior and how change according to world events and needs of they apply to social, economic, and political students. Prerequisite: GEOG 201 or 205, or con- problems. sent of instructor.

GEOG 322. Economic Geography 3 credits Location and spatial organization of world economic activity such as manufacturing and trade. Prerequisites: GEOG 201 or 205, or consent of instructor.

GEOG 340. Urban Geography 3 credits Urban space and activities, theories and processes of urbanization, and contemporary urban problems in geographic perspective. Prerequisite: GEOG 201 or 205, or consent of instructor.

German

See Classical and Modern Languages

Greek

See Classical and Modern Languages

102 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 103

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Health Education

Requirements for a Health Education Minor or HED 205. Community and second teaching area which includes the require- Public Health Concepts 2 credits ments for the K – 6 Health Endorsement: Overview of public and community health sys- HED 201, 203, 205, 301, 303; PED 206, 340; tems and programs with emphasis on protection PSYC 201, 205; SOC 321. Education courses and care of the individual, and family, funding, required for teaching are found in the Education resources and careers. Department section. HED 301. Organization and Administration of the School Health Program 2 credits Course Descriptions Introductory course for school personnel in the HED 201. Health Education 2 credits conceptual structure of the effective organization Study of personal and community health, includ- and administration of comprehensive school ing emotional health, disease prevention, drug health programming. use, and sexuality. Prerequisites: PED 149, sophomore status. HED 303. Methods and Materials in Health Education 3 credits HED 203. Consumer Health 2 credits Concepts of program design, development, deliv- Study of the use and purchase of health-related ery, and evaluation to include analysis of objec- goods and services with emphasis on recognition tives and content, construction of teaching of quackery and consumer protection strategies. modules, selection of aids and resources, and application of assessment and evaluation.

History

Requirements for a Major: 33 semester credits lowing: HIST 220, 225, 230, 235. The remaining including HIST 101, 102, 111, 112, 400, and 18 credits should include a minimum of nine credits additional semester credits of history above the from courses which deal with U.S. history and a freshman level, including at least one of the fol- minimum of six credits from courses which deal lowing: Hist 220,225,230,235. with world history. Students are encouraged to take courses from other related areas but espe- Requirements for a Minor: HIST 101, 102, 111, cially from the other social sciences. It is neces- 112 and three additional semester credits of his- sary to maintain a grade-point average of 3.00 in tory above the freshman level. history with no grade lower than a C. Education Requirements for a Teaching Major: Students courses required for a teaching major are found majoring in history and expecting to qualify for a in the Education Department section. certificate to teach history on the secondary level are required to take HIST 101, 102, 111, 112, 400, and 18 additional semester credits above the freshman level, including at least one of the fol-

103 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 104

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Course Descriptions particular emphasis upon the modern era.

+HIST 101. World Civilization to 1300 3 credits +HIST 245. Catholicism in America 3 credits Major historical developments from earliest times A study of the history of the Catholic Church in to the beginning of the modern period. America with special emphasis on the lives of

+HIST 102. World Civilization Catholic people. (Same as THEO 245)

Since 1300 3 credits +HIST 260/560. History of Iowa 3 credits Major historical developments from the begin- Study of the state and people of Iowa and its ning of the modern period to the present. place in the themes of United States history.

+HIST 111. United States to 1865 3 credits Graduate students have work appropriate to the Survey of United States history from the begin- master level. nings to the Civil War. Note: The following 300-level history courses +HIST 112. United States Since 1865 3 credits should not be taken by freshmen. Survey of United States history from the Civil +-WI-HIST 307. History of Christianity War to the present. Early and Medieval 3 credits +HIST 115. Topics in History 3 credits The Church and Western society in the early and A cross-cultural survey of history with a topical medieval periods. (Same as THEO 307) focus (e.g. women) designed for the first-year stu- +-WI-HIST 308. History of Christianity: dent. Reformation and Modern 3 credits +HIST 220. Modern East Asia 3 credits The Church and society from the Reformation History of modern China and Japan, emphasis through the Modern Age. (Same as THEO 308) on Western impact and Eastern response. +HIST 310. Greece and Rome 3 credits +HIST 225. The Modern Middle East 3 credits History and culture of Greece and Rome during History of the Middle East and North Africa dur- the classical era. ing the Islamic period. Origins of Islam, its devel- +HIST 315. Advanced Topics opment through the Ottoman era, with major in History 1 - 3 credits emphasis on 20th century. Advanced topics in world and American history. +HIST 230. Modern Latin America 3 credits Variable content. Prerequisite: Sophomore stand- An introduction to Latin American history from ing and permission of teacher. 1800 to the present. +HIST 317. The Middle Ages: +HIST 235. Modern Africa 3 credits 300 to 1300 3 credits An introduction to African history from 1800 to Europe from the end of the Western Roman Em- the present. pire to the beginnings of the national monarchies.

+HIST 240. History of Sport +HIST 319. The Renaissance and and Recreation 3 credits the Reformation 3 credits A survey of the history of sport and recreation in Europe from the development of national monar- selected world societies from ancient times to the chy to the end of wars of religion. present. The roles sport and recreation have +HIST 336. Europe 1648 to 1815 3 credits played as agents of politics, religion, culture, edu- An advanced survey of early modern European cation, diplomacy, and war will be studied, with

104 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 105

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

history from the Peace of Westphalia to the Deal. Includes World War I and the Roaring 20s. Congress of Vienna. Topics in political, cultural, HIST 363. United States Since intellectual, social and diplomatic history will be World War II 3 credits explored. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or America’s rise to world power and the ramifica- permission of teacher. tions at home and abroad. +HIST 337. Europe 1815 to 1918 3 credits +HIST 366. Minorities in America 3 credits An advanced survey of European history from Historical, cultural, and sociological aspects of the Congress of Vienna to the November 1918 groups in society characterized by discrimination armistice ending World War I. Topics in political, and lack of power. Includes Native Americans, cultural, intellectual, social and diplomatic histo- Black Americans, Spanish-speaking Americans, ry will be explored. Prerequisite: Sophomore immigrant groups and women. Prerequisite: standing or permission of teacher. SOC 101 or permission of instructor. (Same as +HIST 338. The Twentieth-Century SOC 366) World 3 credits HIST 393. Directed Readings An advanced survey of world history from World in History 1 – 3 credits War I to the present. Topics in political, cultural, Readings in areas of historical interest not pro- intellectual, social, and diplomatic history will be vided by other history courses. Open only to explored. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or junior and senior history majors with prior permission of teacher. approval of instructor and department chair. HIST 356. Colonial America and the Atlantic WI-HIST 400. Historical Methods 3 credits World 3 credits Introduction to historical method. Emphasis on An advanced survey of colonial American history doing history through readings and project work. from the first European encounter with the New For history majors in their junior or senior year. World to 1760. Spanish, Portuguese, English, and French settlement in the Americas will be investi- HIST 410. Independent Study 1 – 3 credits gated, with special attention given to the reli- Directed individual reading, research and writing gious, economic, social, and political history of on a topic approved by the department. Open the era. A comparative investigation of slavery in only to junior and senior History majors. Prior the Americas has been integrated into the course. approval by instructor and the department chair Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or permission required. Prerequisite: HIST 400. of teacher. HIST 560. History of Iowa 3 credits HIST 360. Revolutionary America: Study of the state and people of Iowa and its 1776 to 1836 3 credits place in the themes of United States history. The beginnings of the new nation and its coming Graduate students have work appropriate to the of age. master level.(see HIST 260)

HIST 361. Civil War Era: 1840 to 1877 3 credits A study of the issues that led up to the Civil War and the society created in post-war America.

HIST 362. Early 20th Century America: 1900 to 1940 3 credits America from Progressivism through the New

105 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 106

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Industrial Engineering

The Ambrose Institute of Industrial Engineering offers an accredited four year program leading to a Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering

(BSIE) degree. The curriculum and individual courses are designed to teach the student to think clearly and broadly, and thus be a successful contribu- tor well into the next century. Modern technological developments such as the application of computers in design, manufacturing, and process planning are stressed. The vital role played by people in achieving superior performance in an organization is given major emphasis.

The student is required to obtain practical experi- students’ courses should be taken will be deter- ence in the field while pursuing a degree in indus- mined by faculty advisors. trial engineering. The following practical Accreditation And Standards experience alternatives are offered: The Industrial Engineering Program is accredited Part-time Employment by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of Students working part-time in positions relating the Accreditation Board of Engineering and to industrial engineering will be given credit Technology. ABET is a nation-wide federation of toward this requirement. engineering professional societies which represent Cooperative Program more than 1.8 million engineers. It establishes A cooperative education program may be avail- criteria for accreditation of engineering educa- able for qualified students who want to become tional programs, examines engineering education- involved in a structured plan of alternating al programs upon request and accredits those semesters of work and academic study. meeting the established criteria. This assures that Senior Year Project students’ investment in education is protected. Students in industrial engineering who have not Admissions Requirements participated in a cooperative program or have not experienced appropriate part-time employ- The general admissions requirements listed in this ment may fulfill the practical experience require- catalog apply to the Industrial Engineering pro- ment by successful completion of a senior year gram. Students who enter the Industrial individual project in which problem-solving or Engineering program directly from high school design skills are applied in actual organizations. should have completed one and one-half units of algebra, one unit of plane geometry and one-half Employer-Sponsored Work Study Programs unit of trigonometry. Students who have not will The Industrial Engineering program offers day be required to take additional mathematics cours- and evening classes to allow employed persons to es before enrolling in calculus at St. Ambrose. enroll in courses. Many employers provide High school physics and chemistry are recom- tuition reimbursement for employees who suc- mended for all applicants. cessfully complete college courses. Part-time and work-study students are not expected to complete the program in four years. The sequence in which

106 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 107

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Requirements for a Bachelor of Science in Course Descriptions Industrial Engineering Degree IE 110. Engineering Graphics 3 credits 132 semester credits as follows: The graphic solution of space problems involving Mathematics and Basic Science Courses points, lines and planes, geometric construction, (33 credits): MATH 191, 192, 280, 300, 301, 390, orthographic and pictorial representation, auxil- 391; PHYS 251, 253, 306; CHEM 103 or 105. iary views, sectioning, dimensioning, and basic Engineering Courses (62 credits): IE 110, 290, engineering symbols. (same as ENGR 110) 295, 300, 304, 315, 335, 340, 350, 351, 375, 400, 415, 450, 490, 201, 301, 401; ENGR 220, 302; IE 220. Engineering Statics 2 credits ENGR 303 or 310 or 312. Vector and scalar treatment of forces. Resultants, Humanities, Social Sciences and other Courses equilibrium friction, centroids, moments and (37 credits): CSCI 210; ECON 201 or 202; products of inertia, external and internal forces. ENGL 101; ENGL 216 or 217 or 218; PHIL 207 or Applications to pulleys, trusses, frames, beams, 305; PED 149; PSYC 105; one of FLAN 201, 202, friction. Prerequisites: MATH 192, PHYS 251. 203, or 204 (or foreign language elective and lit- (Same as ENGR 220) erature elective); fine arts electives (4 credits); his- WI-IE 290. Problem-Solving with tory elective; philosophy or theology elective; Microcomputers 3 credits theology elective; speech elective. Application of microcomputers to solve a variety of industrial engineering problems. Includes use The three-credit Industrial Engineering Seminars of packaged programs as well as designing pro- (IE 201, 301, 401) are required for all industrial grams for specific applications. Students receive engineering majors and should be taken by the hands-on experience on laboratory computers time a student has completed approximately 25, and become familiar with modern industrial engi- 50, and 75 percent, respectively, of the industrial neering algorithms and problem-solving tech- engineering course requirements. niques. Prerequisites: CSCI 210. To graduate with an industrial engineering degree, a minimum GPA of 2.50 must be earned IE 295. Manufacturing Materials for all semester credits used to satisfy the course and Processes 3 credits requirements shown above (including a minimum Fundamentals of manufacturing processes includ- GPA of 2.00 in the subset of requirements which ing founding processes, machining, forming, and includes MATH 390, 391 and all IE and ENGR pre- assembly. Characteristics of basic materials fixed course numbers). A minimum GPA of 2.00 including ferrous and nonferrous metals, plastics, must be earned in the combination of semester and other materials. Instruction includes class- credits and attempted transfer credits. In addi- room and field trips. tion, MATH 191 and 192, or their equivalents, IE 300. Industrial Engineering Methods 3 credits must be completed with a grade of C or better. Measurement and analysis of work systems. Students attending continuously, but on a part Ergonomics and the environmental, physical, and time basis are expected to complete the require- psychological aspects of work. Work measurements within eight years. ment techniques including time study, pre- Requirements for a Minor in Industrial determined time systems and work sampling. Engineering: MATH 191, 300; Five courses from Classroom and laboratory experiences are uti- following: IE 295, 300, 304, 315, 335, 340, 350. lized in instruction. Prerequisites: MATH 300 or consent of instructor.

107 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 108

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

IE 302. Engineering Dynamics 3 credits Cost/benefit analysis. Time value of money and Dynamics and kinematics of particles and rigid application of this concept to evaluation of eco- bodies in rectangular, polar, and spherical coordi- nomic feasibility and alternatives, including pay- nates. Work-energy and impulse-momentum the- back, present value, and return on investment. ories for rigid body motion. Oscillations of Prerequisites: IE 295, MATH 191, or consent of particles and systems. Applications to engineering instructor. systems. Prerequisites: IE 220, MATH 192. (Same IE 335. Quality Control and Reliability 3 credits as ENGR 302) Introduction to total quality management, statis- IE 303. Strength of Materials 3 credits tical quality control methods and systems useful Plane stress, plane strain, stress-strain relation- for analyzing and controlling product quality in ship, and elements of material behavior. Elements industrial and business settings. Design of inspec- of stress and deformation analysis applied to tion plans for various quality characteristics. members subject to centric, torsional, flexural Statistical process control charts and acceptance and combined loadings. Elementary considera- sampling. Introduction to reliability. Prerequi- tions of theories of failure, buckling, repeated sites: IE 295, MATH 300, or consent of instructor. and impact loads. Prerequisites: MATH 192, IE 340. Ergonomics and IE 220. (Same as ENGR 303) Occupational Safety 3 credits IE 304. Design Fundamentals Ergonomics focuses on human capabilities and for Industrial Engineers 3 credits the interfaces between individuals and their envi- Introduction to the process of engineering design. ronment. Concepts from signal detection theory, Application of this process via student projects anatomy, physiology and controls are presented which are related to industrial engineering func- and then used to solve design problems in a wide tional areas. Prerequisites: MATH 191 and comple- variety of applications Prerequisite: IE 295, MATH tion of four IE courses, or consent of instructor. 300 or consent of instructor.

IE 310. Materials Science 3 credits IE 350. Operations Planning, Crystal structure and mineralogy, imperfections Scheduling and Control 3 credits and bondings in solids, relation of structure to Addresses those activities in an organization that properties. Mechanical, electrical, and thermal are directly related to producing goods or provid- behavior of materials. Mechanisms of deforma- ing services. Planning, execution, and control of tion and transformation. Prerequisites: MATH 191, functions are examined. The focus is on organiza- CHEM 103 or 105, PHYS 251. (Same as ENGR 310) tional processes in which people, capital, and material (inputs) are combined to produce ser- IE 312. Thermodynamics 3 credits vices and goods (outputs). Such processes may be Introduction to classical and quantum statistics; found in banks, factories, stores, hospitals, etc. thermodynamic laws, energy, entropy and equi- Subjects include forecasting, capacity planning, libria, cyclic and noncyclic processes; applications operations design, scheduling, and quality con- to chemical and engineering problems. trol. Prerequisites: IE 295, 300, or consent of Prerequisite: PHYS 251. (Same as PHYS 321 and instructor. ENGR 312) WI-IE 351. Industrial Engineering Design IE 315. Engineering Economy 3 credits Laboratory 3 credits Evaluation of private and public sector project The student designs industrial engineering mecha- alternatives in quantitative and qualitative terms. nisms (people, equipment, information proce-

108 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 109

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

dures) in a laboratory setting. Projects may problem-solving and/or design methods. This include typical industrial engineering topics such exposure may be obtained through suitable reim- as work methods and design, facilities layout, bursable work experience. If students do not simulation, etc. Prerequisites: IE 300, 304, 315, have such experience, they must register for this 335, 350; or permission of instructor. course and will be given an assignment to complete with industrial engineering faculty advisory IE 375. Computer-Aided assistance, involving a significant industrial engi- Manufacturing Systems 3 credits neering project with local industry or an on-cam- Provides knowledge and an ability to apply pus project. Prerequisites: Senior status in computer-aided manufacturing technology as a industrial engineering or director approval. cost-effective strategy. NC, CNC, CAD/CAM, robotics, vision systems, PLC’s, and other technologies IE 490. Industrial Engineering are investigated and their applications explored. Senior Design Seminar 3 credits Strategic implementation, optimization, and sys- A significant project involving design or re-design tems integration issues are addressed. Theory of of an operational product, process or procedure feedback control systems and computer control in either an industrial or a service setting. As a of processes. Prerequisites: IE 110 and 295, minimum, students will consider objectives and MATH 191, CSCI 210, or consent of instructor. criteria, resources, interface with other functional areas, constraints, alternatives and operational IE 400. Introduction to Simulation 3 credits specifications. The student will prepare a written Introduction to simulation modeling using SIMAN report. Prerequisite: Senior status in industrial programming language. Focuses on the formula- engineering or director approval. tion of relevant, tractable questions, the development of models which provide appropriate IE 201, 301, 401. Industrial information, and the analysis of this information Engineering Seminar 0 credits for decision-making. Simulation is presented as Three seminars are required for all Industrial an integrated subject in which the methodology Engineering students at approximately first of simulation, model building, verification, vali- semester of the sophomore, junior and senior lev- dation, and execution are addressed. els of the Industrial Engineering curriculum. Each Prerequisites: MATH 300, 391, IE 290, or consent seminar offering will be unique and will feature of instructor. guests who are experienced in or are associated with engineering activities. These seminars are IE 415. System Integration and Design 3 credits intended to provide career preparation informa- The systems integration process including plan- tion in regard to the professional activities of ning, design, implementation, and control. practicing industrial engineers. Subjects may Student projects apply this process to industrial include typical industrial engineering on-the-job- engineering functional areas. Prerequisites: activities, the engineering challenge, professional IE 300, 304, junior status in industrial engineer- ethics, professional societies, professional engi- ing, or consent of instructor. neering registration, career opportunities, com- IE 450. Professional Experience 3 credits puter and automation impact. Prerequisite: Students are exposed to the working environment Industrial engineering student. of an industrial engineer. This can be in a business, industry, government, military, hospital, education, or similar functional activity that uses

109 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 110

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Interdisciplinary Programs

Catholic Studies Peace and Justice Program Certificate Program or Interdisciplinary Minor Requirements for Interdisciplinary Minor in Requirements for a Certificate or Peace and Justice: 18 semester credits including Interdisciplinary Minor in Catholic Studies: A THEO 362, PHIL 343 or CRJU 303; PHIL 301 minimum of 19 semester credits, including (Interdisciplinary Seminar in Peace and Justice HIST 307, 308; THEO 404, 411 (Interdisciplinary with student presentations and defense of Seminar in Catholic Studies with student presen- research projects); and nine semester credits in tation and defense of research projects); three courses related to peace and justice selected from additional courses (7 – 9 semester credits) from at least two different departments. Prerequisite: at least two of the following: ART 351 or 353; Program coordinator’s approval. ENGL 201, 345; HIST 357; MUS 310; THEO 202, Entry Procedures for Peace and Justice Minor: 219, 362. 1. Ask faculty member participating in the Entry procedure for Catholic Studies Minor: A Interdisciplinary Minor to act as a sponsor course of study should be worked out with an (may be a faculty advisor). advisor. This will be submitted to the Catholic 2. Prepare a proposed course of study with the Studies Program coordinator for approval. faculty sponsor and submit it to the Peace and Justice Program coordinator. General Science 3. The coordinator seeks approval of the pro- Requirements for a Teaching Major (7 – 12): gram by a committee composed of the faculty 36 – 38 semester credits in the natural and math- sponsor, the program coordinator and one ematical sciences, including BIOL 103, 104; other member of the faculty participating in CHEM 105, 106; PHYS 203, 204; 6 – 8 semester the Interdisciplinary Program. Changes in the credits of science electives; MATH 151 and program are subject to the approval of this CSCI 120; completion of a teaching minor in one committee. of the following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematical sciences or physics. Suggested elec- Women’s Studies tives: ASTR 201, BIOL 109, 202, NSCI 202; other Students pursuing a minor in women’s studies courses in the sciences may be substituted if must select a mentor from among members of the approved by the major department involved. For Women’s Studies Advisory Committee, who will information on education courses required for a guide and direct the student in selecting courses. teaching major see the Education Department section. Requirements for the Interdisciplinary Minor: A total of 18 credits including: WMST 201 and 390; International Accounting and Modern at least 6 credits from ENGL 209, ENGL 360, Languages Major HIST 352, PHIL 390, PSYC 203, 312; THEO 340, and WMST 310. Up to six credits from BUS 325, See Accounting for major requirements. ENGL 304, HIST 240, 338, SOC 310, SOC 366, SPEE 203, THEO 302, and WMST 350 may apply toward the minor.

110 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 111

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Course Descriptions WMST 350. Independent Study 1 – 3 credits +WMST 201. Women’s Studies: Directed individual reading, research and/or writ- A Cross Cultural Introduction 3 credits ing on topics approved by the Women’s Studies This course provides an overview of topics and Advisory Committee. Prerequisite: Permission of approaches that mark women’s studies across dis- instructor.

ciplinary and cultural boundaries. WI-WMST 390. Women’s Studies Seminar 3 credits WMST 310. Topics in Women’s Studies 3 credits The capstone experience in the Women’s Studies This course explores a particular issues related to Program, the seminar provides the opportunity women and/or gender in an interdisciplinary set- for scholarly research and writing in an interdis- ting. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. ciplinary setting. Prerequisites: WMST 201 and 6 credits of course work in the minor, or permission of instructor.

Latin

See Classical and Modern Languages

Learning Skills

LS 090. Pre-College Reading ize successful academic behavior, including listen- and Study Skills 3 credits* ing, note-taking, test-taking, studying, and time A reading and study skills class required of stu- management skills. Offers analytical reasoning dents who place below a certain level on the and problem-solving as aspects of the learning Nelson-Denny Test. It emphasizes listening skills, process and the use of writing as a mode of vocabulary skills, textbook reading skills, effec- understanding text. Elective credit only. A com- tive memory techniques, and how to be a better petency level of C is required before a student overall reader. Students will enroll in LS 100 in may enroll in a higher level course. the spring semester at the recommendation of the LS 201, 202, 203. Advanced College instructor. A competency level of C is required Reading 1 credit per course before a student may enroll in a higher level Offered in the spring semester. The course is course. divided into three five-week one hour courses in *Institutional credit only. This will satisfy financial and eligibility requirements. Vocabulary, Rate and Comprehension, and Critical Reading. This class includes intensive LS 100. College Reading and Study Skills 3 credits work in advanced vocabulary, introduces strate- Develops effective college-level reading skills gies for increasing reading rate and flexibility, including vocabulary-enrichment, increased com- and enables the student to improve his/her ability prehension, concentration, and recall. Introduces to analyze and criticize texts. Students may enroll and facilitates those study skills which character- in one, two, or all three segments of the course.

111 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 112

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

LS 399. Supplemental Instructor 2 – 4 credits Student will serve as a supplemental instruction leader for a designated course. Enrollment only permitted by the SI supervisor.

Mass Communications

Mass Communications: Radio/TV Major Transfer Students in Mass Communications Core Requirements: 18 credit hours including Four-Year Colleges and Universities: St. Ambrose MCOM 205, 225, 232, 322, 324, 403. accepts up to 25 semester transfer credits of Concentration Requirements: 16 credit hours courses in any one of the mass communications including MCOM 335, 337, 338, 339, and two of sequences (with the exception of MCOM 390, 391, MCOM 323, 330, 334. 399) applied toward a major in mass communi- Non-Departmental Core: 20 credit hours from cations, provided that the courses are equivalent any of the courses on the approved departmental in content to those taught at St. Ambrose. list (see advisor for current list). Advisor must Two-Year Colleges: St. Ambrose accepts up to 25 approve choices. semester credits of first and second year courses Mass Communications: Journalism Major (100 and 200 coded courses at St. Ambrose) in Core Requirements: 18 credit hours including any one of the mass communications sequences MCOM 205, 225, 232, 322, 324, 403. applied toward a major in mass communications, Concentration Requirements: 14 credit hours provided that the courses are equivalent in con- including MCOM 330, 331, 334, 337, 354 or 329. tent to those taught at St. Ambrose (with the Non-Departmental Core: 23 credit hours from exception of MCOM 390, 391, 399). any of the courses on the approved departmental list (see advisor for list). Advisor must approve Course Descriptions choices. MCOM 200. Survey of Advertising Mass Communications: Advertising/PR Major and Public Relations 1 credit Core Requirements: 19 credit hours including Introduction to basic concepts of advertising and MCOM 200, 205, 225, 232, 322, 324, 403. public relations; focus on technique and organi- Concentration Requirements: 21 credit hours zational development. including MCOM 323, 330, 331 or 334, 340, MCOM 205. Survey of Mass SPEE 306, 327, 329. Communications 3 credits Non-Departmental Core: 20 credit hours includ- History of media, regulation of the industry, ing ECON 201, 202, BUS 309, 310, 311, ART 231, theories basic to electronic media in America. one of ENGL 216, 217, 316. Introduction to equipment of radio and Mass Communications: Corporate Minor television. Requirements: 21 credit hours including MCOM 225. Survey of Desktop MCOM 225, 330, 340; one of MCOM 323 331, Communications 3 credits 334; SPEE 327, 329, one of BUS 311, 328, 347, Survey of the components that make up desktop 348. 112 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 113

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

communications—the hardware and software, MCOM 331. Feature Writing and Editing 3 credits the technology and the terminology, the input Experience in beat reporting, exploration of devices and the output devices—as applied and depth reporting and features, editing, headline used in the areas of broadcasting, public rela- writing, and page layout. Prerequisite: tions, and advertising. MCOM 330.

MCOM 232. Mass Communications MCOM 334. News Broadcasting 3 credits and Society 3 credits Preparation and presentation of news broadcasts. Study of ethics, rights, responsibilities, and the Editing radio news, use of video tape and other place of mass media in social change and social visuals, and performance in television newscasts. planning. Prerequisites: MCOM 330, instructor permission.

MCOM 233. Stereotyping 3 credits MCOM 335. Laboratory Work A study of stereotyping in the past and present on KALA-FM 3 credits mass media with the emphasis on the present. Supervised practice in various departments of col- The course will examine the history and social lege FM radio station, KALA, from preparation of significance of stereotyping, especially concerning program log to on-the-air work. Prerequisite: minorities. MCOM 322 or permission of instructor.

MCOM 322. Radio Production 3 credits MCOM 337. Television Laboratory I 2 credits Tools and techniques of radio programs. Students Students work on St. Ambrose TV-11 programs, use modern studio facilities of KALA-FM to pro- especially weekly Dateline newscast. Students duce programs for evaluation or broadcast. write, shoot, anchor, produce and direct the program on a rotation basis. Each week, one class MCOM 323. Writing Commercial Copy 3 credits period is used for planning/critique and the other Study and practice course in planning and writ- for actual production. Lab students also help ing commercials, including practical print and with other productions where limited television electronic media techniques. experience is required, are assigned crew posi- MCOM 324. Television Production 3 credits tions, and have opportunities for on-the-air expe- Theory and intense studio practice in all phases rience in all phases of studio and remote of television production, culminating in presenta- production. Prerequisite: MCOM 324. tion and critical evaluation of student-created MCOM 338. Television Laboratory II 2 credits programs. Prerequisite: MCOM 322 or permission Advanced practical experience offered in studio of instructor. and remote programs produced by St. Ambrose Television. Students work as floor directors, camera operators, news photographers, announcers, MCOM 329. Print News Practicum 1 – 6 credits tape editors, directors, producers, and as audio, Supervised experience in print journalism work- video, and lighting technicians. Prerequisites: ing with The Buzz, 1 – 3 credits each semester MCOM 324, 337; or permission of instructor. not to exceed six credits toward graduation. Permission of instructor required. MCOM 339. Broadcast Technologies 3 credits User/operator/manager-oriented course in present MCOM 330. Newswriting 3 credits and future technologies for communications The practice of basic newswriting technique and industries. Advanced desktop communications an introduction in all areas of reporting on a techniques are included. Prerequisites: daily newspaper. MCOM 225, 322, 324. 113 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 114

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

MCOM 340. Survey of Public Relations 3 credits WI-MCOM 403. Seminar in The history of public relations as developed in Communications 3 credits various organizations. How public relations fits Offered for advanced student with interests in a into the marketing program of an organization. particular problem, topic, or methodology. The practice, procedures, and duties of public Content changes from semester to semester in relations personnel in various types of organiza- response to student needs and faculty interests. tions. Communication strategies and tactics used Prerequisite: Permission from mass communica- by public relations professionals to develop a tion advisor. Advanced students from other disci- communication plan consistent with the organi- plines can be nominated by their departments zational goals. as well.

MCOM 354. Advanced Broadcast Reporting 3 credits Supervised experience developing, researching, writing, and presenting campus and local news. Students will function in class as beat reporters for either KALA-FM or TV-11. Prerequisite: MCOM 334.

MCOM 390, 391. Independent Study in Mass Communications 1 – 2 credits Directed individual research, writing, and production on approved project. A student may register for either one or two credits in any given semester, and may repeat the course for not more than two credits. Permission of the instructor required. Not more than four credits may apply toward the total credits required for graduation.

MCOM 399. Internship in Mass Communications 2 – 5 credits An opportunity for students to study in a pre- professional environment. This kind of experience assumes agreement between student and instructor on the learning contract, placement, academic project, and placement evaluation. Requests for an internship should be made to the department chair one semester prior to the actual placement. Prior to actual placement, the student will complete a resume to be used in interviewing for the internship. Final grades for the internship will include completion of a daily journal, evaluation of the academic project, and personnel evaluation done by the organization.

114 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 115

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Mathematics

Requirements for a Bachelor of Science with a cy level of C is required before the student may Major in Mathematics: 35 semester credits in enroll in a higher level course. mathematics including MATH 191, 192, 290, 300, +MATH 110. Math for the Liberal Arts 3 credits 370, 380; five courses from: MATH 291, 301, 320, A survey of topics in applied mathematics stress- 330, 350, 360, 371, 381, 390, 391, 400; six ing the connections between contemporary math- semester credits in computer science, including ematics and modern society. Topics include PASCAL. management science, statistics and probability, Requirements for a Minor in Mathematics: 21 geometry, and social choice. The course meets credits in mathematics at the level of MATH 191 general education requirements in mathematics. or above. It may not be used to meet prerequisites for MATH 151. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or equivalent Mathematics Education score on placement test.

*Requirements for a Bachelor of Science with a +MATH 121. Intermediate Algebra 3 credits Major in Mathematics Education: 29 semester Sets, the number line, properties of real numbers, credits in mathematics including MATH 191, 192, algebraic operations, linear equations and 290, 300, 340, 350, 360, 380, one mathematics inequalities, factoring, rational expressions and elective beyond Calculus II, and six semester cred- equations, radical expressions and equations, its in computer science, including PASCAL. quadratic equations. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or appropriate score on placement test. Requirements for a Secondary Teacher’s Certificate with a Minor in Mathematics: 26 MATH 151. College Algebra 3 credits semester credits in mathematical sciences includ- Functions, relations, coordinate systems. ing MATH 191, 192, 290, 300, 340, 350, 360, Properties and graphs of elementary functions and three semester credits in mathematics elec- including polynomials, logarithmic and exponen- tives; three semester credits in computer science. tial functions. Elementary manipulations of matrices and determinants. Systems of linear *Education courses required for a teaching major are listed in the Education Department section. equations and their solution methods. Linear programming models and their solutions. Sequence Course Descriptions and series of real numbers. Prerequisite: MATH 121 or appropriate score on placement MATH 100. Fundamentals of test. Mathematics 3 credits Designed to isolate, diagnose and overcome MATH 152. Trigonometry 2 credits weaker areas of a student’s mathematics back- Elementary trigonometric functions and their ground. Offers short review of arithmetic and graphs. Trigonometric identities. Inverse trigono- extended study of elementary algebra. Computer metric functions and their graphs. Applications of assisted. Students should enroll only if indicated trigonometric functions in calculus. Prerequisite: by placement test results. Fulfills credits towards MATH 151 or concurrent registration, or two 120 hour requirement, but cannot be used to ful- units of high school algebra. fill general education requirements. A competen-

115 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 116

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

MATH 160. Mathematics for MATH 290. Linear Algebra 3 credits Management and Economics 3 credits Matrices and systems of linear equations. For pre-MBA students. Functions, graphs of ele- Determinants. Lines and planes in three-space. mentary functions, matrices and determinants, Vector spaces and linear transformations. systems of linear equations. Emphasis on applica- Characteristic equations and eigenvalues. tions to management, decision-making and eco- Prerequisite: MATH 192. nomics. Prerequisites: MATH 121 or equivalent, MATH 291. Calculus and and approval of the MBA program dean. Analytic Geometry III 4 credits MATH 191. Calculus and Infinite series, limits and continuity of functions Analytic Geometry I 4 credits of several variables, partial derivatives, direction- Functions of single variables; limits, continuity, al derivatives, multiple integration, sequences and differentiability, and integrability. Applications of series, vectors and vector differential equations. limit, derivatives, differentials, and integrals to Computer assisted. Prerequisite: MATH 192. solutions of physical and social problems. WI-MATH 300. Probability and Statistics I 3 credits Computer assisted. Prerequisites: MATH 151, 152; Finite probability models, random variables, or appropriate score on placement test. important discrete and continuous distributions, MATH 192. Calculus and descriptive statistics. Point estimation, confidence Analytic Geometry II 4 credits intervals and test of hypothesis. Prerequisite: Differentiation and integration of logarithmic, MATH 192 or permission of teacher. exponential, trigonometric functions. Techniques MATH 301. Probability and Statistics II 3 credits of integration, hyperbolic functions, polar coordi- Planning and analysis of statistical data. Analysis nates, conic sections, improper integrals, of variance for factorial, blocked, and latin- L’Hopital’s rule, Taylor’s expansion, infinite squares experimental designs. Simple and multi- series. Introduction to partial differentiation and ple regression. Prerequisite: MATH 300. multiple integration. Computer assisted. Prerequisite: MATH 191. MATH 320. Ordinary Differential Equations 3 credits MATH 210. Theory of Arithmetic 3 credits First-order ordinary differential equations, linear Limited to candidates for elementary teaching li- second order and higher differential equations, censure or certificate. Topics include logic and set series solutions, systems of differential equations theory, elementary numbers theory and number and their applications, matrix methods for linear systems, probability and statistics, informal systems, existence and uniqueness theorems. geometry and measurement. Prerequisite: Computer assisted. Prerequisite: MATH 290. MATH 121 or 1.5 units of high school algebra. MATH 330. Numerical Analysis 3 credits MATH 280. Engineering Mathematics I 4 credits Errors and error propagation. Numerical meth- Development and application of linear algebra ods for solving equations in one variable. Solving and ordinary differential equation topics. These linear systems. Introduction to nonlinear systems. topics are selected with primary concern for engi- Taylor polynomial approximation. Numerical neering applications. Included topics are matri- integration and differentiation. Prerequisites: ces, systems of linear equations, vectors, first and CSCI 170 or 210; MATH 290. (Same as CSCI 330) second order differential equations, and series solutions. Not open to mathematics or mathematics education majors. Prerequisite: MATH 192.

116 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 117

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

MATH 340. Secondary Math Methods 3 credits MATH 390. Operations Research I 3 credits Limited to candidates for secondary teaching cer- Emphasis on deterministic models: linear, integer, tificate. Current issues, approaches, and materials and dynamic programming. Graphical, algebraic, in school mathematics teaching, including philos- and computer solutions to real world problems. ophy and objectives, curricula problems, review Duality of linear programming models and sensi- and evaluation of current literature. Students are tivity analysis. Prerequisite: MATH 191. required to complete a field component of two MATH 391. Operations Research II 3 credits hours a day, two times a week in the classroom. Emphasis on probabilistic models: decision theo- A minimum of two field components (80 hours) ry and games, scheduling, inventory, queuing, are required after field experience and before stu- and simulation. Solutions to real world problems dent teaching. Prerequisite: MATH 192; EDUC 205, developed using hand computations and comput- 304, 309. er software. Prerequisites: MATH 300, 390. MATH 350. History of Mathematics 3 credits MATH 400. Topics in Mathematics 3 credits An historical survey of mathematics and mathe- Selected topics in pure or applied mathematics. maticians; selected topics in important develop- Prerequisites: Junior or senior status and consent ments and contributions in mathematics. of instructor. Prerequisite: MATH 192. MATH 490. Independent Study MATH 360. Modern Geometry 3 credits in Mathematics 3 credits Euclidean and non-Euclidean systems. Axiomatic Reading, writing, or research in mathematics. approach. Prerequisite: MATH 192. Prerequisite: Departmental approval. MATH 370. Real Analysis I 3 credits MATH 499. Internship in Mathematics 3 credits Basic elements of real analysis for students of The merging of course work with practical train- mathematics. Topics include limits of sequences, ing in mathematics. Emphasis will be on how the continuity, and metricspace. Prerequisite: practical experience is directly related to the MATH 192. course work the student has taken. Pass/No Pass MATH 371. Real Analysis II 3 credits only. Prerequisite: Prior departmental approval. Continuation of MATH 370. Topics include MATH 601. Topics in Mathematics sequences and series of function, differentiation, Education 3 credits and integration. Prerequisite: MATH 370. Selected topics in mathematics education for MATH 380. Abstract Algebra I 3 credits graduate students in education and mathematics Basic elements of abstract algebra for students of education, and for professionals in particular mathematics. Topics include definitions and topics. Prerequisite: Graduate status or consent of examples of groups, homomorphisms, direct instructor. products, and finite Albelian groups. Prerequisite: MATH 192.

MATH 381. Abstract Algebra II 3 credits Continuation of MATH 380. Topics include definitions and examples of rings, quotient rings, fields, and field extensions. Prerequisite: MATH 380.

117 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 118

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Music

Requirements for Bachelor of Arts Degree with a For non-music majors only. Major in Music: MUS 201, 202, 207, 208, 301, +MUS 103. Applied Music 302, 307, 308, 319, 325, 326, 401, 407; eight (Voice or Instrument)* 1 credit semester credits of applied major, eight semester credits of major ensemble (band or choir) with +MUS 303. Advanced Applied Music participation each semester of enrollment; two (Voice or Instrument)* 1 – 2 credits semester credits of MUS 236; two semester credits Private lessons in selected instrument or voice. of applied piano (if piano is not the applied Can be repeated up to eight credits (16 for music major); two semester credits from MUS 235, 237, majors). One 30-minute lesson per week for each 238, 239, 240, and 242; 12 semester hours of semester hour of credit. For fees, see Expenses in foreign language; a piano proficiency exam Finance section. Prerequisites for MUS 303: administered by the department, and a recital in Permission of teacher, MUS 103. the applied major during the senior year. Private instruction offered in: a. Voice h. Clarinet o. Tuba Requirements for Bachelor of Music Education b. Piano i. Flute p. Percussion Degree (K–12): MUS 201, 202, 207, 208, 235, c. Organ j. Oboe q. Guitar 237, 238, 239, 240, 301, 302, 307, 308, 319, d. Violin k. Bassoon r. Saxophone 323, 324, 325, 326, 401, 407; eight semester e. Viola l. French Horn s. Baritone Horn credits of applied major; eight semester credits of f. Cello m. Trumpet major ensemble (band or choir) with participa- g. String Bass n. Trombone tion each semester of enrollment; two semester credits of MUS 236; two semester credits of +MUS 110. Music Orientation 2 credits applied piano (if piano is not the applied major); Designed to acquaint students with a listening complete MUS 308 with a grade of C or better, or appreciation of music, musical form, and musical successfully complete a sight singing/ear training history. Recommended for non-majors for partial exam; a piano proficiency exam administered by fulfillment of Division of Arts requirement.

the department, and a public recital in the +MUS 111. Choir* 1 credit applied major during the senior year. For educa- A select mixed-voice choir which studies and per- tion course required for a teaching license see the forms significant choral literature of all periods Education Department section. and styles, and which serves the university com- Requirements for a Minor in Music: Eight credits munity through participation in official events. of music theory, MUS 325 and 326, four semesters Enrollment by audition and consent of the direc- of lessons in an instrument or in voice, and par- tor. A maximum of eight semester credits may be ticipation in chorus or band every semester to used toward a degree.

total at least four semester credits. MUS 112. Miriam Singers 1 credit Women’s choir which studies and performs sig- Course Descriptions nificant choral literature of all periods and styles; +MUS 102. Guitar Class* 1 credit no audition required—prior choral experience is Beginning instruction in guitar performance. No helpful. Participation for two semesters is a pre- previous knowledge of guitar or music needed. requisite for auditioning for MUS 111, Chorale. A

118 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 119

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

maximum of eight semester credits may be used MUS 207, 208. Sight-Singing and toward a degree. Ear Training 2 credits Singing, writing and auditory recognition of +MUS 115. Music in Culture 2 credits intervals, triads, melodies, and rhythms. A listening course exploring the role of music in Prerequisite: Practical knowledge of musical several world cultures. Recommended for non- notation. Corequisite: MUS 201, 202. majors. MUS 235. Technique for Brass +MUS 117. Band* 1 credit and Percussion Instruments 1 credit A performing group, concentrating on concert Basic skills for playing brass and percussion band literature. Enrollment by consent of direc- instruments. Relates to elementary and high tor. Maximum of eight semester credits may be school classroom situation. Meets twice weekly. used toward a degree. Music majors only. +MUS 120. Jazz Appreciation 2 credits MUS 236. Technique for Piano 1 credit Presentation and analysis of American jazz, Basic keyboard skills for classroom and personal including listener’s understanding of various use, including scales, chords, harmonization, styles from blues to modern rock. sight reading, and transposition. Required for +MUS 121 – 127. Ensemble* 1 credit freshmen music majors. May be repeated for Ensemble work in the following groups: credit. Music majors and minors only. 121. Vocal Ensemble MUS 237. Technique for Voice 1 credit 122. String Ensemble Theoretical and practical aspects, such as voice 123. Woodwind Ensemble classification, technical training methods, breath- 124. Brass Ensemble ing, the adolescent changing voice, style, and 125. Piano Ensemble interpretation. Meets twice a week. Music majors 126. Laboratory Jazz Ensemble only. 127. Percussion Ensemble Enrollment by consent of the appropriate faculty MUS 238. Technique for member. Offered on an as-need basis. Maximum Woodwind Instruments 1 credit of four semester credits can be used toward Basic skills for playing woodwind instruments. degree. Planning a course of study. Simulates classroom situations and methods. Meets twice a week. *Non-majors may use any combination of MUS 103 and 303, or 111–114, 116–127 totaling four credits (but no more than Music majors only. three of either type) to apply to general degree requirements. MUS 239. Technique for +MUS 200. Fundamentals of Music 2 credits String Instruments 1 credit Notation, rhythm, major and minor scales, inter- Basic skills for playing string instruments. vals, and triads. Taught with keyboard applica- Planning a course of study. Simulates classroom tions. For non-music majors only. situations and methods. Music majors only.

MUS 201, 202. Harmony 2 credits MUS 240. Technique for Guitar 1 credit Triads, chord positions, figured bass, harmoniza- Fundamentals for music education majors and tion of melodies, cadences, dominant seventh elementary classroom teachers. Develops such chord and diatonic modulation. skills as chording, harmonizing, transposing and reading of melodic lines. Music majors only.

119 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 120

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

MUS 242. Piano Pedagogy and Literature 1 credit mined by audition. Enrollment by audition and Overview of methods and materials for teaching consent of the director. A maximum of four piano at all levels. Listening lectures pertaining to semester credits may be used toward degree. piano literature from 1700 to the present. MUS 319. Conducting 3 credits MUS 244. Music for the Elementary Essentials of conducting, with technique and Classroom Teacher 3 credits mechanics of the baton. Literature pertaining to Designed for elementary classroom teachers to art of conducting. Rehearsal procedure and con- provide materials and skills for teaching music in ducting practice. Prerequisites: MUS 301, 302. the classroom. Emphasis on basic theory, funda- MUS 323. Music Materials and Methods 3 credits mental piano, guitar, and singing. Study of materials, media, and methods used in MUS 301, 302. Advanced Harmony 2 credits teaching music in public schools. Prerequisites: Seventh chords, dominant ninth, eleventh and MUS 202, 208. thirteenth chords, sequences, non-chord tones, MUS 324. Advanced Music Materials chromatically altered chords and chromatic mod- and Methods 3 credits ulation. Directed reading, research, and writing on topics MUS 307, 308. Advanced Sight-Singing approved by the department. Taken during spring and Ear Training 2 credits of junior year. Includes fifty clock hours of junior Continuation of Music 207, 208. More complex level field experience. Prerequisite: MUS 323. melodies and rhythms, harmonic progressions, WI-MUS 325. Music History and Literature: and aural perception of musical structures. Antiquity to 1750 3 credits MUS 310. Music in Liturgy 2 credits Detailed study of the history of music and the The history and development of Christian wor- music literature of the period. Prerequisite: ship with special emphasis on musician tradi- MUS 202 tions. The theological, pastoral, and practical WI-MUS 326. Music History and aspects of planning contemporary Catholic and Literature: 1750 to Present 3 credits Protestant worship services. Practical experience Detailed study of the history of music and the in liturgical planning. Intended for junior and music literature of the period. Prerequisite: senior students and/or those with a previous MUS 202. background in pastoral music. Prerequisite: Permission of teacher. (Same as THEO 310) MUS 401. Counterpoint 2 credits Two-, three- and four-part counterpoint in five MUS 311. Chamber Singers 1 credit species. Invertible counterpoint at more common- A mixed-voice chamber choir of approximately ly used intervals, imitation, and canon. 8 to 16 singers which studies and performs signif- Prerequisites: MUS 301, 302. icant literature for the chamber choir (2–4 singers per part). Three areas of special concentration MUS 407. Form and Analysis 3 credits are the Renaissance madrigal; 20th century Structural analysis of forms: binary, ternary, chamber choir literature; and vocal jazz litera- rondo, suite, variation, sonata, sonata-rondo, ture. Concurrent membership in either Chorale passacaglia, invention, chorale prelude, and or Miriam Singers is required, unless student fugue. Harmonic, thematic, and rhythmic analy- teaching. Advanced vocal technique and ability to sis. Prerequisites: MUS 301, 302 sight-read proficiently are prerequisites, as deter-

120 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 121

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

MUS 450. Independent Study in Music 1 - 3 credits Any student undertaking an independent study in music is assumed to have completed all previous course work in the department successfully and to be a junior or senior music major.

Natural Science

+NSCI 105. Introduction to +NSCI 202. Earth Science 3 credits Physical Science 4 credits Evolution of earth’s land forms. Atmospheres, Selected concepts underlying present understand- surface features and interior of the earth. Rocks ing of the physical universe. Topics include and minerals. Plate tectonics theory. Two lectures motion and Newton’s Laws, energy, electricity and one laboratory period per week. and electromagnetism; chemical structure and +NSCI 205. Physical Geography 3 credits reactions, and elements of astronomy and geol- Natural environment with emphasis on spatial ogy as time permits. Some lecture demonstration interaction of elements; resources and their uses. and laboratory experience is included. (Same as GEOG 201) Prerequisite: MATH 121 or equivalent.

+NSCI 201. Astronomy 3 credits Observational descriptions of the moon, stars, planets and galaxies. Theories of their origin and evolution. Use of telescopes and other observational equipment. Two lectures and one lab per week.

New Student Seminar

NSS 101. New Student Seminar 1 credit An extended orientation course. Students learn effective time management, reading, note-taking and test-taking skills, as well as information about campus resources and academic policies. Personal adjustment to college and career goals are also explored. Pass/No Pass course.

121 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 122

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Occupational Therapy

The Bachelor of Science program in occupational therapy requires the completion of a minimum of 132 semester credits, including six months of field work experience. The curriculum consists of two years of liberal education with emphasis on the biological and behavioral sciences, followed by two years of course work in occupational therapy. This program will be

moved to a Master of Occupational Therapy (MOT) program beginning in

the 1998 school year. Please refer to MOT program in the graduate section of the catalog.

The Bachelor of Occupational Therapy Program a competitive basis based on cumulative GPA, pre- is accredited by the Accreditation Council for requisite GPA, and letters of reference. Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American Occupational Therapy Association Prerequisite Course Work (AOTA), located at 4720 Montgomery Lane, PO These courses must be completed at the time of 31220, Bethesda, MD, 20824-1220. AOTA’s phone application to the program (a six credit exception number is 301/652-2682. Graduates of the pro- is allowed with permission): gram will be able to sit for the national certifica- Science and Mathematics tion examination for the occupational therapist BIOL 101 Principles of Human Biology administered by the National Board for or Certification in Occupational therapy (NBCOT). BIOL 103 General Biology I 4 When students apply for the certification exami- MATH 151 College Algebra 3 nation with the NBCOT, they will be asked to CHEM 103 or 105 Principles of Chemistry answer questions related to the topic of felonies. or After successful completion of this exam, the PHYS 201 Principles of Physics 4 individual will be an Occupational Therapist, Registered (OTR). Most states require licensure in Most of the following communications and order to practice. However, state licenses are usu- behavioral science prerequisites should be com- ally based on the results of the NBCOT pleted at the time of application for acceptance to Certification Examination. the Occupational Therapy Program. A student The OT curriculum consists of two years of may have up to 9 semester credits of these pre- liberal arts education with an emphasis on bio- requisites pending—be enrolled in the courses logical and behavioral sciences, followed by two and expect successful completion—at the time of years of coursework in occupational therapy. application. The courses must be completed Students may apply for acceptance into the pro- before beginning professional occupational thera- fessional phase of the program during their py classes. sophomore year. The Occupational Therapy Program does not accept every applicant who meets the minimum admissions requirements. Each class is selected on

122 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 123

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Specific Group Requirements First Professional-Level Courses ENGL 101 Written Communication 3 Summer Between Sophomore and Junior Year SPEE 101 Public Speaking OTS 312 History, Philosophy, and Functions 3 or OTS 313 Foundations of Adaptation 2 SPEE 203 Interpersonal Communication 2 – 3 PSYC 403 Behavioral Neuroscience 4 OTS 250 Medical Terminology 1 Summer credits: 9 PSYC 105 Introduction to Psychology 3 PSYC 213 Statistics for Social Sciences 3 Fall Semester BIOL 202 Anatomy and Physiology (must PSYC 215 Research Methods 3 include cadaver experience 4 PSYC 305 Lifespan Development 3 OTS 325 OT Intervention I PSYC 324 Abnormal Psychology 3 (Children and Adolescents) 4 Subtotal 31 – 32 OTS 326 Fieldwork Level I-A 2 WI-PSYC 342 Principles of Counseling 3 General Education Component OTS 327 Adaptive Processes I 3 An occupational therapy applicant may apply for Fall credits: 16 admission into the program before completing or Spring Semester enrolling in six semester credits out of the follow- BIOL 204 Advanced Human Anatomy (must ing courses. However, all prerequisite courses and include cadaver experience) 4 requirements for graduation must be satisfactori- OTS 441 OT Applied Kinesiology 3 ly completed prior to enrolling in Fieldwork OTS 442 Occupational Therapy Level II. Intervention II (Adult) 4 OTS 443 Fieldwork Level I-B 2 General Education Component OTS 444 Adaptive Processes II 2 Complete two of the three Fine Arts: OTS 456 OT Group and Family Theory 3 Art, Music or Theatre 6 Spring credits: 18 History 3 Philosophy 101, 201, 207, 208, 210 or 217 3 Summer Semester Theology 101, 210, 202, 214, OTS 510 OT in the Schools** 3 219, 240 or 250 3 OTS 450 Special Studies in OT** 1 – 3 Philosophy or Theology 6 Summer credits: 4 – 6 Foreign Language or Literature 6 Physical Education 149: Wellness Concepts 1 Second Professional-Level Courses Physical Education Activity 1 Fall Semester Subtotal 29 OTS 449 Applied Orthotics 2 {This total could change if developmental courses OTS 451 OT Intervention III (Elderly) 4 are necessary) OTS 452 Fieldwork Level I-C 2 Total credits 60 OTS 453 Adaptive Processes III 1 OTS 454 Occupational Therapy Admission Procedures Leadership/Management 3 See Master of Occupational Therapy under the WI-OTS 455 Occupational Therapy Professional graduate section of the catalog. Seminar & Research 3 OTS 460 OT Applied Neurorehabilitation 3 Fall credits: 18

123 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 124

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Spring Semester Retention Committee within two weeks of Fieldwork is six months of full-time studies being notified of his/her status in the which is usually outside the Quad City area. (FW Occupational Therapy Program. II must be completed within 24 months following 2. The student must appeal decisions of the completion of the academic preparation.) Admissions and Retention Committee by sub- OTS 457 Level II Fieldwork Experience - A 6 mitting written reasons for challenging the OTS 458 Level II Fieldwork Experience - B 6 Committee’s decision by the appeal date set by OTS 459 Level II Fieldwork Experience - C 6 the Committee. (Special Topics/Optional) 3. The student member of the Admissions and OTS 511 Level II Fieldwork Experience - D* 6 Retention Committee will participate in the *Permission of director required appeal process. **Elective 4. The student and faculty members of the Admissions and Retention Committee who Retention/Re-Admission in the OT Program have direct involvement in the case and who Students must meet the following criteria in order feel they are unable to act in good faith will to be retained in the OT Program. excuse themselves from the appeals process. In 1. Maintain an overall GPA of 2.70 on 4.00 scale. those instances, alternate committee members 2. Maintain a GPA of 2.70 on a 4.00 scale for all may serve. first and second professional-level courses exclud- 5. The decision of the committee will be made by ing any outstanding prerequisite course(s). majority vote of those committee members 3. Complete all major and support courses with a present using a secret ballot. minimum grade of C after two attempts. Student 6. The student will be verbally informed by the may not be enrolled in any professional Occupa- chair of the committee after the meeting. The tional Therapy courses until the second attempt chair will write a letter regarding the decision has been successfully completed with C or better. to the student and a copy will be placed in the 4. Follow the Department Leave of Absence student’s file. Procedures when it is necessary for student to 7. The student has the right to appeal the com- temporarily leave Occupational Therapy mittee’s decision to the dean of the College of Program. Human Services in writing within one week Note: Dismissal from the University will auto- after receiving notification of the decision. matically be considered dismissal from the Occupational Therapy Program. Course Descriptions for BSOT Program

OTS 312. History, Philosophy, and Appeal Procedures for Progression and Functions of Occupational Therapy 3 credits Retention/Re-Admission in the OT Program Course includes the history and philosophy of the Students have the right to appeal decisions relat- profession, theories and definitions of occupa- ed to admissions, progression, or retention to the tion, characteristics of the profession and profes- Admissions and Retention Committee. Appeals sionalism, service delivery methods and setting, procedures are available from the Occupational vocabulary of health care profession. Pre- Therapy Department. requisites: Admission to professional OT pro- Procedures gram. Corequisite: OTS 313. 1. The student’s request for appeal must be made OTS 313. Foundations of Adaptation 2 credits in writing to the chair of the Admissions and Introduction of the basic concepts underlying the

124 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 125

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

theory that occupation is a source of needs satis- OTS 327. Adaptive Processes I 3 credits faction throughout the life span. Concepts Focuses on the critical thinking skills required to include the capacity to adapt and the facilitation identify, analyze, and adapt activities. Analyzes of positive adaptation, and the therapist’s role in purposeful activity as normally performed and using the tools of the profession therapeutically. purposeful activity given a patient’s treatment Prerequisites: Admission to OT program. needs. Identifies how multicultural differences Corequisite: OTS 312. may influence an individual’s interests, concerns, and response to therapy. Prerequisites: OTS 323. Special Topics in Completion of first semester of professional pro- Occupational Therapy 1 – 3 credits gram. Corequisites: OTS 325, 326. Selected topics not offered in regular curriculum. Prerequisites: First year OT program; OTS 312, OTS 440. Special Topics in 313; or permission of instructor. Occupational Therapy 1 – 3 credits Selected topics in occupational therapy not cov- OTS 325. Occupational Therapy ered in regular curriculum. Prerequisites: Intervention I 4 credits OTS 325, 326, 327; or permission of director. Utilizes the developmental approach to present theories and strategies for occupational therapy OTS 441. Occupational Therapy assessment and treatment of the 0–21 year-old Applied Kinesiology 3 credits population. Normal and abnormal cognitive, psy- Study of theoretical concepts used in the analysis chosocial and sensorimotor patterns and charac- of normal and abnormal patterns of movement teristics are examined. Methods and techniques as they apply to occupational therapy. Content for facilitating positive change, emphasizing the includes biomechanical principles, anatomical role of occupation in satisfying the adaptive drive structure and function of movement, functional are discussed and practiced. Two lab hour includ- testing of joints and muscles, and functional ed. Prerequisites: Admission to OT program and application to occupational role performance; completion of first semester. Corequisites: 2 hours lecture and 2 hours lab. Prerequisites: OTS 326, 327. BIOL 202, OTS 325, 327. Corequisites: BIOL 204, OTS 442, 443, 444; or permission of director. OTS 326. Occupational Therapy Fieldwork I-A: Practicum 2 credits OTS 442. Occupational Therapy Level I practicum in pediatrics consists of guided Intervention II 4 credits learning experiences in settings in which the pop- Occupational therapy programming, evaluation, ulation ages 0–21 receive educational, social and assessments, treatment application, prevention medical services. The course provides the student and consultation as it applies to medical and psy- with direct opportunities to observe and interact chological conditions involving the adult popula- with infants, children, and adolescents engaged in tion. Two hour lab included. Prerequisite: the daily living activities that are appropriate for OTS 325. Corequisites: BIOL 204, OTS 441, 443, their ages and stages of cognitive, psychosocial, 444. and sensorimotor development. Pass/No Pass OTS 443. Fieldwork Level I-B 2 credits course. Prerequisites: Admission to OT Program; The second competency-based fieldwork course completion of first semester requirements. TB test, to help develop skills in occupational therapy ser- liability insurance, CPR certification, and hepatitis vice delivery. Students assigned to agencies serv- B shots or signed waiver. Corequisites: OTS 325 ing adults with bio-psychosocial problems. and 327. Pass/No Pass course. Prerequisite: OTS 326.

125 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 126

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Corequisites: BIOL 204, OTS 441, 442, 444; or Prerequisites: OTS 441, 444. Corequisites: OTS permission of director. 451, 452, 454, 455; or permission of director.

OTS 444. Adaptive Processes II 2 credits OTS 454. Occupational Therapy The use of activities to enhance independent daily Leadership/Management 3 credits living performance in work, play, leisure and self- Occupational therapy service management skills. care. Selected assessment procedures and thera- Includes health care trends and legal issues. peutic modifications emphasized. Prerequisite: Student will develop a model for the delivery of OTS 327. Corequisites: BIOL 204, OTS 441, 442, occupational therapy services in a selected agency 443; or permission of director. or facility. Prerequisite: Senior status in professional program. Corequisites: OTS 451, 452, 453, OTS 449. Applied Orthotics 2 credits 455; or permission of director.. Evaluation, design, and fabrication of orthotic devices as applied to injuries and pathologies in WI-OTS 455. Professional Seminar the upper extremity. Prerequisites: Senior status and Research 3 credits in the professional program, OTS 441, 444. Through completion of debates and development of professional resolutions, students will articu- OTS 450. Special Studies 1 – 3 credits late professional position statements regarding Selected topics will be studied on an individual various health issues which impact occupational basis determined between teacher and student. therapy. Research proposals will be developed to Prerequisite: Second year professional program or provide the student with the benefits and impor- permission of director. tance of outcome studies. Clinical reasoning will OTS 451. Occupational Therapy be emphasized as a method of facilitating deci- Intervention III 4 credits sion-making through active inquiry. Self-directed Occupational therapy programming, evaluation, learning will be stressed. Corequisites: OTS 451, assessments, treatment application, prevention 452, 453, 454; or permission of director. and consultation as it applies to medical and psy- OTS 456. Occupational Therapy chological conditions involving the elderly popu- Group and Family Theory 3 credits lation. Two hour lab included. Prerequisites: Contemporary group theories and skills used by Senior status in OT program, OTS 442. occupational therapists in practice arenas with Corequisites: OTS 452, 453, 454, 455. children, adolescents, adults and the elderly. OTS 452. Fieldwork Level I-C 2 credits Development of skills in group roles and pro- The third competency based fieldwork course to gramming for therapeutic groups. Prerequisites: help develop skills in occupational therapy ser- OTS 325, 326, 327, PSYC 342. vice delivery. Students assigned to agencies serv- OTS 457. Level II Fieldwork Experience ing elderly with bio-psychosocial problems. (Internship)-A 6 credits Pass/No Pass course. Prerequisite: OTS 443. Three months of supervised field experience with Corequisites: OTS 451, 453, 454, 455. any age client population. Individuals exhibit OTS 453. Adaptive Processes III 1 credits psychosocial deficits affecting their work/produc- Skills in adapting tools, equipment, environ- tive activities, daily living activities, or ments, and activities for therapeutic use. Design- play/leisure skills. Setting may include hospitals, ing, fabricating and using orthotic devices, and community, mental health centers, private outpa- developing assistive and adaptive equipment to tient treatment centers, clinics, and nursing enhance work, play, leisure, and self-care skills. homes. Students will be supervised by a regis-

126 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 127

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

tered occupational therapist with a minimum of OTS 510. Occupational Therapy one year experience. Pass/No Pass course. in the Schools 1 – 3 credits Prerequisite: Completion of all OT and support This course will present an in-depth study of courses. occupational therapy’s role in the school system. The emphasis will include theories, principles, OTS 458. Level II Fieldwork Experience models of practice and methods of OT delivery of (Internship)-B 6 credits service for students with handicaps who are in Three months of supervised field experience with need of special education and related services. any age client population. Individuals may exhib- Prerequisites: OTS 325, current malpractice insur- it physical, cognitive, or psychosocial deficits ance, negative TB testing, hepatitis B shots or affecting their work/productive activities, daily signed waiver. living activities, or play/leisure skills. Settings may include hospitals, schools, outpatient clinics, OTS 511. Level II Fieldwork C: nursing homes, and community based programs. Special Topics 1 – 6 credits Students will be supervised by a registered occu- Special topics course. Optional course. Must have pational therapist with a minimum of one year permission of director. Pass/No Pass course. experience. Pass/No Pass course. Prerequisite: Completion of all OT and support courses.

OTS 459. Level II Fieldwork Experience (Internship)-C 6 credits Three months of supervised field experience with individuals or groups of any age who present medical and/or psychosocial conditions. Field experience will occur in traditional or nontraditional settings. Students will be supervised by a registered occupational therapist with a minimum of one year experience. Pass/No Pass course. Prerequisite: Completion of all OT and support courses.

OTS 460. Occupational Therapy Applied Neurorehabilitation 3 credits The course consists of occupational therapy techniques utilizing neurorehabilitation principles for clients throughout the life span. Special emphasis will be placed on evaluation and treatment of clients with physical and/or psychosocial conditions utilizing the neurorehabilitation approach. Prerequisites: Senior status in OT program, OTS 442. Corequisites: OTS 451, 452 and 453; or permission of director.

127 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 128

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Peace and Justice Program

See Interdisciplinary Programs

Philosophy

Requirements for a Major in Philosophy +PHIL 201. Logic 3 credits 33 semester credits in philosophy including Designed to strengthen a student’s ability to an- PHIL 101, 201, 207, 217, 360, 365, 405 or 420, alyze and evaluate arguments, to recognize falla- 490; and three courses from 300- or 400-level cious arguments, and to work with formal philosophy. systems of inductive and deductive reasoning.

Requirements for Philosophy as a Second Major +PHIL 207. Ethics 3 credits 27 semester credits of philosophy including Involves a study of the foundations of human PHIL 101, 201, 207, 217, 360, 365, 405 or 420, happiness and of moral reasoning. It directs 495; and one course from 300- or 400-level phi- attention to such contemporary moral issues as losophy. social justice, sex and love, prejudice, and abortion. Requirements for a Minor in Philosophy PHIL 201, 207, 217 (or 360 or 365 with permis- +PHIL 208. Philosophies of Life 3 credits sion) and two courses from 300-400 sequence. Examines what great thinkers have had to say about the goals and values of human existence, Requirements for a Minor in Applied Ethics and how life should be led. Utilizes both literary PHIL 207 and four of the following: PHIL 208, and philosophic sources to raise questions con- 210, 302, 305, 310, 3ll, 325, 342, 343, 415. cerning the self, and the relation of the individual Requirements for Minor in History of Philosophy to other persons. PHIL 217, 360, 365 and two of the following: +PHIL 210. Social/Political Philosophy 3 credits PHIL 208, 210, 370, 375, 451, 490 or Oriental Philosophical analysis of social process as well as Philosophy. an attempt to develop the criteria for judging political institutions. Individuals such as Plato, Course Descriptions Aristotle, Aquinas, Hobbes, Locke, Mill, and Marx +PHIL 101. Introduction to Philosophy 3 credits may be considered. Introduces students to individuals and issues rep- +PHIL 217. History of Ancient resentative of Western Philosophy. Students are Philosophy 3 credits also introduced to topic areas covered in-depth in Introduces students to the history of Western phi- other course offered by the department. Can be losophy by examining the positions of, among taken concurrently with other courses in philoso- others, the Pre-Socratics, Plato, and Aristotle. phy. This course is a study of philosophical thought characteristic of the period 600 B.C.E. to 400 C.E.

128 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 129

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

All 300- and 400-level courses require completion reasoning pertinent to it for the purpose of of at least one course at the 100- or 200-level. formulating a rational and cohesive sexual ethic.

+PHIL 302. Peace and Justice Seminar 3 credits +PHIL 343. Ethics of Peace and Coordinated by faculty from theology, philoso- Non-Violence 3 credits phy and sometimes by an instructor from another An inquiry into the concepts of peace and justice, field. The course is part of the interdisciplinary the methods of conflict resolution, and the vari- minor in peace and justice. A research project is ous dimensions of a peaceful world. Among oth- required. Recommended prerequisite: PHIL 207 or ers, the positions of Mahatma Gandhi, Martin 219, or THEO 280. (Same as THEO 302) Luther King Jr., and Thomas Merton are examined. Recommended prerequisite: PHIL 207. +PHIL 305. Business Ethics 3 credits Study of ethical principles and the application of +PHIL 360. History of Medieval ethical principles to situations relevant to deci- and Renaissance Philosophy 3 credits sion-making in the professional and business Examination of the philosophical thought charac- world. Students will be expected to reflect on teristic of the period 400 – 1500. Among others, question-raising situations that demand careful, attention will be given to those thinkers whose informed moral deliberation. positions reflect the Christian world view, such as Augustine and Thomas Aquinas. Prerequisite: +PHIL 310. Bio-Medical Ethics 3 credits PHIL 217 or permission of instructor. Detailed study of ethical principles and the application of those principles to situations relevant to +PHIL 365. History of decision-making in medicine and the life sciences. Modern Philosophy 3 credits Particular emphasis is placed on such topics as Examination of the positions of thinkers who the termination of life, the allocation of scarce lived within the period 1500 – 1900. Among oth- resources, and genetic research. Prerequisite: ers, it considers the positions of Descartes, Hume, PHIL 207 or permission of instructor. and Kant. Typically, it considers such topics as the rationalist/ empiricist tension in epistemology, the +PHIL 311. Environmental Ethics 3 credits deontological/ utilitarian tension in ethics, and Students will discuss environmental issues, ana- social contract theory. Prerequisite: PHIL 217 or lyze the various philosophical and theological permission of instructor. responses, call for an evaluation of those responses and challenge the students to draw their own +PHIL 370. History of critical conclusions. Prerequisite: PHIL 101 or American Philosophy 3 credits THEO 101 or permission of instructor. (Same as Examination of the development of American THEO 363) philosophy, especially of American pragmatism. Among others, it considers the positions of PHIL 325. Ethical and Logical Issues Pierce, James, and Dewey. Recommended prereq- in the Mass Media 3 credits uisite: PHIL 217. Study of the basic principles of formal logic with particular emphasis on fallacious reasoning and +-WI-PHIL 375. Existentialism 3 credits the subsequent application to the various modes Examines the philosophical and literary works of of reasoning found in the mass media. such thinkers as Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Camus, Recommended prerequisite: PHIL 207. Marcel, Sartre, and Heidegger. The major question pursued in the course is, “What is it to be +PHIL 342. Ethics of Sexuality 3 credits human?” Recommended prerequisite: PHIL 217. Detailed study of human sexuality and the ethical

129 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 130

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

+PHIL 390. Special Topics in Philosophy 3 credits PHIL 451. Directed Readings Course to meet the needs of non-major students, in Philosophy 3 credits as well as majors. It typically deals with specific Designed for advanced students, typically majors. topics not covered in regular course offerings. This course allows a student to organize a read- Can be designed to cover special topics in ethics, ing program centering on some topic not covered the history of philosophy, or other areas of philo- in regular courses. Prerequisite: Approval from a sophical inquiry. Among others, this course might cooperating faculty member. consider such topics as work/leisure, alienation, PHIL 490. Special Seminar in Philosophy 3 credits oriental philosophy, feminist thought, utopian An in-depth study of some particular figure or thought, Afro-American thought, Marxist movement in the history of philosophy. Students thought, and the philosophy of science. will be primarily responsible for class discussions. PHIL 405. Epistemology 3 credits Figures such as Plato, Aristotle, Hegel, Considers questions associated with the nature, Wittgenstein, or movements such as Social scope, and reliability of human knowledge. Contract Theory, Logical Positivism, Natural Topics such as philosophical skepticism, idealism, Law Tradition might be examined. realism, and opinion vs.knowledge are examined. WI-PHIL 495. Senior Seminar 3 credits PHIL 410. Symbolic Logic 3 credits A capstone course for seniors. Students will be Covers a broad spectrum of topics in logic, some primarily responsible for class discussions. Since highly mathematical, some highly philosophical. this is a writing-intensive course students will be It involves a study of the development of formal expected to express their reactions to class mate- logic, and a study in detail of the major system of rials in a clear and cogent manner. symbolic logic, namely predicate logic. It also examines how predicate logic can be extended in such a way as to create a more sophisticated systems such as modal logics and fuzzy logic.

PHIL 415. Issues in Ethical Theory 3 credits Considers questions associated with the nature of ethical reasoning. Topics such as the is/ought problem, the role of reason in ethical deliberation, the tension between a Utilitarian and a Deontological approach to ethics, and the foundations of value are examined.

PHIL 420. Metaphysics 3 credits Study of the most basic principles of reality. It asks what we can know about the whole of reality (being), the sorts of beings which exist, the status of concepts such as existence, being, body, soul (or mind), matter, freedom, and God.

130 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 131

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Health, Physical Education and Sport Science

All students majoring in the department must Admissions Procedures for Athletic Training take a swimming test upon entrance into their 1. Students must obtain application forms for the program. Athletic Training Program from the Non-Teaching Majors Department of Health, Physical Education, and Sports Science. Applications are available Core Requirements for Each Major: during the fall semester. Students must be PED 149, 260 (for Athletic Training PED 260 or admitted to St. Ambrose before they can be PSYC 403), 361, 363, 390; BIOL 202. admitted into the Athletic Training Program. Requirements for a major in Fitness: Core 2. Students applying to Athletic Training requirements and CSCI 305; PED 151 or 203, 155, Program must submit applications and any 158, 206, 208, 214, 225, 255, 280, 305 (has pre- support materials to Athletic Training Office requisites of ACCT 201 and ECON 201), 308, 340, by March 1. 400, 416, 417 3. Student must show successful completion of one full year of human anatomy and physiolo- Requirements for a major in Sports Management: gy by acceptance date. Student may be Core requirements and ACCT 201; ART 231; BUS enrolled in these courses at the time of appli- 205, 309, 310; CSCI 305; ECON 201, 202; PED cation, but must successfully complete the 305, 416, 417; Six semester credits from the fol- course by June 1. lowing: BUS 316, 323, 325; PED 206, 214, 300. 4. Student must show successful completion of a Requirements for major in Athletic Training: First Aid and CPR course or show current cer- Core Requirements and BIOL 204; HED 205; PED tification by June 1. 206, 335, 338, 340, 348, 358, 404, 406; PSYC 5. Student must show successful participation 304 or 305; SOC 213. Recommended but not (i.e. accumulation of a minimum 50 hours) in required: CHEM 103 or 105; PHYS 203; PHIL 310 the clinical observation program in athletic or THEO 401; PED 280, 370. Prior to application training within the past year. to the program, students will be required to com- 6. Student must possess a minimum cumulative plete a minimum of 50 clinical hours under the GPA of 2.5 or better, and minimum of 3.0 or direct supervision of a certified athletic trainer, in better in the athletic training prerequisite and an athletic training setting in which they will be core classes. Transfer students must submit given the opportunity to observe and participate, copies of all transcripts to the registrar by as well as learn about the role and function of an March 1 deadline. These transcripts will be athletic trainer. considered a part of the application and are necessary to determine admission and placement. Students who meet basic criteria are invited to an on-campus interview. From this interview and other criteria, the most qualified candidates will be invited into the program. All candidates will be notified of their status no later than June 1. 131 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 132

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

To sit for the National Certification Exam, 1500 Requirements for a Health Education Minor or clinical hours under the direct supervision of a second teaching area which includes the require- certified athletic trainer are required. These hours ments for the K – 6 Health Endorsement: EDUC must be accumulated within a minimum of two 205, 301, 304, 308, 309, 433; HED 203, 205, years but no more than five years. With proper 303;.PED 149, 206, 340, 390, 361 or BIOL 202; planning, a student should be able to satisfy this PHIL 342 or PSYC 205: PSYC 201, 310; SOC 300, requirement within their college career. 321; U.S. history.

Teaching Majors Athletic Coaching All students should apply for admittance to the Requirements for Coaching Authorization: The Department of Education after completing State of Iowa requires four major courses to EDUC 205. receive a coaching authorization: EDUC 304; Students planning to qualify for a teaching PED 308, 361, 412 or a coaching course. All certificate are responsible for knowing the certifi- physical education majors and minors are cation requirements in the state where they wish encouraged to participate in the intramural sports to teach. Students must maintain a grade-point program. average of 3.00 in physical education with no grade below a C, a 2.70 cumulative average, and Course Descriptions must complete PED 311, 412, PSYC 310, and A medical certificate of physical fitness is EDUC 433, and become a member of the student required of all students who participate in any Iowa State Education Association (ISEA). physical education activity course. The medical Requirements for a Physical Education Teaching certificate filed at the time of admission is suffi- Major: Core requirements and PED 113, 206 (or cient if it has been filed within the past four years. current certificate in first aid/CPR), 210, 220, 221, +PED 100. Beginning Swimming 2 credits 222, 280, 300, 301, 304, 308, 309, 311, 316, 331, 412, 415; Education courses: EDUC 205, PED 113. Introduction and 301, 304, 308, 309, 433; HIST 202; PSYC 310; History of Physical Education 2 credits SOC 300. Acquaints students with profession of physical education as a career. Requirements for Athletic Training Teaching Major: The program for athletic training teaching Activity Classes For Non-Physical Education will follow the same program as the physical edu- Majors cation teaching major but will include the general Activity classes cover the theory and practice of education requirement of non-teaching athletic the sports listed, including skill fundamentals, training and PED 363 and 370 from the general strategy and rules. core courses. +PED 149. Wellness Concepts 1 credit Basic concepts and development of physical edu- Minors cation, including such areas as body mainte- Requirements for a Physical Education Minor: nance, family health, the Olympics, sport 24 semester credits including: PED 206, 309, 331, sociology, and consumer education. 311 or 412, 316. Recommended: HED 201; PED 113, 207, 301, 304, 384, 385.

132 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 133

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Lifetime Activity Courses +PED 214. Aerobic Dance 2 credits +PED 120. Conditioning & Self-Defense 1 credit Designed to develop physical fitness through +PED 122. Personal Defense for Women 1 credit movement. Emphasis on cardiovascular +PED 151. Racquetball 1 credit endurance, heart rate and healthful living +PED 154. Canoeing 1 credit through exercise. +PED 155. Fitness 1 credit PED 220. Skills I 2 credits +PED 158. Weight Training 1 credit For physical education majors only. Develops +PED 159. T’ai Chi 1 credit motor skill abilities in three activities. Sports +PED 160. Basketball 1 credit include tennis, badminton and volleyball. Should +PED 161. Softball 1 credit be taken freshman and/or sophomore year. +PED 165. Developmental Physical Education 1 credit PED 221. Skills II 2 credits For students unable to participate in regular For physical education majors only. Develops physical education classes. Prerequisite: motor skill abilities in three activities. Sports cov- Permission of instructor. ered include golf, archery, bowling. Should be +PED 199. Beginning Volleyball 1 credit taken freshman and/or sophomore year. +PED 200. Intermediate Swimming 2 credits PED 222. Skills III 2 credits +PED 201. Beginning Bowling 1 credit For physical education majors only. Develops +PED 203. Beginning Tennis 1 credit motor skill abilities in three activities. Sports cov- +PED 204. Beginning Badminton 1 credit ered include soccer, team handball or pickleball, +PED 205. Beginning Golf 1 credit and fitness. Should be taken freshman and/or PED 206. First Aid 2 credits sophomore year. Safety awareness as an individual and as a mem- PED 225. Clinical Fitness I 1 credit ber of society. Red Cross certification upon suc- Deals with approaches to design, development, cessful completion of first aid and and evaluation of fitness programs with an cardiopulmonary resuscitation. emphasis on assessment planning and monitoring +PED 208. Cycling 1 credit of individuals and groups. Prerequisite: PED 149.

PED 210. Games and Rhythms 2 credits PED 255. Clinical Fitness II 1 credit Participation in games and rhythms related to For majors only. Approaches to design, develop- elementary school children. Adaptation of activi- ment and evaluation of fitness program with ties to specific grades. Minimal time on lesson emphasis on assessment planning and monitoring plans, unit outlines, teaching methods and play- of individuals and groups. ground supervision. PED 260. Motor Learning 2 credits +PED 211. Beginning Modern Dance 2 credits The interplay of subsystems as they interact to Basic introduction to modern dance with empha- explain human behavior in the area of motor sis on technique developed through exploration learning and performance. These systems include of the elements of dance, including space, time human behaviors as in serving a tennis ball, hit- and energy. ting a golf ball, kicking a soccer ball, etc.

+PED 212. Beginning Jazz Dance 2 credits PED 280. Introduction to Introduction to jazz dance—emphasis on tech- Special Physical Education 3 credits niques developed through elements of jazz dance. Approaches general program development related

133 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 134

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

to impairments, disabilities, and handicapped PED 309. Elementary Physical conditions in the mentally, physically, and emo- Education Methods 2 credits tionally disturbed. Basis for planning a total program of physical education for elementary school children. PED 300. Advanced Swimming Progressions within activities, techniques or orga- (Senior Life Saving) 2 credits nization and methods of teaching appropriate for Knowledge and practical experience in life saving elementary age children. Emphasis placed on skills. The American Red Cross Certification for child development and related activities. Lifeguarding, CPR for the Professional Rescuer, Prerequisite: Sophomore status, major in the and First Aid will be given to those who success- department or elementary education major. fully complete the necessary requirements. PED 311. Practicum: Teaching 1 credit +PED 301. Country, Folk, and Supervised student teaching on the college level. Social Dance 2 credits Open only to physical education majors and Development of knowledge and skill in folk and minors. Prerequisite: PED 309 or 331. Placement national dances, American country dances, and must be approved by department chair. Regular social dancing. Cultural influences of folk arts. grade or Pass/No Pass option. Participation in a variety of dances for school and adult recreation. PED 316. Team Sports 3 credits Methods and procedures in teaching team and PED 304. Administration and individual sports. Emphasis on task analysis, cri- Organization of Health, teria, evaluation, and behavioral instructional Physical Education, and Athletics 3 credits objectives. Prerequisites: PED 220, 222, 331. Administrative duties, responsibilities, and problems. Special emphasis on qualifications of PED 321. Coaching Football 2 credits administrators and staff, policies, teaching load, Basic principles and practices underlying modern indoor and outdoor facilities, purchase and care football coaching. of equipment, budget and finance, office man- PED 322. Coaching Basketball 2 credits agement, liability, and interschool athletics. Basic principles and practices underlying modern PED 305. Sports Management 3 credit basketball coaching. Principles and theory of management relating to PED 323. Coaching Track 2 credits sports facilities and corporation wellness centers. Basic principles and practices underlying modern Prerequisite: ACCT 201; ECON 201. field and track coaching. PED 308. Introduction to Care and PED 324. Coaching Baseball 2 credits Prevention of Athletic Injuries Basic principles and practices underlying modern for the Non-Training Major 2 credits baseball coaching. This course is designed to meet the needs of the coaches or non-athletic training majors by giving PED 325. Coaching Volleyball 2 credits an overview of the care and prevention of some Basic principles and practices underlying modern common athletic injuries. The course will offer volleyball coaching. hands-on introduction to various taping and PED 331. Principles and Methods bracing techniques utilized in the athletic setting. of Secondary Physical Education 2 credits A study to investigate and evaluate methods involved in teaching physical education at the

134 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 135

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

secondary level, and learn to develop a daily les- WI-PED 361. Kinesiology 3 credits son plan, a unit, and a curriculum calendar. Study of skeletal and muscular systems of the body as related to motion. Analysis of muscle PED 335. Care and Prevention of Athletic function in performance of physical education Injuries for the Athletic Training Major 3 credits activities. Prerequisite: BIOL 202. First in a series of athletic training courses that introduces basic principles and techniques in the +PED 362. Varsity Athletics 1 credit care and prevention of athletic injuries. Allows Maximum of four semester credits allowed the student athletic trainer to gain a working toward the 120 degree credits. Pass/No Pass knowledge of the basic skills required to become course. a certified athletic trainer. Prerequisites: PED 363. Legal Aspects of Sport 2 credits Acceptance into Athletic Training Program; This course covers the legal aspects related to BIOL 202, 204. sport, sport facilities, programs, and personnel, PED 338. Therapeutic Modalities in including tort law, liabilities, and negligence. Sports Medicine 1 credit Prerequisite: PED 305 or permission of instructor. One class in a series of athletic training courses PED 370. Psychology and Motivation designed to introduce the student athletic trainer in Athletics 2 credits to various therapeutic modalities used in the ath- Study of psychological and motivational tech- letic and clinical setting. Allows student to learn niques in relationship to sport competition. how the various modalities work, both mechani- cally and physiologically, as well as offering PED 384. Practicum in Physical hands-on training with a variety of modalities. Education for Mentally Handicapped 3 credits Prerequisite: PED 335 with a C or better. Experience in local schools with physical education programs for mentally handicapped. WI-PED 340. Introduction to Nutrition 3 credits Emphasis placed on mainstreaming with some Study of the relationship between food and the integrated program development. Prerequisites: human body and its impact on growth and devel- Junior status, PED 280, or permission of instruc- opment, performance, and general well-being. tor. Regular grade or Pass/No Pass option. PED 348. Recognition and Treatment PED 385. Practicum in Physical Education for of Athletic Injuries 3 credits Physically Handicapped 3 credits Scientific approach to identifying injuries of all Experience in local schools and hospitals with joints. Also, the scientific basis of how different therapeutic and activity programs of physically therapeutic modalities work and their appropri- handicapped. Emphasis on mainstreaming and ate application to injury. Prerequisite: PED 338 segregated programs. Prerequisites: PED 280, with C or better. junior status, or permission of instructor. Regular PED 358. Rehabilitation Techniques grade or Pass/No Pass option. in Athletic Training 2 credits PED 390. Exercise Physiology 3 credits Scientific basis of how tissues heal, current tech- A theory to practice course relating the principles niques of surgery to repair injury, and rehabilita- of physiology to exercise. Lab and research tion measures specific to each joint of the body. assignments. Prerequisites: BIOL 202, PED 340, Prerequisite: PED 348 with C or better. department major, or permission of instructor.

135 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 136

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

+PED 400. Water Safety PED 416. Internship I 3 credits Instructor’s Course 2 credits For physical education non-teaching majors. A Prerequisite: American Red Cross Intermediate, practicum in sports management, wellness pro- Level VII or equivalent skill level. grams, park and recreational management, YMCA/YWCA work, and/or other assignments to PED 404. Organization and Administration of develop first-hand knowledge and experience in Athletic Training Programs 2 credits pertinent areas. Prerequisite: Junior status in non- Principles and theory of organization, administra- teaching sports management, general physical tion, and management of athletic training pro- education, or athletic training. Regular grade or grams. Special emphasis on specific qualifications Pass/No Pass option. required of an athletic trainer, facilities, budgets, equipment and supplies, sports medicine liability, PED 417. Internship II 3 credits medical policies and procedures, insurance, and For physical education non-teaching majors. A other trends in athletic training administration. practicum in sports management, wellness pro- Prerequisites: PED 335, 338, 348, 358. grams, park and recreational management, YMCA/YWCA work, and/or other assignments to PED 406. Senior Seminar develop first-hand knowledge and experience in in Athletic Training 1 credit pertinent areas. Prerequisite: PED 416. Regular A capstone seminar focusing on current trends grade or Pass/No Pass option. and issues in athletic training, with emphasis on career development, employment opportunities, professional organizations, continuing education requirements, contract negotiation, and informational resources such as World Wide Web and computer programs. Prerequisite: Senior standing in Athletic Training program.

PED 412. Practicum Coaching 1 – 2 credits Supervised coaching in local elementary, junior high or high schools. Open only to students majoring, minoring or seeking coaching endorsement in physical education. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Regular grade or Pass/No Pass option.

PED 414. Independent Research 1 – 3 credits For majors only. Research in major concentration of the Health, Physical Education and Sport Sciences Department. Prerequisite: Junior or senior in the department and permission of department chair.

PED 415. Tests and Measurements 3 credits Evaluation as a part of teaching, statistical techniques, construction, and use of motor and knowledge tests, criteria for test selection, etc. Prerequisite: MATH 121. 136 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 137

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Physics

Requirements for a Bachelor of Science or sis on those topics which are of particular impor- Bachelor of Arts Degree with a Major in Physics: tance for students in fields such as occupational PHYS 251, 253, 254, 304, 306, 309, 312, 317, therapy, bio-psychology, and athletic training. 321, 403; CHEM 105, 106; MATH 191, 192, 291; (This course does not meet the requirements for CSCI 170 or 210; MATH 320; two semester credits professional programs in medicine, dentistry and in both Advanced Laboratory and Experimental physical therapy.). Lecture and laboratory. Research. +PHYS 203. College Physics I 4 credits Since interdisciplinary fields such as bio- For majors in biology, health sciences and liberal physics, medical electronics, geophysics and arts. Principles of mechanics, thermodynamics, oceanography are very active areas, students are waves, acoustics, and fluids. Three lectures and urged to obtain a broad science background. one lab per week. Prerequisite: MATH 151. Requirements for a Bachelor of Science Teaching PHYS 204. College Physics II 4 credits major in Physics (7–12): 32 – 35 semester credits For majors in biology, the health sciences and the including the following: ENGR 110 or CSCI 210; liberal arts. Principles of electricity magnetism, PHYS 251, 253, 254, 304, 306, 309, 312, 317, optics, modern physics, and elementary particles. 321, 329. Education courses required for a teach- Three lectures and one lab per week. Prerequisite: ing major are found in the Education Department PHYS 203. section. +PHYS 251. General Physics I: Mechanics 4 credits Requirements for a Teaching Minor in Physics Calculus-based physics course for majors in engi- (7–12): 30 semester credits including ENGR 110 neering and the physical sciences. Introduction to or CSCI 210; PHYS 251, 253, 254, 306, 312, 317, mechanics, rotational motion, and fluids. Three seven hours of physics electives. lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MATH 191. Corequisite: MATH 192. Course Descriptions PHYS 253. General Physics II: +PHYS 110. Physics of Sound and Light 3 credits Waves and oscillations, vibrating systems, hearing Electricity and Magnetism 4 credits and vision, light, lenses, atmospheric phenomena, Wave properties, thermodynamics, electrical and lasers, compact discs. For non-science majors. magnetic properties of matter, AC and DC circuits, Lectures and laboratory sessions. electrical fields and particles, magnetic fields induction. Maxwell’s equations and introduction +PHYS 160. Concepts in Electronics 3 credits to electronics. Two lectures and one laboratory Electrical quantities, simple DC circuits, magnet- per week. Prerequisites: MATH 192, PHYS 251. ism, motors and generators, AC circuits, radio and television communications, digital and ana- PHYS 254. General Physics III: Introduction log electronic devices. For non-science majors. to Optics and Modern Physics 3 credits Lectures and laboratory sessions. Physical and geometrical optics, relativity, atomic physics, quantum mechanics and nuclear physics. +PHYS 201. Principles of Physics 4 credits Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Forces and motion, energy and waves, electricity Prerequisites: MATH 192, PHYS 251 or 204. and magnetism and light and optics with empha- Knowledge of electromagnetism is helpful.

137 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 138

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

PHYS 304. Electromagnetic Theory 3 credits PHYS 321. Statistical Physics and Static and time-dependent electric and magnetic Thermodynamics 3 credits fields. Ferromagnetic materials, Maxwell’s Introduction to classical and quantum statistics; Equations, boundary value problems, transmis- thermodynamic laws, energy, entropy and equi- sion lines, wave guides, and radiation. Three lec- libria, cyclic and noncyclic processes; applications tures per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 253. (Same as to chemical and engineering problems. ENGR 320) Prerequisite: PHYS 204 or 251. (Same as ENGR and IE 312) PHYS 306. Electronics 3 credits For science and engineering majors. Digital cir- PHYS 325, 326. Advanced cuits and design techniques, transistor and diode Laboratory 1 – 6 credits circuits, operational amplifiers, filters and signal Individual experiments in mechanics, thermody- sampling. Two lectures, one laboratory period namics, optics, and atomic, nuclear and modern per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 204 or 253, or con- physics. Experiments usually scheduled to relate sent of instructor. to material in 300-level courses in which students are enrolled. May be repeated. PHYS 309. Theoretical Physics: Mechanics 3 credits PHYS 329. Experimental Research 1 – 3 credits Principles of Newtonian mechanics; particle Individual research projects selected by student. dynamics, simple harmonic motion, central Design and installation of experimental appara- forces; statics and dynamics of rigid bodies; elas- tus will be involved. Prerequisite: Consent of ticity; Lagrange equations; the mechanics of con- instructor. tinuous media. Three lecture periods per week. PHYS 403. Advanced Topics Prerequisites: PHYS 251, MATH 291. in Physics 1 – 3 credits PHYS 312. Optics 3 credits Elements of quantum mechanics, relativity, solid Geometrical optics: image formation, optical sys- state physics, and other areas of physics are tems, thick lens theory, aberrations; wave optics; selected according to student and faculty inter- superposition, coherence, interference, diffrac- ests. Prerequisites: Nine hours of 300-level tion, dispersion, polarization. Three lectures per physics courses. week. Prerequisite: PHYS 254.

WI-PHYS 317. Modern Physics 3 credits Spectroscopy, x-rays, photoelectric effect, introduction to quantum mechanics, special relativity, natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear energy levels and structure, nuclear reactions, shielding, accelerators, and reactors. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 204 or 254.

138 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 139

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Political Science

Requirements for a Major in Political Science: +PSCI 103. Politics in Film 3 credits 27 semester credits of political science including The portrayal of American government though PSCI 101, 102, 213, 307, 308 and 349. Hollywood film productions. Comparison and contrast of American politics as presented in Requirements for a Minor in Political Science: movies with the text book approach of how gov- 15 semester credits of political science including ernment “really” works. PSCI 101 and 102. PSCI 110. Law and Society 3 credits Requirements for the Pre-Law Certificate Pro- Introduction to character and organization of the gram: 33 semester credits of which 27 semester American legal system. Readings include descrip- credits are beyond general education require- tions of the nature of a legal education and ments that are applied to a baccalaureate degree. examination of cases and controversies regarding Students are strongly encouraged to make follow- nature of law, proper role of the judicial system, ing choices in their general education courses: and relationship of law and social change. PHIL 207, 210; HIST 111; PSCI 101 and ECON 201. PSCI 213. Statistics for the Required courses for the Pre-Law Certificate are: Social Sciences 3 credits ACCT 201, 202; ECON 202; any 300-level writing Multi-disciplinary course on how and why social or literature course; PHIL 201, 210; PSCI 102, 110, scientists use statistics to describe and interpret 304, 330; and SPEE 328. A minimum 2.00 grade- information they gather. Lecture and laboratory. point average is required of the courses needed to Prerequisites: Introductory course in major; complete the program. MATH 121 or passing grade on screening test. Requirements for a Teaching Major in American (Same as CRJU 213, HIST 213, PSYC 213, SOC 213) Government (7–12): 36 semester credits includ- PSCI 301. Political Parties and ing: PSCI 101, 102, 213, 301, 303, 304, 307, 308, Electoral Policies 3 credits 309, 349 or 370, HIST 201, 202. Education cours- Examination of voting behavior and workings of es required for a teaching major are found in the American party system. Special focus on recent Education Department section. presidential elections.

Course Descriptions PSCI 303. The Constitution of the United States 3 credits +PSCI 101. Government of the Survey of leading decisions of Supreme Court, United States I 3 credits The constitution, presidency, congress, courts, indicating development of judicial power and and citizen participation in the political system. limitations on government. This course satisfies requirements for a teacher’s +PSCI 304. Civil Liberties and certificate in Iowa and Illinois. the Constitution 3 credits Leading Supreme Court decisions concerning +PSCI 102. Government of the human rights, civil rights, and personal freedoms. United States II 3 credits Survey of American policy problems in such areas +PSCI 307. History of Political Thought I 3 credits as civil rights, foreign policy, the economy, regu- Ideas of great theorists from Plato to Rousseau. lation and subsidization, and poverty. Prerequisite: PSCI 101 or permission of instructor.

139 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 140

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

+PSCI 307. History of Political Thought I 3 credits of reform as a tool for redefining the powers and Ideas of great theorists from Plato to Rousseau. roles of the presidency. Prerequisite: PSCI 101 or permission of instructor. PSCI 327. Congressional Politics 3 credits PSCI 308. History of Political Thought II 3 credits Explores the membership of congress, how con- Ideas of great theorists of modern political gress works, and politics of congressional policy thought from Burke to Marx. Prerequisite: making. Special focus on legislative norms, repre- PSCI 101 or permission of instructor. sentation, and the political party in congress.

+PSCI 309. International Politics 3 credits PSCI 330. Interpreting the U.S. Constitution: Behavior of nations in international political sys- An Introduction to the American tem and problems of war, peace, justice, change, Legal System 3 credits and international organization. Current interna- Advanced course in constitutional theory and tional problems analyzed in perspective of theo- interpretation. Examination of some of the most retical concerns discussed. controversial decisions in recent Supreme Court history, including cases on school prayer, flag- +PSCI 313. Foreign Policy of the burning, abortion, and pornography. Study will United States 3 credits include reasoning behind these constitutional rul- The United States in international affairs, study ings and how they were formed by various of methods, policies and goals of United States approaches to constitutional interpretation. foreign policy. PSCI 340. Independent Study 1 – 3 credits PSCI 316. International Law 3 credits Directed individual research on topic approved Case study of principles of modern international by instructor before registering and by depart- law. Prerequisite: PSCI 101 or permission of ment chair. instructor. WI-PSCI 349. Seminar in Contemporary PSCI 322. Urban Politics 3 credits Political Thought 3 credits Environment and structure of urban governments Readings and discussions in contemporary politi- from the political machine to present. Problems cal thought. faced by city residents and their attempts to influence government response. PSCI 352, 353. Internship 1 – 6 credits Directed internship in political or public service. PSCI 325. Public Opinion and Open to upperclass political science majors on Propaganda 3 credits arranged basis. Credit is in addition to 27 semes- Process of public opinion formation and attitude ter credit minimum required for major. change, including psychological basis. A descrip- (Statehouse Scholar interns are regular grade or tion of American ideology, and the shape of con- Pass/No Pass option.) temporary opinion, influence of mass media, and problems faced in translating public opinion into PSCI 360. Environmental Regulation 3 credits government policy. Examination of environmental and natural resources policies and issues. Special emphasis on PSCI 326. The Presidency 3 credits the impact of regulatory policy. The influence of Evaluates the current state of the presidency in politics, the policy process, federalism, the courts, terms of its political environment, organization and administration on environmental and natural and structure, and opportunities for making poli- resource policies are also explored. Prerequisites: cy. Special focus on the prospects and limitations PSCI 101, 102.

140 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 141

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

WI-PSCI 370. Public Administration 3 credits Examines the classics of public administration to help attain a working knowledge of organizational behavior.

Psychology

Students should contact their advisors for information on career- oriented support courses. Supervised field experiences are provided in a variety of non-classroom sites for upper division students, and opportunities for student originated research are available continuously. Degree programs are offered to evening students. Qualified students are eligible for membership in Psi Chi, the national Psychological Honorary Society. Students may also participate in the Psychology Club. The bachelor of arts degree in psychology is primarily intended for students who plan to enter the job market immediately after completing an undergraduate degree, although it could be used by qualified students as a foundation for post-baccalaureate training in psychology and closely related fields. Students earning the bachelor of arts are advised to complete additional work in another program closely tied to the work force (business, economics, mass communications, education, or sociology).

Requirements for a Bachelor of Arts Major: chology. Many graduate programs in psychology 30 semester credits of psychology, including are increasing the required number of prerequi- PSYC 105, 215, SSCI 213, MATH 121, and at least site hours in the natural sciences and mathemat- 21 more hours in psychology, 12 of which must ics, regardless of the concentration. The be at the 300 level or above. concentration in biopsychology fulfills the The Bachelor of Science Degree in Psychology requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree. is intended for students who are contemplating Requirements for a Bachelor of Science Major: advanced work in psychology or a related field At least 30 semester credits in psychology, includ- and for students entering the work force immedi- ing PSYC 105, 215, 404 (at least one semester), ately after graduation. While the Bachelor of Arts SSCI 213, and at least one course from each of the degree offers more flexibility, the Bachelor of following four areas: Science degree more adequately prepares students 1. Child and Developmental Psychology/Social for post-baccalaureate education and ensures a Psychology: PSYC 304, 305, 306, 333 broad background in the scientific bases of psy-

141 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 142

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

2. Biopsychology: PSYC 350, 360, 401, 403 Bachelor of Occupational Therapy Majors 3. Clinical/Counseling Psychology: PSYC 323, 324, Completing a Double Major in Psychology 332, 342, 343 (Available only to BSOT Summer 1997 entrants.): 4. Cognitive Psychology/Human Learning and 30 credits of Psychology including PSYC 105, 215, Memory/History: PSYC 314, 331, 402, 414 and SSCI 213. OTS 456 may be used as elective (strongly recommended for those considering credit toward the psychology degree. Students advanced study) with the double major will receive the Bachelor In addition, Bachelor of Science students must of Science degree in psychology. complete the following: Choose one biology Requirements for a Concentration in Substance course from BIOL 101 or BIOL 103 and 104; Abuse Counseling: See Sociology Concentrations. CHEM 103, or CHEM 105 and 106; CSCI 120; MATH 151 (and MATH 191 is strongly recom- Course Descriptions mended); and choose one physics course from PHYS 110, 160, 203 or 204. +PSYC 105. Introductory Psychology 3 credits Requirements for a Minor: 15 semester credits of Basic introduction into concepts, theories, and psychology, including PSYC 105 and two or more methods of studying human and animal behavior 300-level courses. and cognitive process. Gives an overall perspective of the field of psychology including its histo- Requirements for a Teaching Major in ry and research methods, sensation and Psychology (7 – 12): 30 semester credits includ- perception, the biology of behavior, health and ing PSYC 105, 201, 213, 215, 304, 309, 310, 324, stress, consciousness, learning, memory, personal- six semester credits of psychology electives ity, psychological disorders, and social thought (PSYC 205 recommended). Education courses and behavior. required for a teaching major are found in the Education Department section. +PSYC 201. Personal Adjustment 3 credits Serves in the process of self examination, clarifi- Requirements for a Teaching Minor in cation of personal goals, skills, interpersonal rela- Psychology (7 – 12): 24 semester credits includ- tions, and study habits. Innovative techniques, ing PSYC 105, 201, 304, 309, 310, 324, six such as group dynamics. Prerequisite: PSYC 105. semester credits of psychology electives. +PSYC 203. Psychology of Gender 3 credits Requirements for a Concentration in Theory, research, and discussion on the physical, Biopsychology: SSCI 213, PSYC 105, 215, 331, psychological, and social aspects of the similari- 360, 401 or 403 (or 540 for students admitted to ties and differences between men and women. the MPT program), 402, 404; BIOL 103, 104; Prerequisite: PSYC 105. CHEM 105, 106; three computer science credits; one of the following: PHYS 110, 160, 203, or 205; PSYC 205. Psychology of six mathematics credits through at least Human Sexuality 3 credits MATH 151 (MATH 191 strongly recommended). Physical, psychological, and social aspects of sex- Students applying to the Physical Therapy uality as a natural part of human living, includ- Program must also complete BIOL 202, 204, ing various problems associated with this PHYS 203 and 204. interpersonal role. Prerequisite: PSYC 105.

PSYC 213. Statistics for the Social Sciences 3 credits Cross-disciplinary course on how and why social

142 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 143

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

behavioral scientists use statistics to describe and PSYC 306. Social Psychology 3 credits interpret information they gather. Topics include Theory and research on how the social environ- descriptive statistics and basic inferential statis- ment influences human organisms’ behaviors, tics. Prerequisites: Introductory course in major thoughts, and feelings. Topics include an field, MATH 121, or passing grade on screening overview of attitudes and persuasion, social cog- test. (Same as CRJU 213, HIST 213, PSCI 213, nition, prejudice, aggression, and interpersonal SOC 213) attraction. Prerequisite: PSYC 105.

PSYC 215. Research Methods 3 credits PSYC 309. Educational Psychology: An introduction to research methods used in Tests and Measurements 3 credits studying human and animal behavior and cogni- Psychological principles in teaching and learning, tive processes. Provides skills for critical evalua- preparation and use of devices to evaluate learn- tion, public and professional literature dealing ing and instruction. Lecture. Prerequisites: with the scientific study of behavior. Topics PSYC 105; EDUC 205, 304. (Same as EDUC 309) include the philosophy of scientific psychology, PSYC 310/510. Introduction to experimental and non-experimental methods of Exceptional Children 3 credits investigation, principles of experimental design This course focuses on the characteristics, needs, and control, psychological testing, and discussion and talents of children and youth who differ in of applications in several areas of research. Some mental, physical, emotional, social, and/or senso- practice in design, implementation, and analysis ry areas of development. It is designed to provide of research. Prerequisite: PSYC 105. (Those with students entering the helping professions with double majors in sociology and psychology may various educational, psychological, and sociologi- substitute SOC 350 for PSYC 215). cal views of exceptionalities. Requires 20 addi- PSYC 294, 394, 494. tional hours of fieldwork in special education or Laboratory Practicum 1 – 2 credits related environments. Prerequisites: PSYC 105, Practical and/or research experience working 304, or permission of instructor. (Prerequisite for directly with a faculty member on scientific or 510: Senior status with a 3.0 cumulative GPA and applied projects of mutual interest. Prerequisites: permission of department chair.) PSYC 105 and permission of instructor. PSYC 312. Women and Aging 3 credits +PSYC 304. Child and Adolescent Biological, cognitive, social, and emotional devel- Psychology 3 credits opment of women from age 20 through death. Motor, mental, social, and emotional develop- Includes a survey of the research that is focused ment through adolescent years. Prerequisite: on women’s development, an exploration of the PSYC 105. (Same as EDUC 304) changing roles and expectations for women today, and of how women can maximize their +PSYC 305. Life-Span adult experiences. Prerequisite: PSYC 105. Developmental Psychology 3 credits Biological, behavioral, cognitive, and social WI-PSYC 314. Human Motivation 3 credits processes and development from conception Study of the causes for the variety of human through death and dying. Topics include the role actions. Comparison of behavioral, cognitive, and of genetics in development, physical and cogni- sociobiological models. Application of motiva- tive growth, environmental influences on devel- tional models to organizational environments. opment, intelligence, and moral development. Prerequisites: PSYC 105. Prerequisite: PSYC 105 or permission of instructor.

143 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 144

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

PSYC 318. Group Dynamics 3 credits strengths and weaknesses as they begin to devel- The study of the dynamics of group processes, op a more appreciative understanding of the including group norms, leadership, self-aware- counseling needs of our diverse population. ness, communication, decision-making, and Prerequisites: Junior status, PSYC 105. developmental stages. The therapeutic uses of PSYC 343. Family Counseling 3 credits small groups and the development of leadership The structure and process of family counseling, skills will be emphasized. Prerequisites: PSYC 105, its historical and theoretical foundations, the 342. practice of family counseling, and training for PSYC 323. Personality Theories 3 credits and evaluation of family therapy. Prerequisites: Major theories of personality with emphasis on PSYC 105, 342, or permission of instructor. normal personality. Prerequisite: PSYC 105. PSYC 348. Supervised Field Experience 3 credits +PSYC 324. Abnormal Psychology 3 credits Participation in service projects and field intern- Introductory course to acquaint students with the ship placements for which students have had suit- hypothesized biological, psychological, and socio- able course preparation. Students must arrange a cultural causes of various mental disorders. It placement site no later than the semester prior to also includes a presentation of different treatment enrollment in the course. (SOC 355 may be substi- modalities for abnormal behavior. Students will tuted for PSYC 348 by those students with double be provided with an introduction to the majors in sociology and psychology.) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Prerequisites: Junior status, PSYC 105, 12 semester Disorders. Prerequisite: PSYC 105. credits in psychology, and permission of instructor. Transfer students must wait at least one PSYC 331. Learning and Memory 3 credits semester before taking 348, but they may arrange Research and theories in classical and instrumen- their placement during the first semester. tal conditioning, human verbal learning, and memory. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: PSYC 350. Health Psychology 3 credits PSYC 105. Psychology’s contributions to theory and research on the reciprocal relationship between physical PSYC 332. Psychological Tests health, and behavior and cognitive processes. and Measurements 3 credits Prerequisites: PSYC 105. Various assessment procedures, particularly those concerned with intelligence and personality. PSYC 360. Behavioral Pharmacology 3 credits Prerequisites: PSYC 105, SSCI 213, or permission of Analyzes the effects of drugs on behavior, with instructor. particular emphasis on the development and classification of drugs; the effects of drugs on cogni- PSYC 333. Industrial Psychology 3 credits tion, emotions, and psychomotor abilities; and Role of psychology in the business context, the study of the chemical reactions and functions including personnel issues, management, incen- of the individual neuron or small populations of tive systems, human factors, advertising, and neurons. This course will take a biopsychological public relations. Prerequisite: PSYC 105. perspective in an attempt to build relationships WI-PSYC 342. Principles of Counseling 3 credits between the empirical and experiential. Introduction to counseling course that focuses on Prerequisite: PSYC 105 or permission of instructor, counseling theories and practices from a variety one semester of biology or chemistry. of cultural perspectives. Students have the opportunity to examine their personal counseling

144 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 145

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

PSYC 397, 398. Topics in Psychology 3 credits completion under instructor supervision. Courses in areas of psychology not included in Prerequisites: PSYC 105, 213, 215. other offerings in the department. Class topics PSYC 414. History of Systems will change each semester. Prerequisites: PSYC 105 of Psychology 3 credits and permission of instructor. Historical roots of modern psychology in relation PSYC 401. Physiological and to current trends. Prerequisites: Senior status; Comparative Psychology 3 credits PSYC 105, 215. Analysis of the anatomy and physiology of the PSYC 540. Neuroanatomy nervous system of animals and humans, with a and Neurophysiology 5 credits focus on the biological mechanisms that are most Comprehensive examination of neuroanatomy relevant to key issues in psychology. Topics and neurophysiology, including cell and molecu- covered include the mind-body problem, the lar biology of the neuron, synaptic transmission, development of language and learning, sexual functional anatomy of the central and peripheral behavior, alcoholism, psychosomatic illness, anxi- nervous system, sensory and motor functions, ety, aggressive behavior, recovery from brain homeostatic and arousal mechanisms, localiza- damage, depression, and schizophrenia. tion of higher functions, and development of the Prerequisites: PSYC 105, 401, or concurrent nervous system. Laboratory sessions will empha- enrollment, or permission of instructor. size traditional work on nervous system anatomy PSYC 402. Psychology of Sensation and physiology, as well as application of neu- Perception 3 credits roanatomy and neurophysiology in an applied Examination of theoretical knowledge and exper- setting. Prerequisite: Admission to the Physical imental study of how information is gathered Therapy Program or instructor permission. from the environment. Topics include psy- chophysics, vision, audition, touch and pain, smell and taste. Prerequisite: PSYC 105. Offered alternate years.

PSYC 403. Behavioral Neuroscience 4 credits Examination of the functional neuroanatomy and neurophysiology of human beings. Emphasis on the physiology and anatomy of the nervous system and the relationship between the nervous system and behavior and disorders that affect the nervous system. Prerequisites: PSYC 105, BIOL 101 or 103. Recommended: CHEM 101 or 105, or PHYS 203 or 251.

WI-PSYC 404. Experimental Psychology 3 – 6 credits In-depth examination of research and methodology with hands-on research experience during all phases of the course. Students are required to ini- tiate a research project and carry it through to

145 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 146

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Public Administration

The Public Administration program is based in Political Science with Sociology offering the primary support. The program is divided into four areas of study: Foundations, Research Methods, Applied Concentration (minor), and Internship. These areas of study acquaint the student with the broad scope of activities involved with public service. Students learn the complex ways public management and technical expertise interact with one another, an often overlooked facet of public service.

Core Requirements: Internship: 3 semester credits of internship, most PSCI 102, 303, 322, 360, 370; SOC 340. likely in the department of the student’s applied concentration. Research Methods Component: CSCI 120; PSCI 213; SOC 381. Requirements for a minor in Public Applied Concentration: This is designed to Administration: PSCI 102, 213, 322, 370; accommodate the student’s expertise as it relates SOC 340, 350. (Prerequisites PSCI 101 and SOC 101 to public service. Students will need to take at can be taken as part of the student’s general edu- least 15 credits in one of the areas below (Minor cation requirements.) requirements are found under each of the areas): Accounting Course Description Business Administration PADM 399. Interdepartmental Computer Science Internship 3 credits Criminal Justice Guided internship in public administration or Economics public service taken through the department in Health Related Fields which the student develops an applied concentra- Human Services tion. Internship emphasizes field experience, Political Science observation, and research under professional Sociology supervision in human services agencies. Prerequisites: Junior or senior public administration majors or minors, and approval of the public administration director.

146 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 147

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Service Learning

Course Description SVLN is graded Pass/No Pass. Prerequisite: At SVLN 201. Service Learning 1 - 3 credits least second semester, first year academic status. Service Learning offers students the opportunity Specific course pre- or corequisites are deter- to apply their academic learning in a setting of mined by participating academic departments. community service. Students will complete two Contact director of Service Learning for details hours of service, participate in regular reflection and registration. periods and complete a final project. It is a one credit course that may be taken up to three times.

Spanish

See Classical and Modern Languages

Sociology

Requirements for a Major: 30 semester credits of Concentration in Human Services and Social sociology, including SOC 101, 213, 381, 385. Work with Young People (Required Courses): SOC 310, 340, 353, 354, 355; PSYC 305, 310, and Requirements for a Minor: 15 semester credits of 343. sociology, including SOC 101 and nine semester credits of 300-level courses. Concentration in Substance Abuse Counseling— For Psychology and Sociology Majors (Required Concentrations Courses): SOC 101, 310, 313 or PSYC 306, PSYC The Sociology Department offers four concentra- 318; SOC 320 or PSYC 324; SOC 321, 353, 354; tions leading to a number of career options. PSYC 105, 201, 305, 342, 343; supervised Field Selection of a concentration is not required for a Experience (SOC 355 or PSYC 348). For this con- sociology major. All but one of the concentra- centration, students must fulfill the requirements tions are available only to sociology majors. for a major in sociology as well as the above Concentration in General Human Services and courses. (Courses taken in sociology also give Social Work (Required Courses): SOC 204, 310, psychology majors a minor in sociology.) 340, 353, 354, 355, and 366; PSYC 343. Requirements for a Secondary Teaching Major Concentration in Human Services and Social (7–12): 33 semester credits in Sociology to Work with the Elderly (Required Courses): include: SOC 101, 204, 310, 313, 320, 341, 366 SOC 204, 310, 340, 353, 354, 355, and 365; and 12 semester credits of electives in the social PSYC 343. sciences. (See Education department section)

147 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 148

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Requirements for a Teaching Minor: 30 semester social change on the family. credits in the Sociology to include: SOC 101, 204, +SOC 313. Social Psychology 3 credits 310, 313, 341 and 15 semester credits of electives Development of social individual, with emphasis in the social sciences. on socialization, symbolic interaction and development, and presentation of self. Course Descriptions +SOC 320. Deviant Behavior 3 credits +SOC 101. Introduction to Sociology 3 credits Essential characteristics of life in society, includ- Theories of causation, deviant subcultures, and ing culture, socialization, subcultures, primary treatment-prevention; studies of criminal behav- and secondary relations, stratification, face-to- ior, sexual behavior, and violence included. face interaction, large-scale organizations, con- SOC 321. Sociology of Substance Abuse 3 credits flict, deviance and social change. Theories of use and addiction; social and social psychological correlates of use and abuse; exami- +SOC 204. Social Problems 3 credits Analyzing and solving major social problems in nation of effects of alcohol, heroin, cocaine, and other substances on the individual and on various the US and the world: racism, sexism, overpopu- lation, poverty, crime, war and other problems. social institutions; program evaluation. SOC 322. Women and Deviance 3 credits SOC 213. Statistics for the Social Sciences 3 credits Interdisciplinary course on how and why social Examines the female deviant, the nature and scientists use statistics to describe and interpret extent of women’s deviance and criminality, and information they gather. Lecture and laboratory changes in each since the inception of the feminist movement. Emphasis on the critical examina- periods. (Same as CRJU 213, HIST 213, PSCI 213, tion of competing theories designed to explain PSYC 213) and account for women’s deviance as well as SOC 228. Cultural Anthropology 3 credits social control responses to the female who is A cross-cultural examination of those structures socially labeled as deviant. in society which are common to all groups: family, subsistence strategies and distribution of +SOC 325. Social Movements 3 credits wealth, political arrangements, religion, art, sci- Origins, dynamics and excitement associated ence, and technology. Through focused study of with crowds and social movements. Deals with the multi-level struggles for cultural and environ- both protest and non-protest examples, plus fads mental survival, students will bring new knowl- and rumors. Prerequisite: SOC 101 or permission edge and analytical skills to their understanding of instructor. of the cultural histories and issues in adaptation. SOC 337. Rural Institutions and Processes 3 credits Factors affecting the rate of social, economic and SOC 300. Human Relations for Educators 3 credits Study of intergroup and minority group relation- political change in rural or non-metropolitan ships as they are applicable to the educational America. Characteristics of innovators versus late system. Examination of multi-cultural, non-sexist adapters or laggards. Prerequisites: ECON 201, teaching. For junior level education majors or by 202. (Same as BUS 337) permission of instructor. +SOC 340. Social Organization 3 credits Structure and processes of social groups, includ- +SOC 310. The Family 3 credits Relationship between the family and other insti- ing integration and disintegration, in terms of tutions, role relations within the family, effects of general organizing principles. Covers both small-

148 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 149

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

scale groups and large-scale organizations and the aging process. While interdisciplinary in institutions. Prerequisite: SOC 101 or permission much of its content, it will be taught from the of instructor. sociological perspective.

+-WI-SOC 341. Social Inequity 3 credits +SOC 366. Sociology of Minority How societies rank people by class, status, age, Groups 3 credits sex, race, and power. Emphasis on both theoreti- Historical, cultural, and sociological aspects of cal and empirical studies. Prerequisite: SOC 101 groups in society characterized by discrimination or permission of instructor. and lack of power. Includes Native Americans, Black Americans, Spanish-speaking Americans, +SOC 345. Medical Sociology 3 credits immigrant groups and women. (Same as An investigation into the areas and issues associ- HIST 366) ated with health and health care delivery in the United States. Topics covered include such areas SOC 370. Seminar in Selected Topics 3 credits as definitions of health and disease, patterns of Focuses on issues and topics not covered in other mortality and morbidity, epidemiology, health offerings in the Sociology Department. care utilization, physician-patient relationships, Prerequisite: SOC 101 or permission of instructor. the structure of health care, and others. Prerequi- SOC 381. Research Methods 3 credits site: SOC 101 or permission of instructor. Study of knowledge and how it is acquired in the SOC 353. Social Welfare Policy 3 credits social sciences. Includes exploratory research Concept and functions of social policy, processes methods, participant observation, survey of policy analysis, and explanation of interrela- research, interviewing, sampling theory, question- tionships of social policy, social problems and naire construction, data analysis. Prerequisites: social welfare. Prerequisite: 12 semester credits of SOC 101, 213. (PSYC 215 may be substituted for sociology. SOC 350 by those with double majors in sociology and psychology) SOC 354. Social Work Practice 3 credits Scope and responsibility of social work, concep- WI-SOC 385. Sociological Theory 3 credits tual basis for social work practice, laboratory Examines foundations of sociology through vari- experiences in interactional skills. Prerequisite: 15 ety of historical and contemporary theoretical semester credits of sociology, including SOC 353. schools. Prerequisite: Nine semester credits in sociology. SOC 355. Field Experience 3 – 6 credits Guided experience in local agencies. SOC 399. Independent Study 3 credits Prerequisites: 18 semester credits of sociology Directed individual reading, research and/or writ- and permission of instructor. (Double majors in ing on topics approved by the department. Open sociology and psychology may substitute only to junior and senior sociology majors. PSYC 348 for SOC 355) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

SOC 365. Social Gerontology 3 credits SOC 400. Senior Seminar 3 credits Study of human aging. This is a multidisciplinary Overview and integration of current trends in the endeavor in which fields such as sociology, psy- discipline. Senior-level sociology majors only. chology, social work, anthropology, political sci- Prerequisite: permission of instructor. ence, medicine, biology, and health contribute knowledge to our understanding of the various influences which impact individual lives during

149 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 150

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Speech

Course Descriptions external types of communication, dyads, inter- +SPEE 101. Principles of Public Speaking 2 credits viewing and counseling, conference, selling and Beginning course in public speaking, emphasizing persuading.

choice and organization of material, audience +SPEE 328. Argumentation and Debate 3 credits analysis, oral style of delivery. Extemporaneous Basic principles of argumentation. Problem-solv- method stressed. ing through evidence, reasoning and persuasion. +SPEE 203. Interpersonal Classroom debates on questions of current inter- Communication 3 credits est.

Introduction to intrapersonal and interpersonal +SPEE 329. Business and communication processes, perception, and deci- Professional Speaking 3 credits sion-making. Verbal and nonverbal codes, trans- Principles and strategies of presentational speak- actional styles, and techniques of enhancing ing in a business and professional setting. The interpersonal relationships. focus is on technical reports, demonstrations, WI.SPEE 306. Group Decision-Making 3 credits special occasion speaking, and sales presenta- An introduction to the process of decision-mak- tions. The use of visual material such as computing in a small group setting. The emphasis is on er generated graphics, overhead transparencies, how informed decisions are reached based on a posters, and handouts also will be stressed. reflective thinking pattern. To understand the Prerequisite: At least sophomore status or process of decision-making, discussion will also instructor permission. Prior experience giving focus on the dynamics of groups and how those speeches and SPEE 101 are strongly recommended.

variables can be manipulated to assist groups in SPEE 394, 395. Independent Study in Public establishing consensus. Address and Forensics 2 credits SPEE 325. Introduction to Speech Individual research and fieldwork in communica- Pathology 3 credits tion as used in industry, business, government or Review of nature, causes and treatment of speech in political, civic, and professional organizations, and hearing problems. Practical course for ele- and as a curricular and co-curricular educational mentary and secondary classroom teacher. tool.

SPEE 327. Organizational Communication 3 credits How people affect and are affected by others through communication. Emphasizes planning, organization and control. Examines how systems work, role of internal communication, flow, content, interpretation of messages, problem-solving, avoiding communication breakdowns, changing attitudes, motivation, leveling, interpreting management’s point of view. Investigates internal and

150 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 151

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Theatre

Requirements for a Major in Theatre: 33 semes- +THTR 304. Theatre History I: To 1642 3 credits ter credits of theatre courses, including THTR 202, This course will deal with the global beginnings 205, 209, 304, 305 and 18 semester credits of of theatre, incorporating pertinent information theatre electives. from cultures around the world while concentrating on the historical flow of Western theatre from Requirements for a Minor in Theatre: 15 semes- the Greeks through the Elizabethan Age. ter credits of theatre courses, including THTR 202, 205, 209, 304, and three semester credits of the- +THTR 305. Theatre History II: atre electives. 1642 to Present 3 credits This course will acquaint the student with factual Requirements for a Secondary Speech and knowledge of theatre history from 1642 to the Theatre Teaching Major (7 – 12): 33 semester present. It will aid in viewing theatre as a mirror credits, including SPEE 203, 325, 328, 329; of society and afford a better understanding of THTR 202, 205, 209, 304, 312; MCOM 205, 232, the cultures that surrounded and shaped the dif- 403. For education courses required for a teach- ferent theatrical movements and trends. ing major see Education Department section. Recommended prerequisite: THTR 304. Requirements for a Secondary Speech and +THTR 307. Advanced Acting 3 credits Theatre Teaching Minor (7 – 12): 24 semester Analysis of a character’s ideas, emotions, purpos- credits, including SPEE 325, 328, 329; THTR 202, es of being and relationship to others. 209, 312; MCOM 205, 232. THTR 309. Costume Design for Course Descriptions the Theatre 3 credits This course will acquaint the student with the +THTR 202. Survey of the Theatre 3 credits Fundamental classification of plays, function of knowledge and methods to organize, plan, and various production roles, and principles and the- design costumes for a theatre production. In ory of the drama. addition the student will be given the basic methods of costume cutting and construction and be +THTR 205. Beginning Acting 3 credits provided with an understanding of costume his- Development of individual’s basic skills through tory. Prerequisite: THTR 202 or permission of medium of pantomime, mime, vocal exercises, instructor. and small scenes. THTR 312. Directing 3 credits THTR 209. Stagecraft 3 credits Basic principles of directing theory and tech- Planning, construction, painting, rigging, and nique. Includes play selection, interpreting script, lighting of scenery. Basic technique course. Shop tryouts, casting rehearsal, and performances. participation required. Prerequisite: THTR 202.

+-WI-THTR 210. Survey of American Film 3 credits THTR 314. Scenic Design for Stage 3 credits Introduction to narrative fiction film as art and Production design from concept to execution. entertainment in the American social context. Aesthetic principles applied to film genres shown from silent era to modern color/sound productions.

151 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 152

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

+-WI-THTR 316. Survey of THTR 392, 393. Independent Study Current Dramatic Literature 3 credits in Theatre 2 credits Survey of American dramatic literature written Research and paper, or practical exercise, such as from 1950 to the present. design and execution of design for a major production. THTR 317. Introduction to Musical Theatre 3 credits THTR 399. Internship in Theatre 3 – 5 credits A cross-discipline course providing musical back- Work experience with professional supervision in ground for theatre majors and theatrical back- one or several facets of theatre, including man- ground for music majors. Also explores areas agement, set design and construction, produc- common to both disciplines and enables students tion-direction, acting, costuming, advertising, and to share strengths. Because of its practical nature, public relations. Pass/No Pass course. this course helps students develop basic and more advanced skills in the musical theatre and gives them a broad knowledge of the medium.

Theology

Requirements for a Major: 30 semester credits of (300–400) courses. In unusual circumstances, Theology including THEO 101, 201 and 202, 215, courses above the introductory level can be taken 307 and 308, one course each in Moral Theology without the prerequisite with the consent of the and Systematic Theology. Majors must maintain department chair. More than one introductory a B average in theology courses with no grade level course may be used to fulfill the general lower than a C. education requirement. Recommended for a major: Two courses in the Course Descriptions history of philosophy, and PHIL 330. +THEO 101. Introduction to Theology 3 credits Requirements for a Minor: 15 semester credits of The course is divided into two parts. The first theology including THEO 101, one course each in explores the fundamental issues in Christian the- Scripture, Moral Theology, and Systematic ology; revelation and faith, the role of the Bible Theology. in theology, the Church and the churches. Part Courses required for a Concentration in Youth two explores how Christians ought to respond in Ministries: THEO 101, 201, 202, 215, 260, 390, the moral and spiritual life because of their faith 391 – 399; PSYC 294; SOC 399 (two semester in Jesus Christ. credits); THEO 307 and 308 recommended. +THEO 201. Introduction to Catholic Studies Peace and Justice Program: For the Old Testament 3 credits course requirements, see the Interdisciplinary Interpretation of Hebrew and Septuagint Old Programs section. Testament, attempting to understand what the ancient writers intended to convey. Emphasis on THEO 101 or one other introductory level course various authors appearing in Old Testament. in theology is a prerequisite for all upper-level

152 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 153

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

+THEO 202. Introduction to WI-THEO 260. New Directions the New Testament 3 credits In Ministry 3 credits Introduction to principles of interpretation of A foundation course in pastoral theology examin- New Testament and survey of themes and theolo- ing significant trends taking place within the gies of New Testament books. Church with regard to ministry, the identity of ordained and non-ordained ministers, as well as +THEO 215 Introduction to various forms of collaborative ministry. It stresses the Sacraments 3 credits the historical, pastoral, and spiritual foundations The life of the Church as expressed in ritual wor- of Christian discipleship, emphasizing a vision of ship is treated from the historical, theological, ministry for the new millenium. and pastoral viewpoints. It encompasses the Church’s discipline for the celebration of the +THEO 300. Contemporary seven sacraments as well as the sources and inter- Theological Issues 3 credits pretation of sign and symbol within the sacra- This course will survey and study examples from mental system. five current movements in theology: Ecumenical, Liberation, Black, Feminist, and Christian +WI-THEO 219. Introduction to Pacifism. It will focus on how those movements Moral Issues 3 credits grow out of and challenge the Christian theologi- Part one includes presentations and discussions cal tradition. about various theories of moral development and value processing. Part two is a series of lectures +THEO 301. Jesus Christ: His Person about Christian moral theology. Part three is the and Mission 3 credits study and discussion of a variety of current moral Study of Jesus Christ as both divine and human. issues. Sources of revelation as interpreted by contemporary systematic theology and psychology. +THEO 240. Introduction to Black Theology 3 credits +THEO 302. Interdisciplinary This course demonstrates historically how Blacks Seminar on Peace and Justice 3 credits and minorities have appropriated the truth of This seminar is coordinated by faculty from the- Christian Gospels given and interpreted for them ology and philosophy with an instructor from by their oppressors. It challenges its participants, another discipline often invited to participate. in particular the African-American community, to Part of the interdisciplinary minor in peace and express their own contemporary theology in a justice. (Same as PHIL 302) language and way that speaks to their present THEO 303. The Theology of St. John 3 credits day needs, experience, values, and faith commit- John’s theology discovered by a reading and ments. interpretation of his writings. Prerequisite: +THEO 250. Introduction to THEO 202 or permission of instructor. Comparative Religions 3 credits THEO 304. The Theology of the Introduction to five major religions of the world, Synoptic Gospels 3 credits their cultural/social foundations, spirituality, and Major themes and detailed interpretation of the contemporary ritual celebrations. Concentration first three Gospels: Matthew, Mark and Luke. on Buddhism, Judaism, early Christianity, Islam, Prerequisite: THEO 202 or permission of instruc- and Hinduism. tor.

153 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 154

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

THEO 305. The Theology of St. Paul 3 credits Current theological thought on the faith commu- Pauline theology discovered by a reading and nity as it actualizes itself in the modern world. interpretation of his writings. Application made +THEO 317. Problems of Faith, to modern religious questions. Prerequisite: Theological Anthropology 3 credits THEO 202 or permission of instructor. Examination of the human being as the perceiver +WI-THEO 307. History of Christianity: of God. Takes into account historical and cultur- Early and Medieval 3 credits al development of the person as the knower of The Church and Western society in the early and doctrine. medieval periods. (Same as HIST 307) THEO 320. Political Theology 3 credits +WI-THEO 308. History of Christianity: Social consequences of Church teachings and Reformation and Modern 3 credits practices on history as reflected in contemporary The Church and society from the Reformation movements of liberation, revolution, and devel- through the modern age. (Same as HIST 308) opment.

+THEO 309. Prayer, Spiritual +THEO 340. Women Theologians 3 credits Life and Liturgy 3 credits This course will focus on selected readings from Examination of the historical patrimony of writ- contemporary women who are recognized for ing on prayer and the spiritual life. Serious atten- their contributions in the field of Christian tion is given to the full meaning and process of Theology. It will also look briefly at some women growth in holiness. Particular emphasis will be from earlier centuries of Christian history. While placed on the eucharistic liturgy as the source lectures will be used to provide necessary back- and summit of personal/communal prayer, as well ground information, the class will be conducted as authentic ways of celebration. Prerequisite: as a seminar with emphasis on class discussion. THEO 409. +THEO 350. The Protestant Perspective 3 credits THEO 310. Music and Liturgy 2 credits Introduction to spirit and forms of Protestantism, Introduces student to liturgical music of the past with consideration of historical perspective and and the present and gives a practical knowledge emphasis on theological and ecclesial develop- of how, why, and when to use it. Intended for ment. upperclass students or those with a previous +THEO 354. The Jewish Perspective 3 credits background in church music. Prerequisite: Perspectives on Jewish life and thought. Topics Permission of instructor. (Same as MUS 310 and may include Jewish theology, worship, writings, MPS 620) personages and the fundamentals of Judaism. +THEO 311. Environmental Ethics 3 credits (Co-sponsored by the Jewish Chautauqua Society Students will discuss environmental issues, ana- and the Temple Emanuel Endowment Fund.) lyze the various philosophical and theological THEO 355. Religion in America 3 credits responses, call for an evaluation of those respons- Religion as a force in America with emphasis on es and challenge the students to draw their own Puritanism, the Enlightenment, civil religion, critical conclusions. Prerequisite: Introductory revivalism, Denominationalism and Philosophy or Theology course. (Same as Fundamentalism. (Same as HIST 355) PHIL 311) THEO 357. Catholicism in America 3 credits +THEO 315. The Church: Its Meaning A study of the history of the Catholic Church in and Mission 3 credits

154 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 155

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

America with special emphasis on the lives of THEO 401. Bioethics 3 credits Catholic people. (Same as HIST 357) Study of the intricate relationship among science, medicine, law, and ethics today. Prerequisite: A THEO 362. Social Justice 3 credits basic course in moral theology, ethics, or consent Church teaching on social justice since Leo XIII. of instructor. Application of principles to contemporary issues such as discrimination, capital punishment, war- THEO 403. The Holocaust 3 credits fare, peace and nonviolence, poverty, and hunger. A study of the historical event known as the “Holocaust.” After a brief overview of the histo- +THEO 365. Theology of ry of anti-semitism, attention will focus on condi- Christian Marriage 3 credits tions which gave rise to Nazi anti-semitism, the This course will examine the fundamental factors “Final Solution,” and Jewish existence in the governing the contemporary experience of mar- Nazi ghettos and death camps. Jewish resistance, ried life. It deals with specific principles and the help of “Righteous Gentiles,” and ethical beliefs which enhance the Christian understand- issues addressed by post-Holocaust theologians ing of covenant love as celebrated in the will be considered. Christian/Catholic sacrament of marriage. +THEO 404. The Catholic Perspective 3 credits THEO 370. Readings in Theology 1 – 3 credits The study of the qualities and characteristics, the For students with special interest in theology. philosophy and theology that distinguishes the Students organize a reading program with the Catholic perspective from others within the guidance and approval of the instructor. human family, among the religions of the world, THEO 375. Special Topics in Scripture 3 credits and as a part of the broader Christian communi- Study of a particular aspect of the thought of the ty. Prerequisites: HIST 307, 308, or permission of Old or New Testament. May be offered as a class instructor. or as individual directed study. Prerequisites: Old +THEO 409/MPS 571. Christian Mystical or New Testament, depending on the nature of Tradition 3 credits the special topic. This course is offered to demonstrate the soul’s THEO 390. Sharing Faith: process of passing from so called “ordinary” Contemporary Catechesis 3 credits prayer to the contemplative and mystical life and Principles of faith sharing according to contem- the characteristic stages of that evolution. The porary catechetical models and methodologies. aim of the course is to present a short “Summa” Examination of materials, structures, and of contemplative/mystical prayer treated in a few approaches suitable for people at the various of the original sources or writings in the stages of faith development from infancy through Christian mystical tradition. Prerequisite: adulthood. THEO 309 or permission of teacher.

THEO 399. Ministry Internship 1 – 12 credits THEO 411. Seminar 3 credits A semester off-campus experience in ministry Provides small groups of students with opportu- with a strong education component. A beginning nity for independent study of a particular theo- and ending two-week seminar with a ten-week logical issue which they may select. Prerequisites: supervised parish apprenticeship. May be taken Senior standing and departmental approval. as a regular grade option. (In cooperation with the Diocese of Davenport)

155 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 156

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

THEO 444. Art of Christian THEO 394. Fostering the Faith Growth of Youth Pastoral Counseling 3 credits Through Justice and Peace Service 1 credit An introductory survey of the dynamic principles This course explores the foundations of fostering of theology, tradition, and applied pastoral skills a justice and peace consciousness and spirituality and experience within the Christian tradition. in youth drawn from theology and scripture, so- The content of the course draws from biblical, cial analysis, and adolescent development. It theological, clinical, pastoral, and spiritual develops principles and skills for creating educa- resources with clinical methods treated only with- tional programs, service/action projects, and infu- in the context of one-on-one counseling. sion strategies for justice, peace, and service. Prerequisites: Senior theology majors or those THEO 395. Fostering the Faith Growth of Youth already working professionally part- or full-time Through Prayer and Worship 1 credit in the ministry. It also presumes fundamental Prayer and worship explores the interrelationship knowledge of Christian theology. Prerequisite: of growth in faith and spiritual development. It PSYC 342. includes an analysis of adolescent spirituality and spiritual development, and of the contexts and Workshop in Youth Ministry approaches for nourishing the spiritual growth of The following workshops (391 – 396) are offered youth. at off-campus sites on Saturday and Sunday. THEO 396. Principles of Multi-Cultural THEO 391. Principles of Youth Ministry 1 credit Youth Ministry 1 credit The course will develop practical principles for This course presents principles for doing youth ministry with youth drawn from psychology, ministry in a multi-cultural society and church. sociology, culture, family, and social trends which Special emphasis is given to a basic understand- are relevant for ministry with youth. ing of culture, the dynamics of cross-cultural con- THEO 392. Foundations of a tact at the systemic and interpersonal level, Christian Ministry 1 credit cross-cultural communication, and the problem Foundations aims to deepen and expand the min- of prejudice. Specific issues facing youth of vari- ister’s understanding of the theological founda- ous cultures in the United States and models of tions of Christian ministry and of a multi-cultural youth ministry will be treated so as contemporary spirituality for ministry. A contem- to enable youth ministers to more effectively porary view of the mission and ministries of the work with youth from their own and other cul- Church will integrate this theological and histori- tural groups. cal analysis. The course will conclude by exploring the future direction of Church ministries. The eight weekend workshops over a two-year period are designed for those desiring specialized THEO 393. Fostering the Faith Growth of Youth knowledge and skills in youth ministry. Two Through Evangelization and Catechesis 1 credit weekends give two credits in SOC 339B This course develops skills for evangelizing and (Leadership Processes for Youth Ministry) and storytelling, organizing a catechetical curriculum SOC 399C (Leadership Skills for Youth Ministry). for younger and older adolescents, and creating One weekend gives one credit in PSYC 294B learning experiences that respect the learning Counseling the Adolescent. (Held in cooperation styles of adolescents from different cultures. with the Diocese of Davenport.)

156 + = Applicable toward general education degree requirements wi = Writing intensive course 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 157

Undergraduate Curricula and Courses

Women’s Studies Program

See Interdisciplinary Programs

157 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 158

158 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 159

Graduate Information

159 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 160

160 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 161

Academic and General Information

Degrees

St. Ambrose University offers courses leading to the following graduate degrees: Master of Accounting Master of Business Administration Master of Criminal Justice Master of Education in Counseling: Post-Secondary Disabilities Services Master of Education in Juvenile Justice Education Master of Education in Special Education Master of Health Care Administration Master of Occupational Therapy Master of Pastoral Studies Master of Physical Therapy Master of Social Work

Degree Requirements Graduate Level Grading System Each graduate program has its degree require- The grading system uses symbols with the follow- ments listed with the curricula and course ing meanings: descriptions immediately following the graduate A = superior performance information section of the catalog. B = suitably proficient performance C = marginal performance Graduate Class Load D = unsatisfactory performance A graduate student with a class load of nine (MOT and MPT courses only) semester credits is considered a full-time student, F = unacceptable performance one with six semester credits is considered a W = withdrawal from course (not a grade) three-quarter time student, and one with three I = student does not complete all course credits is considered a part-time student. For the requirements (see below) summer session, a class load of three credits is IP = in-progress work (see below) considered full time. P/NP = courses graded pass/no pass

161 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 162

Graduate Academic and General Information

An I grade must be amended in accordance with will cause a probationary status. Students need to regular University and Graduate School policies. remove themselves from probation within two An IP grade is to be used with courses that consecutive semesters. are not expected to be completed within a regular A student dropped for academic deficiency academic semester, such as Master of Physical may apply to the appropriate master’s program Therapy or Special Education internships, Special director according to each program’s policy. Education Thesis, and Master of Criminal Justice project. Courses seeking to use this grade are Change of Registration approved by the Educational Policy Committee. Students wishing to change their registration Courses approved to use this grade have a nota- must record it officially on the appropriate form tion within their course description. The require- in the Office of Records and Registration, or the ments for use of this grade are as follows: student will receive an F in the unofficially 1. Completion of course work is limited to one dropped course and there will be no credit for academic year from date of enrollment. the unofficially added course. It is the student’s 2. This grade will carry “Resident Credit” that responsibility to inform the appropriate graduate can be used to meet financial aid and loan office and confirm that the change has been deferment requirements for one academic year recorded in Records and Registration. from date of enrollment. During a 15-week academic semester, if a 3. Satisfactory progress has to be confirmed by course is dropped between the first week and the the department chair at the beginning of each end of the fourth week of class, no grade is offi- semester within the academic year. cially recorded. 4. If the work is not completed within one acad- If a course is dropped between the end of the emic year, the student will have to re-enroll in fourth week and the end of the 10th week, the the course and accept all financial conse- grade of W (Withdrawal) is officially recorded. If quences of this action. a course is dropped after the 10th week, the change is officially recorded as WF (Withdrew Grade Points Failing) or WP (Withdrew Passing) as determined A = 4 quality-points per credit by the instructor. B = 3 quality-points per credit During the summer sessions, which are less C = 2 quality-points per credit than 16 weeks, the time periods are prorated for F = 0 quality-points per credit withdrawal.

Academic Status Application for Graduation Only two C grades are acceptable in the master’s Candidates for a degree should file an application programs, and each must be offset with an A. for graduation in the Office of Records and A B (3.0 point) average or above is to be Registration one year before the date of planned maintained in all course work to remain in good completion of requirements for graduation. Late academic standing. A 3.0 grade point or above is applications will be accepted up to three months required to graduate. For Master of Physical before graduation day. Thiseinsures that the Therapy and Master of Occupational Therapy proper offices are notified of the student’s gradu- grade point standards and policies, refer to the ation. In addition, a graduation audit of the stu- MPT and MOT section. dent’s records is completed by Records and Failure to meet these academic requirements Registration to make sure all graduation require-

162 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 163

Graduate Academic and General Information

ments have been met. tuition, and it will not be refunded.) Students will be billed a graduation fee by the MBA Competency Examination Fee . . . . . $ 100 Business Office near the middle of their last msw Criminal Record, Child Abuse Checks$ 40 semester. The fee covers such costs as graduation msw Insurance Fee ...... $ 35 audit, graduation invitations, cap and gown, and MOT, MPT, MSW Admission Fees diploma. Acceptance Fee...... $ 200 Alternate List Fee Withdrawal From the University (Rolled over to acceptance fee) . . . . $ 50 Official withdrawal from the University during MOT waiting list fee ...... $ 25 the semester is arranged with the appropriate col- Special Examination Fee lege dean or the registrar before the student For each examination taken ...... $ 60 leaves the campus. Official withdrawal insures For each credit awarded ...... $ 30 that all records properly reflect such action. Change of Registration Fee ...... $ 2.50 Students who leave unofficially will receive F Late Registration Fee...... $ 15 grades in all classes listed on the official registra- Late Payment Fee ...... Varies tion. Graduation Fee ...... $ 35 Motor Vehicle Registration (per year) . . . $ 7.50 Student Government Tuition Refunds All registered graduate students are eligible to serve in the Graduate Senate. The Graduate Tuition refund schedules are found in the Finance Senate elects its officers and meets monthly, rep- section. resenting student concerns, planning student activities and providing certain services to the graduate students not otherwise provided by the University administration and staff.

Graduate Expenses The following costs are for the 1997 – 1998 academic year. (May vary per program. Please check with each graduate program for current rates.) Graduate Tuition (Per semester credit) ...... $ 385 (Per three-semester course) ...... $ 1155

Special Expenses

First Registration Fee ...... $ 10 (Payable only once at the time of the first registration.) Application Fee...... $ 25 (The fee is to accompany the application for admission when it is returned to the program office. The fee will not be applied toward

163 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 164

164 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 165

Graduate Curricula

165 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 166

Graduate Curricula and Courses

Master of Accounting

College of Business

With the ever-changing environment in business due to government and tax regulation, technological and environmental changes, and international competition, today’s accountant must be prepared to meet the challenges of clients and other professionals. In order for the evolution of this process to succeed, the accountant needs to be professionally oriented, socially conscious, and academically prepared. Major authoritative accounting bodies, in particular the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (aicpa), have mandated the academic requirements for its members by requiring that by the year 2000 all member accountants will have 150 semester credit hours of academic preparation. A natural extension in the pursuit of this requirement is, and will continue to be, graduate education in the field of accounting. St. Ambrose University, desiring to provide the educational environment necessary to meet the requirements of the aicpa, initiated a Master of Accounting Degree Program in the fall semester of 1989.

Master of Accounting Program essential to enter the field of public account- The Master of Accounting Degree is an interdis- ing. ciplinary program designed to prepare the indi- 3. Establish a potential for career development vidual for the wide variety of employment and advancement in the accounting profession. opportunities available in the accounting profes- 4. Provide a theoretical and practical body of sion. Specifically the objectives of the program knowledge which will allow for independent are designed to: thinking, analysis of problem solving, and a 1. Provide an in-depth body of professional search for new knowledge in the accounting knowledge in the field of accounting based on profession. a strong liberal arts undergraduate degree. 2. Allow for the opportunity to pursue additional course work that is required by many states and leading professional accounting bodies as

166 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 167

Graduate Curricula and Courses

General Conditions for Admission (three of which must be a business law course, While recommended, the pursuit of the Master of and three of which must be a business statistics Accounting Degree does not require an under- course). graduate degree in accounting. Those candidates Note: An individual who has completed grad- applying for admission without an undergraduate uate courses that are equivalent to any of the degree in accounting will be required to meet pre- above prerequisites may use those courses to sat- requisites, some of which may be satisfied isfy the prerequisites. through proficiency examinations. Graduate Course Requirements for the Master of Admission Requirements Accounting: 30 semester credits including MAC 601, 603, 608, 609 and nine semester credits The candidate must have an undergraduate of electives from the following courses: MAC 606, degree from an accredited institution. All appli- 607, 612, 614, 618; nine semester credits of non- cants must meet the following requirements prior accounting electives which must be approved by to the end of the first semester: the department. a. Supply official transcripts from all undergraduate and graduate institutions attend- Sample Curriculum ed. An official transcript is one sent directly to

the College of Business Office from the attended Course Title credits institution. Year One b. Submit an official GMAT score. Students Fall Semester whose quantitative GMAT scores are below the MAC 601 Advanced Financial 35th percentile must take a special MBA course in Accounting Theory 3 quantitative methods. Further information on the Elective 3 GMAT is available from the College of Business Spring Semester Office. MAC 603 Advanced Managerial Accounting Theory 3 Prerequisites Elective 3 Students holding an undergraduate degree in accounting will be granted admission to the Summer Semester Master of Accounting Program. Students with Elective 3 non-accounting undergraduate majors must satisfy the following requirements for admission to Year Two the Master of Accounting Program. Prerequisites Fall Semester may be met by completing the courses below, by MAC 608 Accounting Information Systems 3 passing competency examinations, or by complet- Elective 3 ing designated MBA courses. A candidate may Spring Semester enroll in a Master of Accounting course as soon MAC 609 Research Methods/Report Writing as prerequisites for each course are met. and Communication in Business 3 Undergraduate prerequisites for non-accounting Elective 3 majors: 39 semester credits including the follow- Summer Semester ing: 24 undergraduate credits of accounting; six Elective 3 credits of economics; and nine credits of business

167 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 168

Graduate Curricula and Courses

Course Descriptions MAC 609. Research Methods/Report Writing and Communication in Business 3 credits MAC 601. Advanced Financial A study of the examination of methods of inquiry Accounting Theory 3 credits and research and development of competence in A study of financial accounting theories such as professional writing. Includes extensive library efficient market hypothesis and equity theories research and outside readings in areas of selected and their treatment in the accounting for pen- accounting literature. A major paper is required. sions, leases, deferred income taxes, and other Prerequisites: ACCT 301, 302 or equivalent. financial accounting issues. Emphasis on the analysis of pros and cons of alternative treat- MAC 612. Accounting Standards, Regulations, ments. Prerequisites: ACCT 301, 302 or equivalent. and Emerging Issues 3 credits A study of selected generally accepted accounting MAC 603. Advanced Managerial principles, documentation and operation of FASB, Accounting Theory 3 credits Emerging Issues Task Force, Securities and Contemporary managerial accounting models Exchange Commission, AICPA and other account- and applications including activity based costing, ing organizations, including APB and FASB bul- kaizen costing, target costing, quality costs, JIT, letins and interpretations. Emphasis on researching decentralization, and investment decisions. selected controversial and evolving issues. Prerequisite: ACCT 307, MBA 507, or equivalent. Prerequisites: ACCT 301, 302 or equivalent.

MAC 606. Advanced Auditing 3 credits MAC 614. Controllership 3 credits A critical study of the public accounting profes- Presentation of skills required for a career as con- sion, structure, and problems. Emphasis on pub- troller. Topics include concepts and techniques of lic accounting issues such as regulation, opinion accounting and budgeting for management con- shipping, legal liability, and audit pricing. trol, cost control, performance and evaluation of Prerequisites: ACCT 304. the modern business organization, and the role of

MAC 607. Research/Cases in Taxation 3 credits the controller in external reporting. The relation- Covers individual and corporate taxation. Looks ships involved with public accountants, the SEC at business problems in a total financial sense and the FASB are also studied. Prerequisites: including how taxes will impact various alterna- ACCT 307, MBA 507, or equivalent. tives. Tax aspects of corporate mergers, acquisitions, reorganizations, and liquidations are MAC 616. Government and studied along with the state taxation of corpora- Nonprofit Accounting 3 credits tions. Prerequisites: ACCT 305 or equivalent. A study of accounting and financial reporting principles for federal, state and local govern- MAC 608. Accounting ments; public and private colleges, hospitals, and Information Systems 3 credits other nonprofits. Prerequisites: ACCT 201, 202. A study of the design and analysis of accounting information systems, automated data processing MAC 618. International Accounting 3 credits methods for independent and internal auditing A study of financial accounting concepts at the procedures, and the role of accounting in the international level. Concepts include foreign cur- management process. Prerequisites: ACCT 301 and rency transactions, interpreting foreign financial 302, or equivalent, and an introductory comput- statements, presentation of foreign/domestic er science course. financial statements, and the role of the accountant in international monetary transactions. Prerequisites: ACCT 301, 302, or equivalent. 168 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 169

Graduate Curricula and Courses

Master of Business Administration

College of Business

The College of Business (including the H.L. McLaughlin MBA Program) is nationally accredited by the Association of Collegiate Business Schools

and Programs (ACBSP) It is also a member of the American Assembly of

Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB) and makes every effort to comply with their curriculum and admission guidelines.

The MBA Program is designed primarily to meet the needs of the part- time student who is employed on a full-time basis. Each weeknight course meets one night a week from 6:35 to 9:10 p.m. and for two nights a week during the abbreviated summer session. Saturday courses meet once a week from 7:45 to 10:45 a.m., or 11:15 a.m. to 2:15 p.m., with every fourth Saturday off (on average), during the fall and spring semesters.

In 1996, the University established the program Admission Requirements format that allows students to complete an MBA Individuals with an undergraduate degree in any degree within one year. The one-year MBA format field may apply for admission to the MBA is identical to the part-time MBA program in Program. Some undergraduate backgrounds out- terms of requirements and course work. To com- side the area of business may not fully provide plete the MBA requirements in just under one students all the skills necessary for successful year, students take courses during the “pre-semes- completion of this program. Accordingly, a level- ter,” winterim, and summer sessions, in addition ing concept has been established to ensure that to the fall and spring semesters. Classes are held students have the necessary background in funda- during the day at the St. Ambrose campus in mental business disciplines: operations, econom- Davenport. Students in the one-year program, ics, quantitative methods, organizational theory, because of the rigorous course schedule, are administrative science, and the global dimension encouraged to keep outside employment to a of business. minimum. Students may be admitted for the fall, spring Students may attend weeknight courses only, or summer sessions. weeknight and Saturday courses, or Saturday only courses. The program can be entirely com- Admission Status pleted by attending only Saturday courses, with The admission formula is figured by multiplying the exception of the one-week seminar, MBA 690. the undergraduate grade-point average by 200 In addition, St. Ambrose offers the and adding the GMAT composite score. A mini- Community MBA Program on location in five Iowa mum score of 950 based on this formula is communities: Burlington, Cedar Rapids, Clinton, required for full-status admission. Muscatine and Ottumwa. The MBA Program is Students with a total score of less than 400 on also offered on the Rock Island Arsenal. For fur- the GMAT or 950 on the minimum standard are ther information contact the MBA Office.

169 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 170

Graduate Curricula and Courses

reviewed for conditional admission status (provi- applications are available in the MBA Office. sional or probationary) on an individual basis by the Graduate Studies Admissions and Retention Courses By Examination Committee. Students with an academic background in busi- Provisional admission status may be granted ness areas may meet the requirements of the lev- when a student’s file is incomplete. The provi- eling (CPC) courses through equivalency sional student is required to provide all missing examination with permission of the director. information promptly. Testing procedures are available in the MBA Probationary admission may be granted after Office and a fee is charged. The 10 required review by the Graduate Studies Admissions and courses (core, management decision-making and Retentions Committee. Such status implies con- capstone) must be taken by every MBA student. cern about the academic success of the student. No credit by examination is allowed for these Removal from probationary admission status courses. requires successful compliance with conditions indicated by the MBA director. All admission deci- Academic Status sions will take into consideration the student’s MBA students are required to maintain a 3.0 (B) personal motivation to succeed. grade-point average or above. Failure to meet Students will be required to take a special MBA this academic requirement will result in the stu- course in quantitative methods if their quantita- dent being placed on academic probation. tive scores on the GMAT are below the 35th per- Students need to remove themselves from proba- centile. tion within two consecutive semesters. Only two C grades are permitted in the MBA Application Procedures program, and each must be offset with an A. A To apply for the MBA Program: third C grade or an F grade will result in academ- 1. Complete the Application For Admission form, ic dismissal from the program. Any student dis- and return to the MBA Office with a $25 non- missed from the MBA program due to academic refundable application fee. deficiency may reapply for admission after a min- 2. Request that an official copy of transcripts imum of one elapsed semester. from each undergraduate and graduate school

attended be sent directly to the MBA Program MBA Programs of Study director. An official copy is one sent from the The MBA management generalist program con- attended institution directly to St. Ambrose. sists of 45 graduate credit hours, and with a con- Note: Up to nine semester credits of sufficiently centration, consists of 51 graduate credit hours. similar courses may be transferred from other ac- Students may complete the 15-course manage- credited MBA Programs (grades of B or better ment generalist degree program in two and two within last five years). thirds years by taking two courses in the fall, two 3. Submit an official GMAT score or apply for the in the spring and one in the summer (assuming GMAT. Designate that a copy of the GMAT score that LTPS—a one-week daytime seminar—is also be sent to St. Ambrose University (Code 6617). taken during one of these academic terms). The GMAT usually is administered two times a Students may, however, take more than two year at the Quad Cities Graduate Center courses in the fall and spring, and more than one (October and March), and two times a year at in the summer. St. Ambrose University (January and June). GMAT In addition, there are five concentrations,

170 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 171

Graduate Curricula and Courses

offered only on the main campus, requiring stu- Required Courses dents to take 17 courses (51 semester hours). Must be taken by every MBA student. No credit Students electing a concentration are required to by examination is allowed for these courses. take the ten required MBA courses, the necessary Core Courses leveling courses, and four concentration courses. MBA 505: Statistical Methods for Decision- Consequently, no individual career needs courses Making are taken. The six concentrations are Finance, MBA 621: Organizational Theory, Behavior, and Health Care Management, Human Resource Communication Management, Marketing, Management MBA 626: Managerial Economics Information Systems, and Technology MBA 635: Legal and Social Environment of Management. Business All course work must be completed within MBA 690: Leadership Through People Skills five years. Each course carries three semester Management Decision-Making Courses credits. The program is offered to students from MBA 670: Operations Management any academic discipline. Some academic back- MBA 675: Financial Management grounds may not fully provide students with ade- MBA 680: Marketing Management quate coverage of the fundamental business MBA 685: Human Resource Management disciplines. For this reason, three specific gradu- Capstone Seminar ate level courses have been designated as leveling MBA 800: Policy Formation and Implementation (common professional components) courses. Individual Career Needs Courses These courses are: MBA 506: Financial MBA 700: Entrepreneurship and Small Business Accounting, MBA 507: Managerial Accounting, Management and MBA 526: Macroeconomics. All students MBA 705: Total Quality Management from an academic background other than busi- MBA 710: Business Ethics ness related fields must take these courses to MBA 715: Executive Management improve their educational experience in the areas Seminar/Selected Topics of the CPC. MBA 721: Labor Management Partnerships Requirements for the Management Generalist MBA 725: The Management Consulting Master of Business Administration Degree: 45 Profession semester credits in Master of Business MBA 730: International Management Administration courses including MBA 505, 506, Environment 507, 526, 621, 626, 635, 670, 675, 680, 685, MBA 735: Microcomputer Workstations: 690; six semester credits of individual career Principles and Applications needs courses, and MBA 800. Concentrations A summary of the leveling, required, and individ- Finance Concentration uals career needs courses is listed below: MBA 750: Financial Policy and Decision Making MBA 751: Investment and Portfolio Management Leveling (CPC) Courses MBA 752: Capital Sources and Return on MATH 160: Mathematics for Management and Investment Economics MBA 753: Security Investments, Markets, and MBA 506: Financial Accounting Techniques MBA 507: Managerial Accounting Health Care Management Concentration MBA 526: Macroeconomics Analysis for Business MBA 754: Health Care Economics

171 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 172

Graduate Curricula and Courses

MBA 755: Health Care Systems Survey Course Descriptions MBA 756: Information Systems in Health Care MATH 160. Mathematics for Management MBA 757: Ethical Issues in Health Care and Economics 3 credits Management Functions, graphs of elementary functions, matri- Human Resources Concentration ces and determinants, systems of linear equations, MBA 760: Strategic Staffing and Career emphasis on applications to management, deci- Management sion-making and economics. This course is not MBA 761: Compensation and Benefits required for students who score above the 35th Management percentile on the quantitative portion of the MBA 762: Training and Development GMAT. MBA 763: Contemporary Labor Relations and Dispute Resolution MBA 505. Statistical Methods Marketing Concentration for Decision-Making 3 credits MBA 771: Marketing Ethical and Current Issues Basic statistical techniques for decision-making; MBA 772: Advanced Marketing Research frequency distribution, descriptive measures, MBA 773: Advanced Marketing Management and probability, sampling, distributions, estimation, Strategic Planning tests of hypotheses, regression and correlation MBA 774: Consumer Behavior and Market analysis and basic concepts of modern (Bayesian) Communication decision theory. Prerequisite: 35% quantitative Management Information Systems result on the GMAT. (MATH 160 if required). Concentration MBA 506. Financial Accounting 3 credits MBA 780: Database Management Discussion of and the accounting implications of MBA 781: Structured Systems Analysis Generally Accepted Accounting Principles as they MBA 782: Decision Support Systems relate to recording of financial transactions and MBA 783: Data Communication the preparation of financial statements. Includes Technology Management Concentration the framework and environment of accounting; MBA 790: Manufacturing Quality Control balance sheet equation; income measurement; ele- MBA 791: Production Scheduling and Inventory ments of accounting cycle; accounting for rev- Control enues and receivables; cost measurement; MBA 792: Modern Manufacturing Systems accounting for inventories, noncurrent assets, MBA 793: Computerized Integrated bonds, stockholders; equity; intercorporate Manufacturing investments, financial reporting, cash flow state- Graduate students who do not wish to pursue a ment, and financial statement analysis. Emphasis master’s degree may earn a certificate of concen- upon the significance of financial ratios and tration in a Finance, Health Care Management, interpretation of financial statement items for Marketing, Management Information Systems, managerial decisions. Human Resource Management, or Technology MBA 507. Managerial Accounting 3 credits Management concentration. Upon successful Concepts and methods of both internal (manage- completion of the required courses, the student rial) and external (financial) accounting. will receive graduate credit for the four courses, a Emphasis on financial reporting and cost certificate, and the opportunity to apply the cred- accounting, including cash flow, sources and uses its towards a master’s degree in the future. of funds to yield financial data for internal management decision-making, planning and perfor-

172 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 173

Graduate Curricula and Courses

mance evaluation. Case approach for developing scheduling and systems analysis. Applications to accounting as a quantitative management deci- cost centers rather than profit centers. Special sion-making tool. Prerequisite: MBA 506. applications of operations management to profit and non-profit service organizations. MBA 526. Macroeconomic Analysis Prerequisites: MBA 621, 626. for Business 3 credits Analysis of the nation’s economy and its impact MBA 675. Financial Management 3 credits on business, employment and unemployment, Analysis of business financial management: price levels, consumption, investment, interest sources and uses of funds, raising funds from rates, business cycles, forecasting, general growth internal versus external sources, long-term versus theory, government policy, and international short-term funding decisions, the cost of capital, business. alternate uses of capital, using leverage, security in borrowing/lending, dividends versus retained MBA 621. Organizational Theory, earnings, and use of the financial market. Behavior and Communication 3 credits Prerequisites: MBA 505, 507, 526. Study of the organization (profit and non-profit) as a complex system; line and staff functions, MBA 680. Marketing Management 3 credits administration/leadership styles, motivation and Marketing approach to managerial decision- group dynamics, and impact of each on the making: goal-setting, marketing strategy and achievement of organizational goals. Special tactics, marketing planning, developing an opti- emphasis on organizational communication. mum marketing mix, customer target groups, consumer market behavior, management of MBA 626. Managerial Economics 3 credits advertising and sales, meeting competition and Application of economic principles to manage- measuring accomplishments against goals. ment decision-making; decision theory, demand Prerequisite: MBA 526. theory/sales forecasting, linear programming, production and costs, pricing and capital budget- MBA 685. Human Resource ing. Prerequisites: MBA 505, 507, 526. Management 3 credits Human resource management at the first-line and MBA 635. Legal and Social Environment middle-management levels of personnel adminis- of Business 3 credits tration. Forecasting employment needs, attracting Substantive law affecting American business: con- and orienting personnel, legal aspects of person- tracts, the Uniform Commercial Code, creditors nel selection, performance appraisal, motivation and debtors, kinds of business organizations, liti- training and development, salary and promotion gation and other means to resolve disputes, con- policies, discipline, and labor relations. sumer protection, torts, anti-trust law and legal aspects of management-labor relations. Public MBA 690. Leadership Through People law and government regulations of business. Skills (LTPS) 3 credits Social responsibilities of business and ethics in Intensive five-day seminar (8 a.m. - 6 p.m.) with business practice. objective of creating better business managerial results through the study of behaviors, communi- MBA 670. Operations Management 3 credits cation process, and motivation. Pass/No Pass. Quantitative techniques and operations research Prerequisites: Twenty hours pre-work which must applied in operations management to both service be completed prior to the seminar. Course may and manufacturing activities: trade-off analysis, be taken any time during the program. inventory control, aggregate planning, logistics,

173 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 174

Graduate Curricula and Courses

MBA 700. Entrepreneur and Small Business improved labor/management relations; identify- Management 3 credits ing roles in establishing acceptance; identifying Examination of the entrepreneurial process from risks in implementing successful labor/manage- the initial idea through business operations to the ment relations; recognizing barriers to proposed harvest. It is organized into four parts: (1) The improvements; insights into the structure and Entrepreneurial Process, (2) Evaluating responsibilities of unions; and understanding cor- Opportunity and Developing the Business porate organization charts and their implications. Concept, (3) Assessing and Acquiring Resources, MBA 725. The Management Consulting and (4) Managing and Harvesting the Venture. Profession 3 credits Cases are extensively used throughout the course. Insights to building and managing a successful MBA 705. Total Quality Management 3 credits management consulting practice. It is organized Looks at quality management. Students will into five parts: (1) The Consulting Profession, (2) develop an understanding of how to implement The Marketing of Consultant Services, (3) quality management in every facet of their pro- Models and Methods for Consulting, (4) Stages fessional and personal lives and how Total in Consulting, and (5) Key Factors for a Quality Management can be made to work Successful Practice. Prerequisites: MBA 507, 621, throughout an organization. In addition to statis- 685. tical quality tools and techniques, teamwork, MBA 730. International Management leadership, culture, and system implementation Environment 3 credits will be emphasized. The comprehensive fusion of Understanding of the challenging new interna- all elements working together will be stressed as tional environment in which American business the key to achieving true quality management. must operate. The course examines in turn: pat- MBA 710. Business Ethics 3 credits terns of international interdependence, interna- Basic concepts of ethics as typically referred to in tional trade, foreign exchange, international western civilization and a testing of the basic monetary system, balance of payments and inter- hypothesis of the concepts. Through formal lec- national debt, foreign investment and multina- turing, case studies, dialogue, and guest lecturers, tional corporations, and the effect of culture students will analyze working premises, assump- upon doing business abroad. Prerequisite: tions, and principles regarding business ethics. MBA 526. Delivery of a case study required. MBA 735. Microcomputer Workstations: MBA 715. Executive Management Seminar Principles and Applications 3 credits (Selected Topics) 3 credits Provides in-depth coverage of the use of the PC in Important management areas as a function of meeting the information needs of business and advancing management technology and the avail- industry. Emphasizes microcomputer hardware ability of outstanding external faculty expertise. and software from the perspectives of the execu- Important management areas will be selected by tive, manager and end-user. Reviews standard the external faculty members at the time of software packages available to support a micro- scheduling each course. computer workstation. Includes descriptions of, and hands-on experience with text processors, MBA 721. Labor Management spreadsheets, file and database management sys- Partnerships 3 credits tems, graphics packages, communications soft- Pertinent topics involving workers, management, ware, and desktop publishing. The evaluation and their common goals; development of

174 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 175

Graduate Curricula and Courses

and selection of hardware and software is an MBA 753. Security Investments, important feature of the course as well as the Markets, and Techniques 3 credits “people” considerations in designing a micro- In-depth examination of corporate and personal computer workstation. security investments. Attention will be given to corporation earning performance and its effect on MBA 750. Financial Policy and the valuation of its common stock and preferred Decision-Making 3 credits securities, understanding the stock exchanges, Analyzes financial management through case personal investment analysis, portfolio construc- study and a prescribed set of readings. Teaches tion, trading techniques and profit maximization. the identification and evaluation of financial Prerequisite: MBA 675. problems and the weighing of feasible solutions in order to recommend the “best” course of MBA 754. Health Care Economics 3 credits action. Special emphasis will be on decision-mak- This course evaluates reimbursement strategies, ing and policy formulation involving allocation social and political factors that affect the usage of of capital, planning of capital spending for long health facilities and payments for services, and and short run, capital budgeting problems, merg- changes in patterns of use of health care ers and acquisitions and cost of capital. providers. Budgeting and financial management Prerequisite: MBA 675. are considered in relation to these issues. Trends in business forecasting that influence non-profit MBA 751. Investment and and for-profit organizations are studied. Portfolio Management 3 credits Intensive study of the theory and practices under- MBA 755. Health Care Systems Survey 3 credits lying management of investment portfolios for This course reviews the spectrum of health care individual persons and for institutional investors from maintenance of wellness programs through in view of the particular objective of each. Risk acute care in hospitals to extended care and management techniques for portfolio manage- home care. Case studies are the primary manner ment, bond portfolio techniques, capital asset for studying the integration of these levels of care pricing theory, efficient market hypothesis, arbi- with an emphasis on cost containment through trage pricing theory, valuation of corporate debt, effective usage of each level. Prerequisites: MBA and special topics are covered. Prerequisite: 526, 635. MBA 675. MBA 756. Information Systems MBA 752. Capital Sources and Management in Health Care 3 credits Return on Investment 3 credits This course focuses on the role of the manager in Covers key areas of finance in greater depth than relation to the organization’s data base system. A in MBA 675, to apply basic financial analysis tech- study of computer technology, data structure and niques, to investigate the latest financial theories, development of data support systems is included. and to allow students to investigate financial top- Specific issues covered are the relationship of the ics of their choice in depth. Special emphasis will mainframe to the personal computer, the creation be given to developing new skills, techniques and and use of spreadsheets, the provision of comput- viewpoints, especially as they relate to cash flow er security, and the development of auditing tech- analysis and to various sources and forms of cap- niques through effective use of the information ital available to firms. Prerequisite: MBA 675. system.

175 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 176

Graduate Curricula and Courses

MBA 757. Ethical Issues in Health Care MBA 763. Contemporary Labor Relations and Management 3 credits Dispute Resolution 3 credits This course is designed to emphasize the manag- Union and management policies and strategies er’s responsibility to society to develop systems for, and outcomes of, union organizing, negotia- that allow the most cost effective health care to tions, pressure tactics, grievance/arbitration sys- be provided to the entire population. Issues tems, and union-management cooperation. examined include the exclusion of segments of Dispute resolution utilizes cases to build skills society from health care due to cost, duplication necessary to present evidence in nonjudicial proof health services in a community, management ceedings and other administrative hearings. of higher costs associated with chronic illnesses, Includes evidence gathering, witness preparation, and increased longevity without a reduction in direct and cross examination, and oral and writ- the quality of care. Subjects that often create con- ten arguments. Prerequisite: MBA 685. troversial situations are reviewed, such as living MBA 771. Marketing Ethical and wills and organ donation. Prerequisite: MBA 635. Current Issues 3 credits MBA 760. Strategic Staffing and Career Review and application of marketing manage- Management 3 credits ment strategy. Individual marketing topics, pre- Focus on people as a strategic resource whose approved by faculty, are researched by seminar availability and capabilities influence organiza- members who report regularly to the seminar for tional effectiveness. Strategies for attracting, critical evaluations. Research paper required. assessing, and acquiring personnel. Career man- Prerequisite: MBA 680. agement from the individual and organizational MBA 772. Advanced Marketing Research 3 credits perspective, with implications for planning and The research process, pertaining to Standard executing staffing policies. Prerequisite: MBA 685. Survey Techniques Experimental Test marketing MBA 761. Compensation and Benefits applications of techniques and methods used to Management 3 credits gain market knowledge. Data analysis, interpre- Government and union influences, equity in com- tation and correlation of data to problem-solving. pensation, labor markets, job pricing and evalua- Preparation of the M-R-Report. Meetings will tion, wage and salary structures, individual wage consist initially of lectures to prepare the student determination, employee benefits, issues in com- with a foundation of research methods. Case pensation administration. Covers legally required studies will be used to reinforce the text and benefits such as social security and worker com- applications of the data learned. Statistics will be pensation, and voluntary programs such as employed to analyze and test data for congruence health care, deferred compensation, and paid and decision-making. Prerequisites: MBA 505, leaves. Prerequisite: MBA 685. 680.

MBA 762. Training and Development 3 credits MBA 773. Advanced Marketing Management Research-based examination of training and and Strategic Planning 3 credits development programs with an emphasis on soci- Designed to cover marketing situations involving etal, legal, and organizational factors affecting product development, pricing, promotion and relationships among training, careers, and man- distribution problems of an advanced nature. The agement of organizational development. management of systems and policies that guide Prerequisite: MBA 685. the marketing effort are reviewed. Case studies will be utilized to reinforce marketing knowledge.

176 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 177

Graduate Curricula and Courses

Lectures will be used in the first part of class to MBA 783. Data Communications 3 credits review prior case studies and to outline implied Provides an appreciation for the scope of busi- strategy for subsequent case study. Prerequisites: ness and industry telecommunications, explain MBA 505, 507, 621, 680. the basic principles that apply to the design of telecommunications, and present methods for MBA 774. Consumer Behavior and Market solving telecommunications problems. Major top- Communications 3 credits ics to be covered are fundamental concepts, Purpose of the course is to provide a study of transmission systems, software, hardware and methodology of segmentation and the means of overview of telecommunications industry. communicating with the selected market. Sales management focuses on one segment of the pro- MBA 790. Manufacturing motional mix, and an in-depth look is made as to Quality Control 3 credits measurement, assignment, control, and strategy Considers modern techniques and procedures in in the promotional aspects of personal selling. the elimination of scrap and waste of labor, mate- Prerequisites: MBA 505, 621, 680, 685. rials, energy, and capital investment involved in the non-productive use of resources. Concept and MBA 780. Database Management 3 credits techniques for the maintenance of quality pro- Fundamental concepts necessary for designing, duction to gain competitive and market advan- using, and implementing database systems. Major tage will be discussed. Course topics will include topics include: fundamental terminology, the probability and statistics, quality assurance rational data model, network and hierarchical strategies, computer-aided inspection, testing, database stems, algorithms for database design, reliability and predictability, process variability and techniques of implementation. control and limitations, and statistical quality MBA 781. Structured Systems Analysis 3 credits control. Prerequisite: MBA 505. This course will allow the student to communi- MBA 791. Production Scheduling cate with professional CIS personnel, gain experi- and Inventory Control 3 credits ence in the computerization of business Presents concepts of optimization and integration principles, learn integrated structured techniques of marketing, forecasting, production scheduling of problem-solving for the user manager, and and manufacturing in order to develop the inter- understand terminals and data base systems. relationships of these functions. The various Major topics will include detailed analysis and types of inventories such as raw materials, work feasibility studies, systems design, system devel- in process, and finished goods will be reviewed. opment, implementation, and testing. The effect of scheduling and inventory manage- MBA 782. Decision Support Systems 3 credits ment on order-fill ratios, cash flow, profitability, Current technology in decision-making, the staffing requirements, maintenance and facility development of a Decision Support System and planning, will be considered. Course topics will practical experience in development of DSS. include production systems, inventory models, Major topics will include framework of DSS, operations management, decision-making, opti- process of building a DSS, System Analysis mization methods, process equipment layout, Interface with DSS, integration of DSS within the plant design and location, capacity analysis, organization, technology components for DSS, inventory management systems, and just-in-time and the role of Data Base Management in DSS. production. Prerequisite: MBA 505.

177 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 178

Graduate Curricula and Courses

MBA 792. Modern Manufacturing MBA 800. Policy Formation Systems 3 credits and Implementation 3 credits The concept of working faster through applica- Formulating and implementing business policy. tion of computerized and automated manufactur- Draws upon all analytical tools and business ing machinery and methods will be presented. administration knowledge developed in previous Course topics will include robotics, automation, graduate-level courses. Prerequisites: All previous numerically controlled machines, tooling levels MBA courses. All requests for prerequisites and programming, mass production and batch waivers must be approved by the director. manufacturing, optimum lot size, and line balancing. The Japanese approach to manufacturing will be presented and analyzed.

MBA 793. Computerized Integrated Manufacturing 3 credits Presents the objective of working smarter, con- ceptually and through examples drawn from practice. An extensive discussion of the Factory of the Future will be presented. Course topics will include computer-aided engineering, CAD/CAM, group technology, computerized process planning, manufacturing calls and flexible manufacturing, modern manufacturing personnel policies and organization, and computer integrated manufacturing. This course will require a good understanding of the concepts and application of modern distributive network computer systems and capabilities.

178 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 179

Graduate Curricula and Courses

Master of Criminal Justice

College of Human Services

The Master of Criminal Justice Program (MJC) is a multi-disciplinary management development curriculum. The degree is designed to produce skilled practitioners for leadership positions in enforcement/security and corrections/human services. The program is also useful for those wishing to teach criminal justice or to serve as personnel and training specialists in a justice-related organization. Professional study options are available in resource management and human services.

Degree Requirements Admission Procedure

The MCJ is a 36 semester credit professional If a person has an accredited undergraduate development program. Candidacy for the degree degree with a major in criminal justice or a relat- is achieved after completion of course work and ed major with at least two years of professional successful completion of a written comprehensive work experience, she/he may apply for admission review covering criminal justice studies. The final to the Master of Criminal Justice program. To requirement is the MCJ project with oral defense. apply for admission, a student must: The student must maintain a B average in all 1. Complete the MCJ application form, including work for the degree. Only two Cs are allowed the professional goals statement, the names with each offset with an A. There is no residency and addresses of two recommendation letter requirement. The degree student is expected to requests, and an application fee of $25. make steady progress with completion of the 2. Request that a complete and official transcript degree in one to three years, depending on the from the institution granting the bachelor’s de- number of classes taken per semester. gree be sent directly to the MCJ program director. An official copy is one sent from the Application Information institution directly to St. Ambrose University. Before starting course work, a student must seek Also have forwarded an official transcript of admission to the MCJ program as a degree or spe- any graduate course work. cial student. The special student category means taking selected work for professional develop- Transfer credit ment only, whereas the degree student category MCJ students may transfer a maximum of six signifies intent to complete the MCJ program. graduate credits from another accredited college Each student seeking admission to the MCJ pro- or university. Transfer of credit approval must gram must complete an official application. A meet the following criteria: the credit was earned personal interview with the MCJ Admissions within the last five years, it is graduate credit, the Committee may also be requested of each appli- final grade was at least a B, and it is determined cant. All accepted applicants enter the program to be relevant to the MCJ program. as special students, and will become degree students with the achievement of candidacy. See Admission Procedure and Candidacy sections. 179 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 180

Graduate Curricula and Courses

Candidacy MCJ 507. Seminar in Criminal Justice 3 credits

Candidacy for the MCJ degree is achieved after Capstone seminar focusing on analysis and evalu- completion of course work and successful com- ation of current practice, with emphasis on ethi- pletion of the written comprehensive review cov- cal and operational issues confronting criminal ering work in criminal justice. Exam sessions are justice practitioners. Requires director approval.

held as needed on a Saturday in January and MCJ 521. Practicum 3–6 credits May on campus. Students may enroll in MCJ 701 Field observation and research under professional only after achieving candidacy status. supervision in a criminal justice or human ser- Note: It is the student’s responsibility to initi- vices-related agency. Arranged with director ate candidacy by requesting an Application for approval. Graded option. Comprehensive Review and Candidacy from the MCJ director. This should be done after comple- MCJ 610. Crime Policy Analysis 3 credits tion of 21 – 24 credits. Examination of criminological theory with analysis and evaluation of the consequences for crime Program of Studies policy, as a guide to professional practice. Prerequisite: Graduate status. Requirements for the Master of Criminal Justice: 36 semester credits including: nine semester cred- MCJ 620. Criminal Justice Organizations 3 credits its in foundation courses: MBA 526 or 635, 621, Administrative systems analysis of political and 685 or 690; 12 semester credits in Master of organizational dimensions of criminal case Criminal Justice courses: MCJ 610, 620, 630, 640, process through the agencies of criminal justice. 701, 702; nine semester credits in professional An applied research project is required. studies: MBA 505 or EDUC 710 or MCJ 701; six Prerequisite: Graduate status. semester credits of approved electives; six semes- MCJ 630. Organization Development 3 credits ter credits in Professional Practice from the fol- Examines the systems approach to planned orga- lowing: MCJ 700, 702. nizational change from the perspective of applied Resource Management: MBA 506, 507, 635, 680, behavioral science. Emphasis on operational 685, 690, 710. components, participatory leadership, action Human Services: MCJ 501, 503, 507, 650, 660; research, team-building, conflict resolution, and MPS 542, 552, 620; SPED 500, 510, 513, 520, 530, organization renewal. Prerequisite: MBA 621 or 540, 660, 715, 720, 750, 751; MSW 610, 620, MCJ 620. 810, 820. MCJ 640. Proseminar: Criminal Course Descriptions Justice Leadership 3 credits MCJ 501. Independent Study 1–3 credits A leadership development seminar focusing on Specialized readings and applied research in crim- the nature and sources of conflict within and inal justice. Requires director approval. between criminal justice and human service agencies. Organizational problems are identified and MCJ 503. Workshop 1–3 credits addressed through an action-research model. Topics and activities are designed to offer practi- Prerequisite: MCJ 630. cal skill development opportunities useful to criminal justice practitioners. May be repeated to MCJ 650. Correctional Counseling 3 credits a maximum of three semester credits if topics dif- Theory and practice of counseling with emphasis fer. Requires director approval. on reality therapy with youthful offenders in educational, human service, and correctional settings. Prerequisite: Graduate status. 180 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 181

Graduate Curricula and Courses

MCJ 660. Stress and Crisis Management 3 credits Recognition and identification of personal and social stress or crisis situations, and the development of interpersonal and group strategies for school, social service, and justice personnel. Prerequisite: Graduate status.

MCJ 700. Practicum 6 credits Observation and applied action-research on a management problem in a criminal justice related organization. Open only to MCJ candidates. Director approval. In Progress grade option.

MCJ 701. Criminal Justice Research 3 credits Research methods in criminal justice. Each student will select a topic approved for investigation, and will prepare a research proposal as the basis for the MCJ project. Prerequisite: Taken before MCJ 702 and after all other MCJ program courses and comprehensive examinations have been completed. In progress grade option.

MCJ 702. MCJ Project 3 credits The study proposed and approved in MCJ 701 will be conducted, with the results reported in academic form. Oral defense of the MCJ project is required. Prerequisite: MCJ 701. In progress grade option.

181 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 182

Graduate Curricula and Courses

Master of Education in Special Education, Juvenile Justice Education, and Counseling for Post-Secondary Disabilities Services

College of Human Services credits with 17 semester hours of a graduate Special Education Endorsement Program core. Students seeking a master’s degree apply to The Special Education Endorsement Program at the graduate program upon completion of their St. Ambrose University is designed to assist the endorsement program. All graduate-level course further development of teaching skills specific to work (500-level or above) from the endorsement working with children and adolescents with spe- program transfers into the graduate program pro- cial needs. The program is committed to linking viding it carries a grade of B or above. the practical application of teaching to the theo- Master of Education in Juvenile Justice Education retical underpinnings involved in human motiva- The Master of Education in Juvenile Justice tion and learning. Education is an interdisciplinary 42 - 45 semester Students at St. Ambrose can earn Iowa special credit program. Its focus is on providing knowl- education licensure in the areas of mental disabil- edge and understanding of youthful offenders ities or learning disabilities through this 38 - 41 encapsulated in the justice system, and how this semester hour training program. 400-level cours- impacts the education environment and process. es can be taken after completion of a student’s This innovative professional program is sophomore year. 500-level courses can be taken designed for secondary special education teachers at the graduate level for qualifying juniors, and wishing to work with incarcerated youth in edu- qualifying seniors can take 600-level courses. All cational settings and criminal justice and correc- courses numbered 500 or above may be trans- tional professionals interested in working with ferred into the master’s degree program with youth in human service community settings. The advisor approval providing they meet the transfer degree is also appropriate for teaching in the policies of the Graduate Special Education community college setting. While this is not a Programs. teaching license program, teaching licenses can be obtained through additional course work. Master of Education in Special Education The Master of Education in Special Education Master of Education in Counseling: Post- program is designed to provide skills at the grad- Secondary Disabilities Service uate level to teach in the fields of learning dis- The Master of Education in Counseling for Post abilities, behavioral disorders, mental disabilities, Secondary Disabilities Service program is a 48 or mild disabilities. Additional course work lead- semester hour professional degree program built ing toward endorsement as a special education on the philosophy that special services for indi- consultant can also be obtained. viduals with disabilities should not stop at high The MEd in Special Education is a 46 - 52 school level, but should be available at the uni- semester hour professional degree program inte- versity/community college and adult service level. grating 29 - 35 semester hours of endorsement This program is designed along two tracks.

182 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 183

Graduate Curricula and Courses

The college/university track addresses those wis- Education Endorsement must: ing to pursue careers in disabilities services at the 1. Hold junior level status (completion of 60 community college or four year college level. The hours of credit). second track focuses on providing training for 2. Obtain a positive recommendation from an individuals wishing to pursue a career in commu- education advisor and one member of the special nity services providing assistance to developmen- education program. tally disabled adults. 3. Possess an overall GPA of 3.0 or above. Admissions Policy In order to continue in the special education Admission to the graduate programs in education endorsement program students must maintain a consists of the following procedures: GPA of 3.0 in all education and special education 1. Completion of Graduate Program Application course work. including a $25 application fee. Application must be submitted to the Graduate Special Admission Requirements for MEd Program in K- Education Office. 12 Special Education 2. Submission of two current letters of reference 1. 2.75 GPA for junior, senior year of college. using the Graduate Special Education 2. 1000 composite on the verbal and quantitative Programs reference form. All letters must be portions of the Graduate Record Exam or 40 received before a decision on acceptance will on the Miller Analogies Test. be made. 3. Recommendations indicating the applicant’s 3. Submission of all previous official college and positive ability to perform at the graduate university transcripts to the Graduate Special level. Education Office. Official is defined as tran- 4. Statement of reasons for pursuing graduate scripts sent directly from the college/university level education that is commensurate with the with an official seal affixed. All transcripts philosophies and goals of the K-12 graduate must be received before a decision of accep- program. tance will be made. 5. Possess a current, valid teaching license or 4. Submission of Graduate Record Exam or equivalent license in a related service area (i.e. Miller Analogies Test Scores to the Graduate speech and language, deaf education, education Special Education Office. of the visually impaired). If all the above materials are not available at the 6. Successful completion of preliminary written time of application, a student may still register examinations (see Preliminary Exam section). for classes. However, the student must submit all materials by the end of the first term in order to Admissions Requirements for MEd Program in gain acceptance into the graduate program and Counseling: Post-Secondary Disabilities Services

register for a second term. 1. 2.75 GPA for junior, senior year of college. Amission into one of the three graduate edu- 2. 1000 composite on the verbal and quantitative cation programs is based on criteria specific to portions of the Graduate Record Exam or 40 each program. on the Miller Analogies Test. Admission Requirements for Special Education 3. Recommendations indicating the applicant’s Endorsement Program positive ability to perform at the graduate Students wishing to enroll in the Special level.

183 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 184

Graduate Curricula and Courses

4. Statement of reasons for pursuing graduate Transfer Credit level education that is commensurate with the Students may transfer up to 12 graduate semester philosophies and goals of the post-secondary credits from accredited institutions provided graduate program. these credits have a grade of B or higher on a 4.0 scale, are not older than seven years and will not Admissions Requirements for MEd Program in be older than 12 years upon program comple- Juvenile Justice Education tion. 1. 2.75 GPA for junior, senior year of college. 2. 1000 composite on the verbal and quantitative Candidacy portions of the Graduate Record Exam or 40 Candidacy for the Master’s Degree in Education on the Miller Analogies Test. is dependent upon meeting the following criteria: 3. Recommendations indicating the applicant’s 1. Successfully completing all course work as set positive ability to perform at the graduate forth in the student’s degree plan. level. 2. Maintaining a B average in the degree plan. 4. Statement of reasons for pursuing graduate 3. Obtaining no more than two Cs within the level education that is commensurate with the degree plan which are offset by As. philosophies and goals of the juvenile justice 4. Successful completion of the graduate research graduate program. project. (The juvenile justice education major Admissions Appeal Procedures may fulfill this requirement with the Master of Criminal Justice research requirement). Students who disagree with the admissions deci-

sion have a right to appeal through the following Preliminary Examination: K-12 Special Education procedures: The preliminary examination, required for stu- 1. Submit a letter addressing specific points of dents wishing to pursue a master’s degree in K-12 the appeal to the director of the Graduate Special Education, must be completed prior to Special Education Program. Response must be entry into the MEd in Special Education Program. made within 10 days of receiving appeal. This exam consists of a minimum of three essay 2. If the decision is still not agreeable to the type questions covering the student’s declared appellate, he/she may submit another letter of special education teaching area (i.e., learning dis- appeal to the Graduate Special Education abilities, mental disabilities, behavioral disorders, Programs Appeals Committee. Response will mild disabilities). The exam is designed to assess be made within 15 days of receipt of the knowledge and skills related to working with appeal. special needs students in an educational setting. 3. Should the appellate not be in agreement with Results of the exam can impact the student’s the Committee, he/she can submit a letter of acceptance into the MEd Program in one of three appeal to the dean of the College of Human ways: Services. Response must be made within 30 1. Full admittance - regular graduate student. days of receipt of appeal. 2. Provisional Admittance - recommendations for 4. Submit a letter of appeal to the Provost. remedial work. Response will be made within 30 days of the 3. Non-acceptance. receipt of the appeal request. Students needing specific accommodations for

184 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 185

Graduate Curricula and Courses

taking the preliminary examination due to a from their respective discipline. Oral examina- disability must file a request through the tions will be scheduled to take place within two Services for Students with Disabilities Office weeks of the student’s written examination or not at least 10 days prior to taking the exam. extending to 10 working days before graduation. Preliminary examinations will be offered on Oral examinations must be scheduled by the the second Saturday in June, August, October, student and the advisor using specified forms and March. Application information for obtained from the Graduate Special Education Preliminary Examinations can be obtained at the Office. This must be done 10 days prior to the Graduate Special Education Office. oral examination. Decisions concerning the student’s abilities during the oral examination can Written Examination result in one of three options: pass, pass C The written examination covers the student’s conditionally or fail. Conditional pass involves major area of study as well as the core require- the student either conducting further study in a ments. It is made up of questions representing specified area and retaking the examination with program goals in relation to the chosen field of two of the committee, or retaking specific courses studies. Each question requires an open-ended and retaking the examination with the entire response focusing on the student’s ability to inte- committee. A student who fails the examination grate theory from a research base with practical may retake it after a period of at least one acade- aspects of teaching special needs students. mic term or an agreed upon length as established The written exams are evaluated by a commit- by the committee. tee of three faculty selected by the student, with advisor assistance, from the Graduate Special Probationary Status Education Program; the Department of Persons not meeting the admissions requirements Education, the Master of Criminal Justice for regular admission to the degree program may Program, or the Master of Education Counseling be recommended for probationary status by the Program; and the University at large. The written program director or the Master of Education exams are evaluated on a three-level system: pass, Graduate Committee. Upon completion of at pass with consideration, and fail. In case of fail- least six semester credits of graduate level work ure, the student can retake the examination one with at least a B average, the student must peti- time. Failure the second time will result in the tion the program director for a change in status. student retaking specified courses or being dropped from the program. Program of Studies Written exams can only be taken when a stu- Special Education dent has completed at least 30 semester credits of Requirements for Master of Education in Special work as specified in a degree plan. This examina- Education: 46 - 52 semester credits including: 14- tion is scheduled once in the spring and once in 17 semester credits from the following: PSYC the summer. 310/510, SPED 510, 511, 512, 513, 514, 660; 15- Oral Examinations 18 semester credits in an endorsement concentration area listed below; and 17 credit hours from The oral examination will be administered by the the following: EDUC 710, 711, 712, 715, SPED student’s written committee with the addition of 700, 713, 716. a faculty member from the University. This is a comprehensive examination, testing the student’s 1. Learning Disabilities: SPED 520, 621 or 622, ability to analyze, integrate and apply knowledge 623, 628 or 629, 631 or 632 or EDUC 552.

185 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 186

Graduate Curricula and Courses

2. Behavioral Disorders: SPED 530, 631 or 632, 610, 620, 710, 711 and 715.

633, 638 or 639. Concentration: SPED 513, 520, 623, 671, 672, 3. Mental Disabilities (mild/moderate): SPED 540, 674, 679. 641 or 642, 643, 644, 647 and 648 or 649. Electives: 2-5 credits as approved by advisor. 4. Multicategorical (mild): SPED 550, 651 or 652, Community Agency Program 658 or 659, EDUC 552 or 556; three semester Core Requirements: SPED 511, 660, 700, EDUC credits from the following groups: SPED 621 or 542, 610, 710, 711, and 715. 622; 631 or 632; 641 or 642. Students interested in this concentration must also hold a Concentration: SPED 510, 513, 540, 643, 671, license in either elementary or secondary edu- 673, 674, 679 cation. Electives: 2-5 credits as approved by advisor.

5. Special Education Consultant: SPED 513, 750, Course Descriptions 751. Students wishing to obtain this concentration must also possess a master’s degree in SPED 410/510. Behavior Intervention special education or in another area (if in Techniques 2 credits another area, they must have 30 semester This course is intended to provide professionals credits in special education at the graduate with strategies for intervening with behaviors in level), meet the requirements for endorsement school and community settings. Behavior man- in the consultation concentration area, and agement techniques including reinforcement theo- have four years of successful teaching experi- ry, scheduling models, observation techniques as ence, two in the endorsement area. well as precision teaching strategies will be explored. Prerequisite: PSYC 310/510. Juvenile Justice Education SPED 411/511. Assessment in Special Requirements for a Master of Education in Education & Human Services 3 credits Juvenile Justice Education: This course focuses on the development of skills Foundation Courses: EDUC 710, 711, 715; SPED in formal and informal assessment techniques. 514. Information will be presented about standardized

Criminal Justice Courses: MCJ 610, 620, 630 (See diagnostic procedures used in special education course descriptions in Master of Criminal Justice and the human services field. Emphasis will be section.) placed on curriculum based measures. Prerequisite: PSYC 310/510. Cognate Area Courses in Juvenile Justice: MCJ 640 or 650 or 660; SPED 510, 530, 560, 561, SPED 412/512. Working with Families of Students 632, 639. with Special Needs 2 credits Research: Select one of the following options: This course focuses on the development of MCJ 701 and 702; or SPED 700. knowledge in the area of parenting children with special needs. Consideration will be given to Counseling: Post Secondary Disabilities Services developing an understanding of the needs of families raising children with disabilities and skills Requirements involve 48 semester hours of credit for working in partnership with these families. taken in the following areas: Prerequisite: PSYC 310/510. University Program

Core Requirements: SPED 511, 700, EDUC 542,

186 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 187

Graduate Curricula and Courses

SPED 413/513. Collaborative/ SPED 550. Introduction to Multicategorical Consultation 2 credits Special Education Programming 3 credits Methods and strategies for working with profes- Provides an introduction to children and youth sionals in educational, social service and commu- with mild special needs and a framework for nity agencies will be presented including ways to understanding special education needs from a creatively solve problems in a team approach. multicategorical perspective. Prerequisite: PSYC Prerequisite: PSYC 310/510. 310/510.

SPED 414/514. Curriculum for Special SPED 560. Introduction to Education 2 credits Juvenile Delinquency 3 credits Students taking this course will develop skills in This course explores the world of juvenile delin- the design of special education curriculum for quency. Students will explore the theoretical mild and moderate special needs children and explanations of delinquent behavior, research the youth. Exposure to IEP development as well as development of the juvenile justice movement, curriculum development and design based upon examine present trends in types of juvenile delin- IEP’s will encompass the major focus of this quency, and analyze intervention and prevention course. Prerequisite: PSYC 310/510. strategies.

SPED 420/520. Introduction to Learning SPED 561. Intervention Techniques Disabilities 3 credits for the Juvenile Offender 3 credits Geared towards professionals wishing to pursue Students will explore the various theories of juve- careers in working with learning disabled stu- nile delinquency and the problems associated dents, this course focuses on characteristics of with developing treatment approaches consistent students with learning disabilities. Exploration of with specific theoretical perspectives. They will causes, characteristics, historical aspects and cur- also learn the fundamentals of group and individ- rent research in treatment is undertaken. ual counseling, reality therapy, Guided Group Prerequisite: PSYC 310/510. Interaction and various other treatment modalities. Upon completion of this course, students SPED 530. Introduction to Behavioral will be able to demonstrate the ability to begin Disorders 3 credits and terminate group counseling sessions. Focuses on the causes, characteristics, diagnosis, and treatment of children with behavioral disor- SPED 593. Teaching Infants and Young Children ders. Emphasis is placed on the educational, with Severe/Profound Disabilities 3 credits social, and personal interactions of students with This course addresses teaching methodology as it mild and moderate behavior disorders. applies to infants and young children with seri- Prerequisite: PSYC 310/510. ous disabilities. Various issues relating to working with youngsters with severe/profound and SPED 440/540. Introduction to multiple disabilities are addressed through lecture Mental Disabilities 3 credits discussion and practice of skills. Such issues as Etiology, characteristics, classification, diagnosis, medical care, technology for department children, and assessment of mental disabilities will be con- community, state, and regional resources, support sidered in this course. Also, issues surrounding groups, service delivery systems for early develop- social contact, the role of the family, school and ment as well as specific teaching methods in the community agencies working with persons with areas of motor, social, self-help, cognitive and mental disabilities. Prerequisite: PSYC 310/510. behavior will be addressed.

187 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 188

Graduate Curricula and Courses

SPED 621. Teaching the Elementary SPED 628. Practicum in Learning Learning Disabled Child 3 credits Disabilities (Elementary) 3 credits This course is designed to provide an in-depth This course provides students with field experi- exploration of specific strategies used with teach- ences working in elementary programs for stu- ing elementary level learning disabled youngsters. dents with learning disabilities. Students will gain Teachers will develop skills for working with the first hand practical experience in working with learning disabled child in areas of reading mathe- curriculum and teaching strategies under the matics, spelling, handwriting, social skills and supervision and guidance of licensed teachers. thinking skills. Prerequisite: SPED 511, 520 or Prerequisites: SPED 510, 511, 514 520, 621, and instructor permission. teacher certification.

SPED 622. Teaching Secondary SPED 629. Practicum in Learning Learning Disabled Students 3 credits Disabilities (Secondary) 3 credits Designed to develop skills in teachers working This course provides students with field experi- with learning disabled adolescents, this course ences working in secondary programs for stu- will focus on in-depth study in the areas specific dents with learning disabilities. Students will gain to the needs of secondary level students. first hand, practical experience in working with Prerequisites: SPED 511, 520 or instructor permis- curriculum and teaching strategies under the sion. supervision and guidance of licensed teachers. Prerequisites: SPED 510, 511, 514, 520, 622, and SPED 623. Neurological Aspects of teacher certification. Learning Disabilities 3 credits Focus on the various neurological components SPED 631. Teaching Elementary Children involved in the learning process. Students will with Behavioral Disorders 3 credits learn the operation of the brain and how it A study of specific teaching techniques and impacts learning. Prerequisite: SPED 520. instructional materials for use with elementary- level behavior disordered children. Topics will SPED 498. Student Teaching in include classroom organization and management Learning Disabilities (Elementary) 12-15 credits and individualized behavior programming. Direct observation and supervised teaching expe- Prerequisites: SPED 510, 511, 530. rience. Students must spend a full day, five days per week for a semester, with elementary students SPED 632. Teaching Secondary Children with learning disabilities. Students enrolled in with Behavioral Disorders 3 credits this course will be expected to meet all the oblig- A study of specific teaching methods and instruc- ations set forth in the Special Education Student tional material for use with secondary-aged Teaching Handbook. behavior disordered youth. Topics include classroom organization and management, behavior SPED 499. Student Teaching in Learning programming, and transitional models. Disabilities (Secondary) 12-15 credits Prerequisites: SPED 510, 511, 530 or instructor Direct observation and supervised teaching expe- permission. rience. Students must spend a full day, five days per week for a semester, with adolescents with SPED 633. Theories of learning disabilities. Students enrolled in this Emotional Disturbances 3 credits course will be expected to meet all the obliga- Topics focus on aspects of serious emotional dis- tions set forth in the Special Education Student orders. Etiology, characteristics, social and emo- Teaching Handbook. tional factors are considered for children with

188 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 189

Graduate Curricula and Courses

various psychological pathologies. Prerequisite: SPED 641. Teaching Elementary Children SPED 530 or instructor permission. with Mild Mental Disabilities 3 credits Provides teaching methodology specific to the SPED 638. Practicum in Behavior teaching of children with mild mental disabilities Disorders (Elementary) 3 credits at the elementary level. Prerequisites: SPED 510, This course provides students with field experi- 511, 514, 540. ence working in elementary programs for behavior disordered students. Students will obtain SPED 642. Teaching Secondary Youth practical, first-hand experience of working with with Mild Mental Disabilities 3 credits curriculum and teaching strategies. Prerequisites: This course is intended to provide teaching SPED 514, 631 and teacher certification. methodology specific to teaching adolescents with mild mental disabilities. Prerequisites: SPED SPED 639. Practicum in Behavior 510,511,514,540, or instructor permission. Disorders (Secondary) 3 credits This course provides students with field experi- SPED 643. Teaching Students with ence working in secondary programs for behav- Moderate Mental Disabilities 3 credits ior disordered students. Students will obtain This course is designed to provide curricular practical, first-hand experience of working with training to the teacher who plans to work with curriculum and teaching strategies. Prerequisites: students with moderate mental disabilities. SPED 510, 511, 514, 530, 632 and teacher certifi- Information will be gained in academic, social, cation. leisure, and vocational areas. Prerequisites: SPED 510, 511, 514, 540, or instructor permission. SPED 496. Student Teaching in Mental Disabilities (Mild/Moderate): Elementary 12-15 credits SPED 644. Medical Aspects of Direct observation and supervised teaching expe- Mental Retardation 3 credits rience. Students must spend a full day, five days This course focuses on in-depth exploration of per week for a semester, with elementary students various genetically, biophysical and environmen- with mild and moderate mental disabilities. One tally-based causes of mental retardation. Also half of the student teaching experience will be considered in this course are current issues sur- spent with elementary students with mild mental rounding medicine/genetics. Prerequisites: SPED disabilities the other half of the experience will be 540. spent with elementary age students with moder- SPED 647. Practicum in Mental ate mental disabilities. Disabilities - Moderate (K-12) 3 credits SPED 497. Student Teaching in Mental Disabilities This course provides students with field experi- (Mild/Moderate): Secondary 12-15 credits ence working in K-12 programs for moderate Direct observation and supervised teaching expe- mentally disabled students. Students participate rience. Students must spend a full day, five days in pre-summer practicums established by the per week for a semester, with adolescents with University. Students will obtain practical, first- mild and moderate mental disabilities in a sec- hand experience of working with curriculum and ondary school setting. One half of the student teaching strategies. Prerequisites: SPED 510, 511, teaching experience will be spent with secondary 514, 540, 643, and teacher certification. In students with mild mental disabilities, the other Progress grade option. half of the experience will be spent with secondary age students with moderate mental disabilities.

189 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 190

Graduate Curricula and Courses

SPED 648. Practicum in Mental Prerequisites: SPED 510, 511, 514, 550, 651, and Disabilities - Mild (Elementary) 3 credits teacher certification. In Progress grade option. This course provides students with field experi- SPED 659. Practicum in Multicategorical ence working in elementary programs for stu- Resource Room (Secondary) 3 credits dents with mild mental disabilities. Students will This course provides students with field experi- obtain practical, first-hand experience of working ence working in secondary programs for students with curriculum and teaching strategies. in multicategorical resource settings. Students Prerequisites: SPED 510, 511, 514, 540, 641, and will obtain first hand experience of working with teacher certification. In Progress grade option. curriculum and teaching strategies. Prerequisites: SPED 649. Practicum in Mental SPED 510, 511, 514, 550, 652, and teacher certifi- Disabilities - Mild (Secondary) 3 credits cation. In Progress grade option. This course provides students with field experi- SPED 660. Career Management & ence working in secondary programs for students Transitioning for the Disabled 3 credits with mild mental disabilities. Students will obtain Emphasis is placed on various models used for practical, first-hand experience of working with providing vocational/career education to individ- curriculum and teaching strategies. Prerequisites: uals with special needs. Students study career SPED 510, 511, 513, 540, 642, and teacher certifi- assessment, programming and various transition cation. In Progress grade option. models. Prerequisite: PSYC 310/510. SPED 651. Teaching Mildly Handicapped SPED 671. Adults with Disabilities 3 credits Elementary Students in This course provides students with an introduc- Multicategorical Settings 3 credits tion to adults with physical, cognitive, and senso- Teaching strategies, curriculum options, and ry disabilities. The main focus will be on the delivery systems for mildly handicapped student psyco-social characteristics of having a disability. in elementary multicategorical resource settings. Vocational and educational implications will also Prerequisites: SPED 510, 511, 514, 550, or be discussed. Students will explore how profes- instructor permission. sionals can play a positive role in assisting indi- SPED 652. Teaching Secondary Mildly viduals with disabilities. Prerequisite: Graduate Handicapped Students in standing. Multicategorical Programs 3 credits SPED 672. Programming & Instruction for This course will explore teaching strategies, cur- College Students with Disabilities 3 credits ricular options and delivery systems specifically Through lecture and discussion, this course will designed for students enrolled in secondary-level provide students with information on how col- multicategorical resource programs. Prerequisites: leges and universities comply with federal legisla- SPED 510, 511, 514, 550, or instructor permis- tion to ensure equal educational opportunities for sion. students with disabilities. Course topics will SPED 658. Practicum in Multicategorical include: legal mandates for academic adjust- Resource Room (Elementary) 3 credits ments, auxiliary aids and services, psycho-social This course provides students with field experi- aspects of disability, program development, learn- ence working in elementary programs for stu- ing strategies for students with learning disabili- dents in multicategorical resource settings. ties, and program evaluation. Since over 50% of Students will obtain first-hand experience of college students with disabilities are learning dis- working with curriculum and teaching strategies. abled, the course will have an emphasis on pro-

190 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 191

Graduate Curricula and Courses

gramming for students with learning disabilities. hours in order to graduate from the program. Prerequisite: SPED 671. Students are asked to spend a minimum of 400 clock hours for each three credits taken in super- SPED 673. Program Design for Agencies vised internship work that involves the applica- Serving Adults with Special Needs 3 credits tion of skills learned while in the graduate This course is designed to familiarize students program. Prerequisites: SPED 511, EDUC 542, 610, with various community organizations that sup- EDUC 620 or SPED 660, SPED 513, 520, or 540, port adults with disabilities. Emphasis is placed SPED 623 or 643, SPED 671, SPED 672 or 673, on specific organizations within the Quad City SPED 674, 675, or 510. area and the specific services they provide, their organizational structure, funding, and service SPED 688. Practicum in Multicategorical Special philosophy. The course is intended for students Class with Integration-Elementary (SCI) 3 credits interested in working within organizations that This course provides students with field experi- support the full participation of individuals with ence working in elementary programs for stu- disabilities into community life. Prerequisite: SPED dents in multicategorical SCI settings. Students 671. will obtain practical first-hand experience of working with curriculum and teaching strategies. SPED 674. Legal Aspects of Prerequisites: SPED 510, 511, 514, 621, 631, 641, Adult Disability Services 3 credits teacher certification or instructor permission. In Ïhis course is designed to familiarize students Progress grade option. with federal and state laws that prohibit discrimination against individuals with disabilities. The SPED 689. Practicum in Multicategorical emphasis will be on the Individuals with Special Class with Integration- Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), the Secondary (SCI) 3 credits Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the Americans This course provides students with field experi- with Disabilities Act (ADA). Class discussion will ence working in secondary programs for students focus on how these laws have determined the in multicategorical SCI settings. Students will type of support individuals receive and how ser- obtain practical first-hand experience of working vices are provided. Prerequisite: SPED 671 or with curriculum and teaching strategies. equivalent. Prerequisites: SPED 510, 511, 514, 621, 631, 641, teacher certification or instructor permission. In SPED 675. Advanced Assessment/Special Progress grade option. Services for Adults 1 credit This course is designed to enable students to use SPED 700. Research Project 4 credits formal and informal measures to develop individ- This course focuses on the collection and analysis ualized programs for adults with disabilities in of action research. Students will select a topic either post secondary education or adult service and conduct research projects. Prerequisites: agencies. Prerequisites: PSYC 510, SPED 511. Completion of 90% of required course work, EDUC 710, 711. SPED 679. Internship in Adult Services (Repeatable) 1-6 credits SPED 713. Legal Aspects of Special This course is designed to provide the student Education 2 credits with hands-on experiences in working with This course explores the legislative and litigative adults with disabilities in post-secondary or reforms of special education. Special education agency programs. This is a required course which laws including the Individuals with Disabilities is to be taken on a repeat basis equal to six credit Education Act (IDEA) and Section 504 of the

191 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 192

Graduate Curricula and Courses

Vocational Rehabilitation Act will be addressed concerned with planning, conducting, and evalu- along with recent court decisions relative to these ating staff development programs. Prerequisite: laws. Prerequisite: Graduate status. Currently held licensure in special education or instructor permission. SPED 715. Individual Study in Special Education 1-3 credits EDUC 542. Counseling Theories This course offers students the opportunity to and Practices 3 credits conduct in-depth exploration into problems relat- An overview of contemporary counseling theories ed to their major core of study not specifically with a critical examination of the strengths and covered in other courses. A substantial written weaknesses of each theoretical approach. report, as well as an informal oral report will be Includes extensive training in effective counseling required. Students will meet regularly with their techniques designed for therapeutic change. instructor. No more than three credits can count Prerequisites: PSYC 310/510, PSYC 342, instructor towards the master’s degree. Prerequisite: permission. Permission of department. In Progress grade EDUC 552. Diagnostic and Prescriptive option. Techniques of Teaching Reading 3 credits SPED 716. Contemporary Issues Diagnostic and prescriptive techniques for class- in Special Education 3 credits room teachers of reading. Corrective techniques This course focuses on current issues facing the appropriate for less severe reading disabilities; field of special education. Topics that impact on writing diagnostic and progress reports; parent today’s special education teacher as well as future interviews; designing prescriptions for teaching, issues will be explored through a seminar format. tutoring and evaluating children in clinical set- Prerequisite: PSYC 310/510. ting. Lecture and laboratory. Graduate students will be required to fulfill all 552 requirements SPED 720. Special Topics 1-3 credits and design a K-12 reading inventory and prepare A study of current specialized topics in the field a case study on the client assigned. Prerequisites: of special education. Prerequisite: PSYC 310/510. One foundation course in reading and at least SPED 750. Curriculum Development two years teaching experience. and Design 3 credits EDUC 556. Teaching Reading Course focuses on aspects of special education to Adolescents 3 credits curriculum in the schools including historical Assessment of adolescent reading skills in various foundation, curriculum planning implementation content areas. Methods and materials used in and evaluation, principles of curriculum organi- teaching developmental reading in junior and zation, outside forces impacting on the curricu- senior high content courses. Prerequisite: lum and future trends. Prerequisite: Currently Graduate status or instructor permission. held licensure in special education or instructor permission. EDUC 610. Counseling Adults with Disabilities 3 credits SPED 751. Staff Development in An overview of current techniques and strategies the Schools 3 credits used by counseling professionals as they interact Course will focus on skills in modes of interven- with adult clients with disabilities. Students will tion diagnosing problems and identifying target have the opportunity to apply counseling strate- groups as part of the staff development process gies to the treatment of adults with disabilities as designed to improve schools. Students will be they participate in role-playing exercises and

192 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 193

Graduate Curricula and Courses

complete a counseling internship. Prerequisite: EDUC 715. Teaching Culturally Diverse EDUC 542, graduate status or instructor permis- Students in Special Education Settings 2 credits sion. Designed to assist special education teachers in developing the understanding of issues surround- EDUC 620. College and University ing cultural and gender diversity within special Curriculum 3 credits education settings. Prerequisite: PSYC 310/510, Emphasis is placed on the various intricacies of graduate status, or instructor permission. the curriculum at the post-secondary level. Students will be exposed to various aspects of the EDUC 720. Special Topics in Education 1-3 credits college and university level curriculum including This course will focus on current specialized top- four year and two year preparatory programs. ics in the field of education. Students will be asked to explore through discussions, written assignments and presentations, such concepts as issues in post secondary curriculum, basic considerations in curriculum development, instructional processes that interact with the curriculum, evaluation of curriculum and methods. Prerequisite: Graduate status.

EDUC 710. Research Methods 2 credits This course will provide students with basic skills in conducting educational research including rationale, types of research methodology and ethics.

EDUC 711. Research Statistics 2 credits This course is an introduction and application of descriptive statistics, correlation estimation, hypothesis testing through the use of the t, ANOVA, and Chi Squares.

EDUC 712. Advanced Learning Theory 2 credits This course will focus on the discussion of the theories of learning as they apply to children and youth. Emphasis will be placed on students in- depth exploration of each of the major learning theories as these apply to students with and without special learning needs. Prerequisite: Graduate status.

193 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 194

Graduate Curricula and Courses

Master of Health Care Administration

College of Business

The 15 course (45 semester credit) Master of Health Care Administration curricula is offered week nights and Saturdays to accommodate part-time students who seek advanced study in the field of health care administration. Both quantitative and qualitative skills will be developed through these courses, with emphasis on not-for-profit health care administration concepts and close attention given to “real life” applications. Didactic and seminar classes are used to facilitate comprehension and application of these concepts.

Admissions Requirements adding the GMAT composite score. A minimum Individuals with undergraduate degrees in any score of 950 based on this formula is required for field may apply for admission to the Master in full-status admission. Health Care Administration Program. While all Students with a total score of less than 400 on students are welcome in the program, the GMAT or 950 on the minimum standard are undergraduate backgrounds outside of business reviewed for conditional admission status (provi- or health care may not fully prepare a student sional or probationary) on an individual basis by with the skills necessary for successful completion the Graduate Studies Admissions and Retention of this specialized program. Committee. Students may be admitted for the fall, spring, Provisional admission status may be granted or summer semesters. Applicants must meet the when a student’s file is incomplete. The provi- following requirements: sional student is required to provide all missing 1. Complete the Application For Admission information promptly. form, and return to the College of Business Probationary admission may be granted after Office with a $25 non-refundable application review by the Graduate Studies Admissions. Such fee payable to St. Ambrose University. status implies concern about the academic success 2. Supply official transcripts from all undergrad- of the student. Removal from probationary uate and graduate institutions attended. An admission status requires successful compliance official transcript is one sent directly to with conditions indicated by the MHCA director. St. Ambrose from the institutions attended. All admission decisions will take into considera- 3. Submit an official GMAT score. Students may tion the student’s personal motivation to succeed. be admitted provisionally without taking the Students will be required to take a special MBA GMAT, provided they submit a GMAT score by course in quantitative methods if their quantita- the completion of 12 credit hours. tive scores on the GMAT are below the 35th percentile. Admission Status Courses By Examination The admission formula is figured by multiplying the undergraduate grade-point average by 200 and Students who have knowledge and experience in

194 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 195

Graduate Curricula and Courses

foundation, core (except LPTS), and decision-mak- community, so that they may be part of basic ing courses may take the courses “by examina- decision-making in health care management. tion” with approval of the MBA director. Testing Case studies will be used to help emphasize real procedures are available in the College of world application. Business Office and a fee is charged. MHCA 600. Accounting in Not-For-Profit Organizations 3 credits Academic Status The purpose of this course is to provide an in- MHCA students are required to maintain a 3.0 (B) depth review of the accounting procedures for a grade-point average or above. Failure to meet not-for-profit organization, including financial this academic requirement will result in the stu- recording of transactions, preparation and inter- dent being placed on academic probation. pretation of financial statements, return on Students need to remove themselves from proba- investment considerations, sale and purchase of tion within two consecutive semesters. bonds, securities, endowments, management of Only two C grades are permitted in the MHCA employee trust retirement funds, accounting for Program, and each must be offset with an A. A subsidiary corporations, managerial financing third C grade or an F grade will result in academ- concepts, cost accounting, budget strategies, and ic dismissal from the program. Any student dis- strategic financial planning. Time will be spent missed from the MHCA Program due to academic on the critical difference in NFP financial manage- deficiency may reapply for admission after a min- ment and how these differences affect the deci- imum of one elapsed semester. sion-making process. Prerequisites: MBA 506, 507.

Degree Requirements MHCA 635. Legal Issues in Health Care 3 credits This course acquaints the health care student Requirements for the Master of Health Care with the internal and external legal environment Administration Degree (45 semester credits): faced by a health care provider and its manager. Foundation Courses: MHCA 526; MBA 505, 506, This course will look at malpractice, risk man- 507. agement, tort law and tort reform, OSHA regula- Core Courses: MHCA 600, 635; MBA 756, 690. tions, construction of organizational charters, Decision-Making Courses: MHCA 640, 650, 660, bylaws, rules and regulations, legal constraints 670. on organizational management, laws affecting Executive Courses: MHCA 800, 805, 810. subsidiary corporations, internal and external legal environment for health care provider, tax Course Descriptions law, human resource laws and regulations in hir- MHCA 526. Economic Analysis ing/firing, and benefit/retirement trust manage- in Health Care Management 3 credits ment. This course evaluates the macro and microeco- nomics of health care management and the health MHCA 640. Life Cycle Health care system including supply and demand Care Systems 3 credits characteristics, financing, and the various con- This course analyzes the basic differences be- cepts of revision. The health care system is driven tween the management requirement of HMO/PPO, by different dynamics than the classical economic Supermed; hospitals, free standing clinics; sub- market place. The student needs to understand sidiary entities; group and private practices; gov- the differences and similarities between manufac- ernment agencies; peer review organizations; turing economics, finance and that of the service managed care organizations; third party payers;

195 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 196

Graduate Curricula and Courses

fiscal intermediaries; independent physician/ various aspects of the psychology of motivation, provider organizations; community based ser- empowerment, training, performance appraisal, vices; and community health centers. The macro/ reward systems, and superior/subordinate rela- microeconomic and legal issues and managerial tionships. An understanding of the psychology of challenges that affect each of these will be group dynamics will be developed. The student explored. Prerequisites: MHCA 526, 635. will learn the constraints of decision-making with and about employees, and how to overcome or MHCA 650. Financial and protect oneself from them. Prerequisite: Strategic Planning 3 credits MHCA 635. The purpose of this course is to correlate and coordinate previous health care accounting and MHCA 800. Professional Ethics financial principles and practices into a concise in Health Care Management 3 credits quantitative, financial, and strategic planning This course discusses current issues in the ethics concept. The course will focus on the managerial of health care and their relationship to health decisions needed in sources and uses of funds; care delivery systems. It will cover various ethical raising of funds and capital; alternative uses of issues of health care restriction, cost containment, capital; borrowing and bonds; strategic budget- under or uninsured, eldercare at the expense of ing; financial strategic planning; cash flow man- early life care, termination of life support, living agement; and the focused financial management wills/powers of attorney, organ donation, fetal needed in NFP organizations. The close relation- genetic assessments for congenital diseases that ship of financial management and strategic plan- may affect adult life functioning, malpractice, ning will be reviewed. Case studies will be used licensing and accreditation, and AIDS screening in to demonstrate concepts. Prerequisites: MBA 505, health care personnel. Prerequisite: MHCA 635. 506, 507; MHCA 600. MHCA 805. Selected Issues MHCA 660. The Marketing of in Health Care Management 3 credits Health Care Systems 3 credits This course expands on current issues in health This course explores the ethical marketing of care that will be important to the health care health care services and develops a base on which manager. This will be an executive seminar to build a focused marketing plan for a health course, with case studies and student presenta- care provider. The course will explore the legal tions. The focus will be on issues not covered in restraints placed on the marketing of health care the prerequisite and ethics courses. Topics will services. Various market survey techniques will include managed care and benefits administra- be reviewed and their validity discussed. The tion, use of PC work stations as a management course will review and discuss the basic steps in a tool (spread sheets, graphs, etc.), health care poli- strategic marketing plan, the differences and simi- tics, geriatrics/eldercare and its financing, under- larities between marketing for goods vs. health standing staffing techniques, total quality care services, and other marketing techniques. management in the health care industry, and CEO Prerequisites: MHCA 526, 635. management skills in a health care organization. Prerequisites: MHCA 526, 635, 640. MHCA 670. Human Behavior in Health Care Organizations 3 credits MHCA 810. Capstone Seminar The purpose of this course is to understand the in Health Care Management 3 credits psychology and management of people in health This course brings together all the basic aspects care organizations. The course will explore the of the Health Care Administration Program

196 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 197

Graduate Curricula and Courses

courses during the evaluation and discussion of MBA Courses Required of Master of Health case studies. Each case will have some issues Care Administration Students from the prerequisite classes that will require For course descriptions, see Master of Business development by the student and a decision made Administration section in this catalog. at the time of the student presentation. The presentation will be similar to a term paper and will MBA 505. Statistical Methods 3 credits require extensive preparation of data. MBA 506. Financial Accounting 3 credits Prerequisites: All foundation, core, and decision- MBA 507. Managerial Accounting 3 credits making courses, plus two of the three executive MBA 690. Leadership Through courses, or by special arrangement with the pro- People Skills 3 credits gram director. MBA 756. Information Systems Management in Health Care 3 credits

Master of Occupational Therapy

College of Human Services The Master of Occupational Therapy Program consists of two years of liberal arts education prerequisites, emphasizing biological and behavioral sciences, and three years of professional course work including anatomy, physiology, neuroscience, occupational therapy, and clinical internships.

Students usually apply for formal acceptance into by the Accreditation Council for Occupational the OT Program during the second (or sopho- Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American more) year of college-level work. Once accepted, Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA), 4720 they begin the professional phase of the program Montgomery Lane, PO 31220, Bethseda, MD in the fall semester of their junior year. After 20824, 301/652-AOTA. their fourth year of studies, students must have A letter of intent for program change has been successfully completed all requirements toward a filed for an accreditation change to a master’s bachelor’s degree in order to proceed into the degree program. Upon accreditation of the MOT final year of professional studies. Typically, the Program, graduates will be eligible to take the bachelor’s degree will be awarded with a major national certification examination administered in psychology or elected studies. by the National Board for Certification in In 1997, in recognition of an ever-increasing Occupational Therapy (NBCOT). When students emphasis on professionalism and advanced train- apply for the certification examination with the ing, the program evolved to offer graduate-level NBCOT, they will be asked to answer questions course work leading to a master’s of occupational related to the topic of felonies. therapy degree. St. Ambrose offers the only After successful completion of this exam, the Master of Occupational Therapy Program in the individual will be an Occupational Therapist, state of Iowa. Registered (OTR). Most states require licensure in St. Ambrose’s bachelor’s program is accredited order to practice. However, state licenses are usu-

197 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 198

Graduate Curricula and Courses

ally based on the results of the NBCOT Life-Span Developmental Certification Examination. Psychology PSYC 305 3 Abnormal Psychology PSYC 324 3 Preparing for Occupational Therapy Studies Speech SPEE 101/103 2-3 The Occupational Therapy Program does not The majority of the following general education accept every applicant who meets the minimum requirements should be completed at the time of admissions requirements. Each class is selected on application for acceptance to the Occupational a competitive basis based on cumulative GPA, pre- Therapy Program. A student may complete up to requisite GPA, on-campus essay, and letter of ref- six semester credits of these courses during pro- erences. fessional occupational therapy education. Prerequisite course work in the sciences and Students having completed a bachelor’s degree mathematics, communications and behavioral sci- from another institution are not required to com- ences, and the liberal arts, is usually completed plete St. Ambrose’s general education require- during the first and second years of college-level ments. The student must complete the OT work. An occupational therapy applicant should Department prerequisites. have completed the majority of prerequisite class- Subject Area SAU Equivalent Hours es before applying for admission into the pro- Art, Music, Theatre gram. (two of three) Several 6 The following science and mathematics prerequi- History Several 3 site course work must be completed at the time Philosophy PHIL 101, 201, 207, of application for acceptance to the Occupational 208, 210, 217 3 Therapy Program. Theology THEO 101, 201, 214,

Subject Area SAU Equivalent Hours 219, 240, 250 3 Human Biology BIOL 103/101 4 Philosophy or Theology Several 6 College Algebra MATH 151 3 Foreign Language College Chemistry CHEM 103/105 or Literature Several 6 or Physics PHYS 201 4 Wellness Concepts PED 149 1 Physical Education Several 1 Most of the following communications and behavioral science prerequisites should be com- Transfer Students pleted at the time of application for acceptance to the OT Program. A student may have up to nine Transfer students from other colleges and univer- semester credits of these prerequisites pending (be sities can apply for admission to St. Ambrose and enrolled in the courses and expect successful the OT Program. Students must be admitted to completion) at the time of application. These the University before applying to the OT courses must be completed before beginning pro- Program. Admission to St. Ambrose University fessional occupational therapy classes. does not guarantee advancement into the professional program. Subject Area SAU Equivalent Hours Transfer students should submit copies of all Written Communication ENGL 101 3 transcripts to the OT Department. A photocopied Medical Terminology OTS 250 1 catalog description of all transferred support Introductory Psychology PSYC 105 3 courses must be submitted along with the appli- Statistics PSYC 213 3 cation form. These transcripts will be considered Research Methods PSYC 215 3 a part of the application and are necessary to

198 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 199

Graduate Curricula and Courses

determine admission and placement. Transcripts based on the decision of the program director. must be received by the application deadline. A baccalaureate degree must be completed prior to enrollment in the third year of the Advancement / Admission to the Professional professional program or a plan of completion Phase of Occupational Therapy Education approved by the program director. In addition to successful completion of their pre- 6. Additional requirements may be added. Please requisite course work, students are required to check with the OT Department for the most demonstrate a strong understanding of occupa- current information. tional therapy and a commitment to the profession in order to advance to the professional Admissions Procedures phase of the program. To accomplish this they Students must apply to St. Ambrose University must: before they can be admitted into the OT Program. 1. Document a total of 50 hours of OT volunteer The following steps must be complete to seek experience completed in at least two different admission to the OT Program:

OT settings. At the time of application, the 1. Complete official OT Program application. applicant must submit a registered occupa- 2. Provide a list of courses expected to be com- tional therapist’s written statement (on official pleted prior to admission to program. letterhead) verifying the observation experience, or they may document employment in 3. All prerequisites must be completed with a an occupational therapy setting. In this case grade of C or higher. the applicant would submit a registered occu- 4. Application and any support documents, pational therapist’s written verification of including references and documentation of employment with the application. volunteer or employment experience, must be 2. Have a minimum “computed” grade-point submitted to the Occupational Therapy office average of 2.7 (on a 4.0 scale) at the time of by January 31. application and enrollment in the professional Students will be notified of their admission status program. A computed GPA is determined by in writing by the OT Office. Individuals accepting the student’s cumulative GPA, and GPA in occu- admission to the program must notify the OT pational therapy prerequisite courses (specific Office of acceptance in writing, and pay the information available in the OT office). acceptance fee, by a predetermined deadline. 3. Complete an on-campus essay. Students are officially admitted to the OT Program at the time of enrollment in the profes- 4. Submit three letters of reference on official sional program. forms available in the application packet. These references should be from persons Retention/Readmssion in the OT Program familiar with the applicant’s qualities related to becoming an occupational therapist. Students must meet the following criteria in order to be retained in the OT Program. 5. All prerequisite courses must be completed or enrolled in at the time of application. Only six 1. Maintain an overall GPA of 2.7 on a 4.0 scale. semester credits of general education courses 2. Maintain a GPA of 2.7 on a 4.0 scale for all will be allowed to be completed while in the first and second level professional level cours- professional phase of the program. Certified es excluding any outstanding prerequisite occupational therapy assistants may have up courses. to 12 hours of general education pending 199 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:04 PM Page 200

Graduate Curricula and Courses

3. Complete all major and support courses with a present using a written ballot. minimum grade of C after two attempts. A 6. The student will be verbally informed by the student may not be enrolled in any profession- chair of the Admissions and Retention al occupational therapy courses until the sec- Committee after the meeting. The chair will ond attempt has been successfully completed write a letter regarding the decision to the stu- with a C or better. dent and a copy will be placed in the student’s 4. Follow the Department Leave of Absence file. Procedures when it is necessary for the student 7. The student has the right to appeal the com- to temporarily leave the OT Program. mittee’s decision to the dean of the College of Dismissal from the University will automatically Human Services in writing within one week be considered dismissal from the Occupational after receiving notification of the decision. Therapy Department. The Occupational Therapy Curriculum Appeal Procedures for Progression and Course Semester Hours Retention / Re-Admission to the OT Program Professional Courses Students have the right to appeal decisions relat- Fall Semester (Junior Year) ed to admissions, progression, or retention to the BIOL 202 Human Anatomy/Physiology 4 Admissions and Retention Committee. Appeal OTS 312 History, Philosophy of OT 2 procedures are available from the Occupational OTS 313 Foundations of Adaptation 2 Therapy Department. OTS 315 Fundamentals of Treatment 3 Procedures OTS 327 Adaptative Processes I 2 1. The student’s request for appeal must be made PSYC 403 Behavioral Neuroscience 4 in writing to the Chair of Admissions and 16 Retention Committee within two weeks of Spring Semester being notified of his/her status in the OT BIOL 204 Advanced Human Anatomy 4 Program. OTS 325 OT Intervention I (Pediatrics) 5 OTS 326 Fieldwork I-A 2 2. The student must appeal decisions of the OTS 441 OT Applied Kinesiology 3 Admissions and Retention Committee by sub- OTS 444 Adaptive Processes II 2 mitting written reasons for challenging the 16 Committee’s decision by the appeal date set by the Committee. Fall Semester 3. The student member of the Admissions and OTS 442 OT Intervention II (Adult) 5 Retention Committee will participate in the OTS 445 Pathology 3 appeal process. OTS 453 Adaptive Processes III 2 OTS 456 OT Group and Family Theory 3 4. The student and faculty members of the 13 Admissions and Retention Committee who have direct involvement in the case and who Winterim feel they are unable to act in good faith will OTS 443 Fieldwork I-B 2 excuse themselves from the appeals process. Spring Semester 5. The decision of the committee will be made by OTS 449 Applied Orthotics 2 majority vote of those committee members OTS 451 OT Intervention III (Elderly) 5

200 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 201

Graduate Curricula and Courses

OTS 455 Professional Research I 3 Course Descriptions OTS 460 Applied Treatment Theories 3 PSYC 360 Behavioral Pharmacology 3 OTS 250. Medical Terminology 1 credit 16 This is a self-paced computer course which emphasizes the recognition, definition, and pro- Summer nunciation of medical terms. The student will OTS 452 Fieldwork I-C 4 understand the meaning of these words by defining the word roots and combining forms. Fall Semester OTS 550 Special Topics 4 OTS 312. History, Philosophy, and Functions OTS 551 Clinical Reasoning 2 of Occupational Therapy 2 credits OTS 552 Professional Seminar and Ethics 2 The course includes the history and philosophy OTS 554 Management 3 of the profession, theories and definitions of OTS 555 Research II 3 occupation, characteristics of the profession and 14 professionalism and service delivery methods and settings. Prerequisites: Admission to OT Program. Spring OTS 557, 558, 559 Level II Fieldwork OTS 313. Foundations of Adaptation 2 credits (two of three) 12 Introduction of the basic concepts underlying the Level II Fieldwork is six months of full-time theory that occupation is a source of needs satis- clinical experience which is usually outside of the faction throughout the life span. Concepts Quad City area. In compliance with AOTA, Level include the capacity to adapt and the facilitation II Fieldwork must be completed within 24 of positive adaptation, and the therapist’s role in months of completion of academic preparation. using the tools of the profession therapeutically. Prerequisites: Admission to OT Program. OTS 315. Fundamentals of Treatment 3 credits Estimated Costs Focuses on the critical thinking skills required to Application Costs identify, analyze, and adapt activities. Analyzes Application fee $25 purposeful activity as normally performed and Acceptance fee $200 purposeful activity given a patient’s treatment Waiting list fee (non-refundable) $25 needs. Identifies how multicultural differences Lab fees $610 may influence an individual’s interests, concerns, Additional Costs and response to therapy. Prerequisites: Admission Professional liability insurance $35 to OT Program. CPR certiﬁcation $10 OTS 325. Occupational Therapy TB vaccination $15 Intervention I 5 credits Hepatitis B vaccination (recommended) $160 Utilizes the developmental approach to present AOTA membership $35 theories and strategies for occupational therapy IOTA membership $10 assessment and treatment of the 0-21 year-old Fieldwork attire (lab coat, name badge) $65 population. Normal and abnormal cognitive, psy- Textbooks $800-900 chosocial and sensorimotor patterns and charac- Costs listed above are estimates for 1997-98. teristics are examined. Methods and techniques Students seeking admission at a later date should for facilitating positive change, emphasizing the check with the program director for exact current role of occupation in satisfying the adaptive drive costs. are discussed and practiced. Four lab hours 201 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 202

Graduate Curricula and Courses

included. Prerequisites: Admission to OT Prerequisites: BIOL 202, OTS 325, 327. Program, completion of the first semester. Corequisites: BIOL 204, OTS 442, 443, 444; or Corequisites: BIOL 204, OTS 326 444, 441 or per- permission of director. mission of director. OTS 442. Occupational Therapy OTS 326. Occupational Therapy Intervention II 5 credits Fieldwork I-A: Practicum 2 credits Occupational therapy programming, evaluation, Level I practicum in pediatrics consists of guided assessments, treatment application, prevention learning experiences in settings in which the pop- and consultation as it applies to medical and psy- ulation ages 0-21 receive educational, social and chological conditions involving the adult popula- medical services. The course provides the student tion. Four hours of lab included. Prerequisites: with direct opportunities to observe and interact OTS 325, 326, 441, 444, BIOL 204. Corequisites: with infants, children, and adolescents engaged in OTS 445, 453, 456, or permission of director. the daily living activities that are appropriate for OTS 443 Fieldwork Level I-B 2 credits their ages and stages of cognitive, psychosocial, The second competency-based fieldwork course and sensorimotor development. Pass/No Pass to help develop skills in occupational therapy ser- course. Prerequisites: Admission to OT Program. vice delivery. Students assigned to agencies serv- Corequisites: OTS 325, 441, 444, BIOL 204 or per- ing adults with bio-psychosocial problems. mission of director. Pass/No Pass course. Prerequisite: OTS 326. OTS 327. Adaptive Processes I 2 credits Corequisite: OTS 442 or permission of director. This course is designed as the first of the perfor- OTS 444. Adaptive Processes II 2 credits mance based adaptive courses. This course will This course is designed as the second of the per- emphasize the process of identifying, assessing, fomance based adaptive courses. This course will and treating deficits in performance components emphasize the process of identifying, assessing, that are impacting performance areas in activities and treating deficits in performance components of daily living. Prerequisites: Admission to profes- that are impacting performance areas in instru- sional OT Program. Corequisites: OTS 312, 313, mental activities of daily living. Prerequisite: OTS 315. 327. Corequisites: BIOL 204, OTS 441, 325, 326, OTS 440. Special Topics in or permission of director. Occupational Therapy I 3 credits OTS 445. Human Pathology 3 credits Selected topics in occupational therapy not cov- This is a course in human pathology which deals ered in regular curriculum. Prerequisites: OTS with the nature and cause of human disease. 325, 326, 327, or permission of director. Selected developmental, neuromuscular, cardio- OTS 441. Occupational Therapy vascular, and psychological conditions will be Applied Kinesiology 3 credits examined in depth. Prerequisites: Admission to Study of theoretical concepts used in the analysis MOT Program. of normal and abnormal patterns of movement OTS 449. Applied Orthotics 2 credits as they apply to occupational therapy. Content This course is designed to evaluate, design, and includes biomechanical principles, anatomical fabricate orthotic devices as applied to injuries structure and function of movement, functional and pathologies in the upper extremity. testing of joints and muscles, and functional Prerequisites: OTS 441, 442, BIOL 204 or permis- application to occupational role performance. sion of director. Two hours lecture and two hours lab.

202 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 203

Graduate Curricula and Courses

OTS 450. Special Studies 1-3 credits come studies. Clinical reasoning will be addressed Selected topics will be studied on an individual as a method of further facilitation of decision basis determined between teacher and student. making through active inquiry. Self directed Prerequisite: Second year in professional program learning will be stressed. This is a writing inten- or permission of director. sive course. Corequisites: OTS 451, 460, or permission of director. OTS 451. Intervention III 5 credits Occupational therapy programming, evaluation, OTS 456. Occupational Therapy Group assessments, treatment application, prevention and Family Theory 3 credits and consultation as it applies to medical and psy- Contemporary group theories and skills used by chological conditions involving the elderly popu- occupational therapists in practice arenas with lation. Four hour lab included. Prerequisites: children, adolescents, adults, and the elderly. Senior status in OT Program, OTS 442, 443. Development of skills in group roles and pro- Corequisites: OTS 449, 455, 460, PSYC 360 or per- gramming for therapeutic groups will be empha- mission of director. sized. Prerequisites: OTS 313, 315.

OTS 452. Fieldwork Level I-C 4 credits OTS 460. Applied Treatment Theories 3 credits The third competency based experience to further This course consists of occupational therapy tech- develop and assess the student’s therapeutic skills niques utilizing neurorehabilation principles for in occupational therapy service delivery. Students clients throughout the lifespan. Special emphasis are assigned to agencies serving elderly with bio- will be placed on evaluation and treatment of psychosocial problems. Students will be responsi- clients with physical and/or psychosocial condi- ble for patient evaluation, treatment planning, tions utilizing the neurorehabilitation and biome- and implementation under supervision in prepa- chanical approach. Prerequisites: OTS 325, 441, ration for Level II Fieldwork experience. 442, PSYC 403, BIOL 202, 204 and second year in Prerequisites: OTS 451, 455, 449, 460. professional program. Corequisites: OTS 451, 449, PSYC 360. OTS 453. Adaptive Processes III 2 credits This course is designed as the third of the perfor- OTS 510. Occupational Therapy in mance based adaptive courses. This course will the Schools 1-3 credits emphasize the process of identifying, assessing, This course will present an in-depth study of and treating deficits in performance components occupational therapy’s role in the school system. that are impacting performance areas in the areas The emphasis will include theories, principles, of work and leisure. This course will address the models of practice and methods of OT delivery of use of technology in these areas, including the service for students with handicaps who are in adjunctive therapeutic use of physical agent need of special education and related services. modalities. Prerequisites: OTS 327, 441, 444. Prerequisites: OTS 325, current malpractice insurance, negative TB testing, hepatitis B shots or WI-OTS 455. Occupational Therapy signed waiver. Research I 3 credits The student will critically examine current OT lit- OTS 511. Level II Fieldwork C: Special erature and develop a research question to fur- Topics 1-6 credits ther explore during this course and OTS 555. Special topics course. Optional course. Must have Upon question identification, various research permission of fieldwork coordinator. Pass/No activities will be initiated by the student to Pass course. emphasize the benefits and importance of out-

203 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 204

Graduate Curricula and Courses

OTS 550. Special Topics 2 credits will develop a model for the delivery of occupa- Selected topics will be studied on an individual tional therapy services in a selected agency or basis determined between teacher and student. facility. Prerequisites: OTS 452, third year in pro- Prerequisite: Third year in professional program. fessional program.

OTS 551. Clinical Reasoning in OTS 555. Research II 3 credits Occupational Therapy 2 credits Students will critically examine OT literature and The concepts of clinical reasoning and critical complete a research project proposal, single case thinking will be examined through a thorough study design or research project. Upon comple- exploration of goal directed activity, application tion of the course the student will have submitted of therapeutic principles to specific physical and a manuscript for publication consideration or mental diagnosis and the cognitive processes presented research findings to relevant faculty underlying therapeutic decision making. The stu- and student members of the campus community. dents will examine their own clinical reasoning Prerequisites: OTS 455, third year in professional skills from the realms of procedural, interactive, program. and conditional reasoning. Upon participation in OTS 557. Level II Fieldwork this course, the student will move from thinking Experience A 6 credits skills at the novice level to that of competent Three months of supervised field experience with clinician ready to assume entry level practice any age client population. Individuals exhibit responsibilities which they will encounter during psychosocial deficits affecting their work/produc- Level II Fieldwork. Prerequisites: Completion of tive activities, daily living activities, or OTS 325, 442, 451, and 460. play/leisure skills. Pass/No Pass grade. OTS 552. Professional Seminar Prerequisite: Completion of all OT and support and Ethics 2 credits classes. The student will be presented with a variety of OTS 558. Level II Fieldwork professional responsibilities and issues to be Experience B 6 credits addressed prior to entry into practice. Students Three months of supervised field experience with will gain an in-depth understanding of methods any age client population. Clients may exhibit for interacting with and facilitating change within psychosocial deficits affecting their work/produc- the national association. Students will demon- tive activities, daily living activities, or play strate understanding of rights and responsibilities /leisure skills. Pass/No Pass grade. Prerequisites: of the practicing occupational therapist through a Completion of all OT and support courses. critical examination of professional ethics and professional behavior. Guided interaction with OTS 559. Level II Fieldwork other allied health professionals will assist stu- Experience C 6 credits dents in developing professional communication Three months of supervised field experience with and interaction skills. Prerequisites: Third year in any age client population who present medical professional program. and/or psychosocial conditions. Field experience OTS 554. Occupational Therapy will occur in traditional or nontraditional set- Leadership/Management 3 credits tings. Pass/No Pass grade. Prerequisites: The student will develop skills in occupational Completion of all OT and support courses. therapy service management. This will include health care trends and legal issues. The student

204 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 205

Graduate Curricula and Courses

Master of Pastoral Studies

College of Arts and Sciences

The Master of Pastoral Studies (mps) Program offers professional and personal growth to men and women involved in active ministry to enable them to participate more fully in the variety of pastoral responsibilities and ministries within the Church. The program includes educational, formational and experiential compo-

nents. The MPS degree can be pursued on a full-time (three years) or part- time (five years) basis. The program is designed to incorporate the experienced-based learning style that is proper to adults, recognizing the ministerial background that the participants bring with them to the program.

The summer program makes it possible for a ing, human and behavioral social systems will be part-time student to complete the program in taught with special concern for pastoral applica- three summers plus the integration project. The tion. course load is designed for the student who could take a maximum of two courses per semester, Requirements For Admission and three courses plus a one-hour workshop dur- 1. Accredited baccalaureate degree. ing the summer. 2. Undergraduate grade-point average of 3.0 on a Small classes allow sharing and cooperation 4.0 scale. between students and teachers in the process of 3. Nine hours of theology including: growth in ministry. With academic advising, stu- Introduction to Theology dents are able to fashion a program of studies Introduction to the New Testament around a number of foundational courses to meet Introduction to the Old Testament their unique pastoral needs. The goal of the pro- Conditional admission to the program may be gram is to assist the students in achieving new granted while fulfilling these prerequisite levels of understanding, integration, and expertise courses. in ministry so that they may be of greater service 4. Two years of ministry experience after under- to the faith community. graduate education. The focus of the program is on those who intend to minister in the communities and institu- Degree Requirements tions of the Roman Catholic tradition, although Thirty-two graduate credits, including 12 credits members of other religious traditions will find in the foundational courses (two courses in each the program broadly ecumenical and careful to area of study: theology and scripture, and pas- respect and build upon religious, cultural and toral ministry and management), and completion gender diversity. of three semester credits of an Integration Courses and intensive three week programs in Project. The student must maintain a B average theology, scripture, ministry, spirituality, counsel-

205 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 206

Graduate Curricula and Courses

in the course work. (Only two Cs are allowed.) The student will be notified of the admission There is no minimum residency requirement. A decision. student must normally complete the degree within a five year period. Procedures for Admission as a Special Student

Students may take courses in the MPS Program as Application Information a special student, non-credit, for Continuing Before registering for a course, a student must Education Units (CEU), or as a part of the seek admission to the University either as a Certificate in Pastoral Studies Program. Contact degree candidate or as a special student. the director of the MPS Program for details.

Procedure for Admission as a Degree Candidate St. Ambrose Ministry Matching Grant Program If a person has an undergraduate degree in any To be of service to the Diocese of Davenport and field and a minimum of two years of ministerial other church-related institutions, and to help stu- experience, she/he may apply for admission to dents who are actively involved in professional the Master in Pastoral Studies Program. ministry and wish to improve their education, 1. Complete the application form for St. Ambrose provides a matching grant program. St. Ambrose. Students in ministry are asked to acquire the 2. Request that a complete transcript from the sponsorship of some church institution, e.g., institution that granted the bachelor’s degree parish, school, diocese. The University grants be sent directly to the Office of Records and financial aid of up to one-third for those who Registration. An official copy is one sent from receive similar financial aid from their sponsor. the attended institution directly to Scholarship funds, and government loans are also St. Ambrose. Also have forwarded a transcript available. of any graduate course work completed in the field of ministry or theology. If the student has Transfer of Credit Policy

completed graduate work in other areas, it MPS degree candidates may transfer a total of six may be included but is not required. hours of graduate credit from another university. 3. Request that two letters of recommendation Transfer of credit approval is based on the fol- from persons who have either supervised or lowing criteria: the credit has been earned within worked with the student in ministry be sent to the last five years, it is graduate level work, at the Admissions Committee, Master of Pastoral least a grade of B has been earned, and it is rele- Studies. vant to the student’s degree objectives. 4. Return the application form to the director of Students seeking approval for transfer of cred- Pastoral Studies with a $25 non-refundable it must submit a Transfer of Credit form and an application fee payable to St. Ambrose. official transcript of those credits to the Pastoral Application and transcripts should be on file Studies Program director. at least one month before registration for classes. Advanced Standing Policy After the application materials have been received MPS degree candidates who have participated in and reviewed by the Admissions Committee, the substantive educational programs which do not student will be asked to interview with a member grant academic credit may apply to have such of the Admissions Committee and/or with the study included as part of their degree work by counselor advisor to the Admissions Committee. requesting advanced standing.

206 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 207

Graduate Curricula and Courses

Advanced standing status is based on the fol- institutions as described above. lowing criteria: participation in the educational 3. Successfully complete the various courses se- program has been within the last five years; the lected in consultation with an academic advi- content of the program constitutes graduate level sor, so that the number of credit hours, earned work; applicants complete a written description or transferred, totals at least 32 including the of specific learning experience as proof of compe- Integration Paper. tence; and the learning experience is relevant to 4. Receive the approval of the completed the student’s degree objectives. The program Integration Paper in the manner outlined director and Theology Department chair, in con- above. sultation with the Advisory Board of the MPS 5. Submit the graduation fee to St. Ambrose Program, will evaluate advanced standing University. requests and establish credit hour equivalency. Students seeking advanced standing must sub- Program of Studies mit the request along with a description of the Foundation Courses work to the Pastoral Studies Program director. 1. Theology and Scripture including: MPS 505, 504, 521, 530, 550, and 551. Workshops and Independent Study 2. Pastoral Management and Ministry including: Workshops and independent study are offered as MPS 542, 544, 552, 554, and 590. opportunities for candidates to earn credits over Elective Courses and above normal course offerings. The number 3. Ethics, Peace, and Justice of credits earned through independent study and 4. Sacramental Life: Spirituality, and Liturgy workshops is limited according to the focus of 5. Pastoral Counseling, Human Relations, and each candidate’s program of study. Development 6. Religious Education and Evangelization Integration Project 7. Youth Ministry Requirements for the MPS degree include the 8. Pastoral Management completion of an Integration Project. The project is intended to assist the student in integrating Course Descriptions various foundational and elected courses within MPS 505. The Pastoral Use of Scripture 3 credits the program with the past, present, and future The use of Old and New Testament biblical ministry of the student. This thesis level paper is themes and persons and their implications for to be written with the advice and approval of a contemporary pastoral challenges such as faculty advisor and pastoral advisor. It should be image/symbol of minister as person, ecumenism, submitted during or after the last semester of preaching, authority, worship, prayer, discern- class work. It must be accepted and approved by ment process, relationship between Church/ the candidate’s advisor, and the director of the world, etc. program or a faculty/pastoral advisor designated by the director. MPS 504. Pauline Literature: Pastoral Themes 3 credits Graduation Requirements An exploration of how Paul’s experience and the 1. Submit a graduation application before the experience of the communities to whom he wrote deadline indicated in the academic calendar. can clarify and enrich our lives in ministry today. 2. Complete any transfer of credit from other Through lectures, personal reflection and group

207 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 208

Graduate Curricula and Courses

discussion over assigned readings, professor and ministry. The course strives to build upon the students will journey through the Pauline litera- theological implications of its nature as Christian ture together. with particular care to integrate theory and practice. MPS 521. Sacramental Theology 3 credits The life of the Church as expressed in ritual wor- MPS 550. The Mystery of Grace 3 credits ship is treated from the historical, theological, A fresh look at the mysterious and transforming and pastoral viewpoints. It encompasses the presence of God in one’s life and the world, pre- Church’s discipline for the celebration of the sented from an experiential and personalized seven sacraments as well as the sources and in- point of view, with emphasis on the practical terpretation of sign and symbol within the sacra- consequences of this inquiry for ministry. mental system. MPS 551. The Church in MPS 530. Fundamental Moral Theology 3 credits Ecumenical Perspective 3 credits Moral theology today as seen through an exami- A study of the emerging consensus on the nature nation of its roots in human experience reflected and mission of the Church since Vatican II. upon in light of relationships within the commu- Specific problems in ecumenical ecclesiology such nity nourished by scripture and living tradition. as collegiality, the petrine office, infallibility, the mutual recognition of ordained ministry, eu- MPS 540. Women Theologians 3 credits charistic sharing, interfaith marriage, and women Meets with THEO 340. This course will focus on in the Church will be addressed. selected readings from contemporary women who are recognized for their contributions in the MPS 552. Pastoral Management 3 credits field of Christian Theology. It will also look A practical approach to understanding and devel- briefly at some women from earlier centuries of oping effective leadership in the parish situation. Christian history. Most of the class will be con- Emphasis is on information-gathering techniques, ducted as a seminar with emphasis on class dis- direction and focus for group visioning and goal- cussion. Graduate students will be asked to read setting, time management, conflict resolution and three or four additional essays, maintain journal leadership evaluation. Additional content in- entries on those, and to meet apart from the cludes theological understanding of stewardship, undergraduates for discussion thereof. recruiting and nurturing volunteers, personal concerns (i.e., job descriptions, contracts, salary MPS 542. Introduction to Pastoral Care 3 credits benefits, and evaluation), and budgeting. All pastoral ministers at some point and level provide pastoral care. This course introduces MPS 554. New Directions in Ministry 3 credits those leaders to the broad range of concerns, This is a foundation course in pastoral theology. needs, and methods that pastoral leaders need to It examines significant changes taking place with- be aware of to minister effectively and compe- in the Church today in the areas of theology of tently. The issues of referrals and confidentiality ministry, identity of ordained and non-ordained as well as the fundamental skills for effectively ministry, collaborative ministry, women’s role, providing pastoral care will be introduced. and the historical and spiritual foundations of discipleship. MPS 544. The Art of Christian Pastoral Counseling 3 credits MPS 570. Prayer, the Spiritual Life, An introductory survey of the dynamic principles and Liturgy 3 credits and skills needed in various forms of pastoral In the human context of the contemporary redis-

208 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 209

Graduate Curricula and Courses

covery of the human interior journey, this course MPS 620. Special Workshops 1–3 credits proposes to shed light on the treasury of spiritual These workshops provide intensive and special- wisdom in the history of the Church’s growth. It ized learning opportunities for today’s ministers. will give serious attention to the full meaning of Workshops must be approved by the MPS growth in Christian holiness and the means of Program director. Additional requirements for attaining it. Particular emphasis will be placed on receiving credit will be arranged by the director the Eucharistic celebration as the summit of per- with the workshop presenter. A total of five cred- sonal/communal prayer within its theological, its will be allowed in the overall program. historical, and ritual foundations. Prerequisite: MPS 630. Integration Project 3 credits MPS 571. The project is intended to assist the student in MPS 571/+THEO 409. Christian integrating the various courses elected within the Mystical Tradition 3 credits program with each other, with the past and This course is offered to demonstrate the soul’s future ministry of the student, and into the stu- process of passing from so-called “ordinary” dent’s personal life. This extended paper is to be prayer to the contemplative and mystical life and written with the advice and approval of a faculty the characteristic stages of that evolution. The advisor. It should be submitted during or after aim of the course is to present a short Summa of the last semester of class work. It must be accept- contemplative/mystical prayer treated in a few of ed and approved by the candidate’s advisor, and the original sources or writings in the Christian the director of the program, or a faculty member mystical tradition. designated by the director.

MPS 590. Sacraments and Catechesis 3 credits Youth Ministry Certificate Program An examination of the theological and catecheti- Students enroll in eight weekend workshops list- cal aspects of the Sacraments of Initiation in ed below over a two year period. They are Light of the Rite of Christian Initiation of Adults designed for those desiring specialized knowledge (RCIA). Liturgical actions that celebrate these and skills in youth ministry. All courses are taken sacraments with adults and children will be con- for one semester credit at an off-campus site on sidered. Saturday and Sunday. MPS 591. Principles of Youth Ministry MPS 620. Special Workshops 1–2 credits MPS 592. Foundation of Christian Ministry These workshops provide intensive and special- MPS 593. Fostering the Faith Growth of Youth ized learning opportunities for today’s ministers. Through Evangelization and Workshops must be approved by the MPS Catechesis Program director. Additional requirements for MPS 594. Fostering the Faith Growth of Youth receiving credit will be arranged by the director Through Justice and Peach Service with the workshop presenter. A total of five cred- MPS 595. Fostering the Faith Growth of Youth its will be allowed in the overall program. Through Prayer and Worship MPS 625. Guided Study and Research 1–3 credits MPS 596. Leadership Process for Youth Ministry Students have the opportunity to earn credit MPS 597. Leadership Skills for Youth Ministry hours for guided study and research. Projects MPS 598. Counseling the Adolescent must be approved by the MPS director before reg- Youth Ministry Certificate courses cannot be up- istration. An outline of the proposed study pro- graded at a later date. If taken for a certificate on ject is required. A total of five credits will be the undergraduate level, they remain at that level. allowed in the overall program. However, students that took one or more courses

209 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 210

Graduate Curricula and Courses

but did not complete the certificate or apply them regular advanced standing evaluation will be to another program can receive up to four semes- used to assess these courses. ter credits of advanced standing for them. The

Master of Physical Therapy

College of Human Services

Physical Therapy is a unique and vital health profession concerned with health promotion, prevention of physical disabilities, and rehabilitation of persons disabled by pain, disease or injury. Physical therapists serve as a point of direct access to the health care system, where they evaluate human capabilities and impairments, and treat patients through the use of physical therapeutic measures as opposed to medicines, surgery or ionizing radiation. Physical therapists are involved in patient care, public education, administration and supervision of physical therapy services, consultation and research.

Master of Physical Therapy Degree Program uisites for the MPT Program.

The Master of Physical Therapy (MPT) Degree Individuals taking advantage of the “3 + 3” Program prepares physical therapists for general model must make application for acceptance into entry-level professional practice in a manner the MPT Program in the fall of their junior year. which meets both current and emerging health Students following this model must attain an care needs. Graduates of the MPT Program will undergraduate degree prior to the beginning of demonstrate a wide range of professional behav- the second year in the MPT Program. The MPT iors including: provision of high-quality clinical degree will be awarded after successful comple- services; initiation of meaningful input to organi- tion of the three-year professional program. zations and governmental agencies which have Students with baccalaureate or graduate impact on the physical therapy profession and degrees who have completed all prerequisites are the patients it serves; maintenance of ethical and also encouraged to apply. Students must graduate collegial interactions with other physical thera- from an accredited professional program in order pists and health care professionals; and commit- to be eligible to take required state licensure ment to physical therapy as a career, which examinations. requires life-long learning and self development. On May 1, 1996, the Master of Physical The MPT Program is based on a “3 + 3” acad- Therapy Program at St. Ambrose was granted emic model. The first three years are spent com- accreditation as a physical therapist education pleting general education requirements, core program for a period of five years by the courses for the undergraduate major (most effi- Commission on Accreditation in Physical ciently, in biology or psychology) and the prereq- Therapy Education/APTA.

210 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 211

Graduate Curricula and Courses

Admission Requirements plete an SAU/MPT Transcript Analysis (available The admissions process for physical therapy pro- from the MPT Department) and plan of study grams across the country is highly competitive. for fulfillment of academic prerequisites. The average GPA of students admitted to a recent 4. The Graduate Record Examination (standard sample of entry-level master’s programs was 3.6 version) must be taken early enough to ensure (4.0 scale). Since the profession of physical thera- that scores can be reported to the MPT py values strong interpersonal skills, and both Department by the application deadline. leadership and service characteristics, MPT 5. A minimum of 50 hours of clinical observa- Program faculty believe that GPA alone is not a tion in a variety of physical therapy practice sufficient criterion for determination of admis- settings must be documented on the form sion to a professional program. Applicants must available through the Physical Therapy satisfy all of the following requirements in order Department. to be considered for admission: 6. References from at least two persons familiar 1. A completed Application for Admission to with the scope and quality of the applicant’s Graduate Studies. This should include a clear- past academic work, activities and qualities ly written statement of purpose. (See related to becoming a physical therapist must Professional Goals Statement on application). be provided on the form available through the 2. Satisfactory completion (a grade of C or Physical Therapy Department. above) of the following required pre-profes- 7. The “3+3” student transferring to SAU must sional academic prerequisite courses or their obtain a letter from the registrar’s office of equivalents: their originating institution indicating that the Course SAU Equivalent Credits course work completed in the first year of the Biology* BIOL 103 and 104 8 MPT Program will be credited toward their Human Physiology** BIOL 202 and 204 3–8 baccalaureate degree. General Chemistry CHEM 105 and 106 8 8. Based upon the undergraduate GPA and quali- General Physics* PHYS 203 and 204 8 ty of other application materials, select stu- Trigonometry MATH 152 2 dents will be invited for a required on-site Statistics/Biostatistics PSYC or SOC 213 3 interview. Students must provide a personal Introductory Psychology PSYC 105 3 photo for use by the Physical Therapy Upper division Department. The interview will be conducted Psychology at or above 300-level 3 by the Physical Therapy Admissions * With labs Committee during February and March. ** At SAU, physiology is included in a two semes- 9. A baccalaureate degree must be completed ter course sequence with anatomy. A minimum prior to enrollment, or a plan of study to three semester hour course in human physiology complete the baccalaureate degree prior to the from another institution is an appropriate substi- beginning of the second year in the profession- tute. al curriculum must be filed with the Physical 3. A minimum cumulative undergraduate GPA of Therapy Department prior to enrollment. 2.8 (4.0 scale). A GPA of less than 2.8 will not A completed Application for Admission to be considered acceptable for admission. Graduate Studies and all information related to Official transcripts must be submitted directly requirements number 1 – 6 above must be from all undergraduate and graduate institu- received by the Physical Therapy Department by tions attended. The applicant must also com- the application deadline of January 1. The Physical Therapy Admissions Committee

211 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 212

Graduate Curricula and Courses

intends to make admission decisions prior to total course work): April 1. Admissions data will be processed by the A = 90 – 100% superior performance committee, which will determine up to 30 of the B = 80 – 89% suitably proficient performance best qualified applicants to be invited to join the C = 70 – 79% marginal performance MPT Program. An alternate student waiting list D = 60 – 69% unsatisfactory performance will also be developed. Applicant responses and (MPT courses only) related fees will be required by a specified dead- F = less than 60% unacceptable performance line date. Students electing not to join the program by the specified deadline date will be Other grading assignments (P/NP, I, W, and IP) replaced by an applicant on the alternate list. and policies are outlined in this catalog and the Petitions for waivers of prerequisite courses and student handbook. appeals regarding the admission process will be Courses graded Pass/No Pass will require a handled by the Physical Therapy Admissions minimum of 70% for a grade of Pass. Committee. Student Retention Policy Admissions Appeal Procedure The Physical Therapy Department requires stu- Applicants for admission to the Physical Therapy dents to maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.8 on a Program have a right to appeal decisions related 4.0 scale in their professional curriculum. to admission to the MPT Program according to Students not maintaining this level will be placed the following procedures: on academic probation for the following semes- 1. Applicants must file a written appeal of any ter. During the probationary semester the student decision of the Admissions Committee within will be advised weekly by their program advisor. two weeks of having received written notifica- Failure to maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.8 fol- tion of an Admissions Committee decision. lowing a probationary semester will result in the The appeal must include the reasons for chal- student being denied permission to register for lenging the Admissions Committee’s decision. further professional course work. Readmission to 2. The decision of the Appeals Committee will the program will be based upon reapplication be made within two weeks after receipt of the during the regular admissions cycle. appeal. Retaking course work offered in the program 3. The applicant will be informed both verbally is impractical and very difficult due to the and in writing of the Appeals Committee’s sequential arrangement of the curriculum. decision on the appeal within two weeks of However, if a student receives either a D or F that decision. grade in a program course, the student will be 4. The student has a right to appeal the Appeals required to either retake the class if scheduling Committee’s decision to the dean of the allows (while continuing with the professional College of Human Services. curriculum), or to complete an independent study assigned at the discretion of the course instructor MPT Program Grading Policy (inclusive of an examination to demonstrate mas- Each course instructor is responsible for estab- tery of course content). It will be necessary to lishing and notifying students of the guidelines complete this additional work in the semester fol- required to complete course work. The Physical lowing the grade in question. Therapy Department has set the following crite- The student repeating a class or completing ria for assignment of letter grading (percent of the required independent study and mastery

212 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 213

Graduate Curricula and Courses

exam will receive a letter grade which will be Course Fees

recorded on the official transcript according to BIOL 500 Human Gross Anatomy...... $ 115 the “second grade option.” Inability of the stu- PSYC 540 Neuroanatomy/Neurophysiology $ 25 dent to complete this work with a C grade or MPT 530, 560, 620, 630, 720 (per course) $ 75 above will result in the student being ineligible to Additional costs will be associated with continue in the professional program, and eligible required immunizations, lab coats, dissection kits for readmission to the program only through and textbooks. Use of an automobile will be nec- reapplication during the regular admissions cycle. essary for transportation to regional clinical edu- In addition, the following requirements apply to cation sites. Clinical Education courses: 1. Students must pass all clinical education courses in order to receive credits towards Master of Physical Therapy Degree Curriculum graduation. Course Title Credits 2. A No Pass grade in clinical education will Year One require the student to repeat the course in a Fall Semester clinic setting other than one in which the stu- BIOL 500 Human Gross Anatomy 5 dent has already been affiliated, and within MPT 510 Introduction to Health Care Systems 3 the subsequent academic session as is practical MPT 515 Professional Seminar I 1 to schedule. MPT 520 Human Pathology 3 3. Two failed clinical education courses will be MPT 530 Kinesiology/Biomechanics 4 considered a most serious situation and will Spring Semester be subject to faculty review with the possible MPT 531 Functional Anatomy 1 outcome of dismissal from the program with- PSYC 540 Neuroanatomy/Neurophysiology 5 out the option to apply for readmission to this MPT 550 Introduction to Physical Therapy 3 program. MPT 560 Physical Therapy Procedures I 3 Students must complete their academic and MPT 570 Physical Agents 4 clinical course work no later than the end of the MPT 580 Clinical Education I 1 fall semester following the scheduled graduation date of their class. Year Two Students must maintain “satisfactory progress,” as defined for all St. Ambrose gradu- Fall Semester ate students by the Financial Aid Office, in order MPT 600 Issues in Patient Care 3 to retain federal financial aid. MPT 610 Topics in Clinical Medicine 3 MPT 615 Professional Seminar II 2 Professional Licensure MPT 620 Musculoskeletal Therapeutics 4 It is the student’s responsibility to apply to indi- MPT 640 Cardiopulmonary Therapeutics 4 vidual state licensing agencies, in a timely man- MPT 680 Clinical Education II 1 ner, for licensure as a physical therapist. All MPT 605 Teaching Practicum (elective) 1 application and examination fees are borne by the license applicant. Licensing agencies routinely Spring Semester require information concerning felony and misde- MPT 630 Neuromuscular Therapeutics 4 meanor convictions. MPT 650 Issues in Research I 3 MPT 660 Professional Practice in Physical Therapy 3 213 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 214

Graduate Curricula and Courses

MPT 670 Orthotics and Prosthetics 3 and growth, and to establish a commitment to MPT 682 Clinical Education III 1 life-long learning. This seminar introduces MPT 605 Teaching Practicum (elective) 1 resources valuable to being an effective graduate student, and to maintaining a healthy balance in Summer personal and professional aspects in one’s life. A MPT 684 Clinical Education IV 2 range of special topics will be discussed. Pass/No Pass course.

Year Three MPT 520. Human Pathology 3 credits Fall Semester This course is concerned with the study of the MPT 700 Issues in Research II 3 nature and cause of human disease, involving MPT 710 Clinical Decision-Making 4 changes in structure and function of tissues and MPT 720 Physical Therapy Procedures II 5 body systems. The roles of pathologists and vari- MPT 780 Clinical Education V 2 ous sub-specialties of pathology in the diagnosis, MPT 605 Teaching Practicum (elective) 1 evaluation, and monitoring of disease and heal- MPT 705 Research Practicum (elective) 1 ing processes will be discussed.

Spring Semester MPT 530. Kinesiology/Biomechanics 4 credits MPT 782 Clinical Education VI 9 An introduction to factors influencing normal and pathological human motion directed toward Course Descriptions rehabilitation. Scientific and anatomical princi- BIOL 500. Human Gross Anatomy 5 credits ples underlying human tissues and their influence A regional based study of the human body on motion will be studied. Techniques and involving cadaver dissection. Students will apply applicability of analysis to normal and pathologi- knowledge of anatomy to clinical practice. cal motion will be explored. Course content and Discussion of embryonic development and how it sequence parallel that of BIOL 500, MPT 531. relates to adult anatomy will also be included. MPT 531. Functional Anatomy 1 credit Prerequisites: BIOL 202, 204. Physical therapists utilize a range of anatomical MPT 510. Introduction to Health landmarks on or adjacent to the surface of the Care Systems 3 credits body in order to evaluate human structure and An overview of the major health care systems in function. These landmarks are most commonly the United States, focusing on their historical identified through visual observation and manual development and factors affecting utilization. palpation. The course provides students with the Health care system components, organizations, knowledge and psychomotor skills necessary to resources and management will be emphasized. successfully use these landmarks in clinical prac- Characteristics of predominant health care pro- tice. Correlated with BIOL 500, MPT 530. Pass/No fessions will be highlighted. Ethical issues ger- Pass course. mane to these systems will be examined. This is PSYC 540. Neuroanatomy/ the first course in a series of four in the MPT Neurophysiology 5 credits Program concerned with contemporary issues in This course provides an in-depth review of neu- health care. roanatomy and neurophysiology with special MPT 515. Professional Seminar I 1 credit emphasis on relationships to both normal human This is the first in a series of two seminars function and dysfunction resulting from malde- intended to promote professional socialization velopment or injury to the nervous system. The

214 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 215

Graduate Curricula and Courses

bases for sensation, perception and functional included. An emphasis will be placed on the neuromuscular control will be emphasized. development of clinical rationales, problem-solv- Correlated laboratories will introduce procedures ing and decision-making. used for the clinical examination of sensory and MPT 580. Clinical Education I 3 credits motor systems. Students will complete two week-long affiliations MPT 550. Introduction to in a physical therapy setting under the supervi- Physical Therapy 3 credits sion of clinical faculty (licensed physical thera- An introduction to physical therapy as a health pists contracting with St. Ambrose for the profession. The history and evolution of physical purpose of providing clinical education experi- therapy and other health professions will be pre- ence). Students will focus on integrating into the sented. The importance of professional socializa- clinical setting the didactic material and psy- tion and development will be discussed. Ethical chomotor skills acquired in the curriculum to standards of professional conduct, medical-legal date. This course serves as an initial professional aspects, and the regulation and scope of profes- socialization experience. Pass/No Pass course. In sional practice will be highlighted. Strategies for Progress grade option. effective professional relations, including use of MPT 600. Issues in Patient Care 3 credits the team approach, will be emphasized. This course examines psychosocial issues which Contemporary professional issues will be exam- have impact on high quality patient care. ined for their impact upon physical therapy and Influences on effective patient-therapist commu- society. nication, patient motivation and compliance, and MPT 560. Physical Therapy Procedures I 3 credits goal attainment will be assessed. Roles of physi- This is the first of a two course sequence present- cal therapists as teachers, collaborators, consul- ing select physical therapy procedures. Students tants, and care supervisors for patients with a will gain skills necessary to perform an evalua- range of psychosocial needs will be discussed. tion of a patient, and begin to develop a treat- Strategies for identification and prevention of ment plan. Assessment of joint range of motion, professional burnout will be presented. muscular strength, posture, gait, assistive devices MPT 605. Teaching Practicum (Elective) 1 credit related to gait, gait training and transfers will be This course is offered to MPT students desiring to presented across the life span. Documentation gain experience in academic teaching. It consists procedures will be introduced. Interpretation of of seminars and supervised academic teaching information from evaluations and relationships experiences, which are related to the development to treatment planning will be emphasized. of effective teaching skills. The student will assist MPT 570. Physical Agents 4 credits the instructor in the design, set-up and presenta- This course focuses on the physical and physio- tion of academic lectures and laboratories within logical basis for safe and effective use of thera- the MPT Program. Pass/No Pass course. In peutic physical agents, including massage, Progress grade option. mechanical compression, heat and cold, MPT 610. Topics in Clinical Medicine 3 credits hydrotherapy, ultraviolet light, LASER, biofeed- This course provides an overview of the medical back, and electricity. Theoretical models for management of common clinical disorders understanding the basis for pain and tools for encountered by physical therapists. Presentations pain assessment are introduced. Current theories by primary and specialized medical/health science and treatment techniques for wound healing are practitioners will include elements related to

215 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 216

Graduate Curricula and Courses

pathology, patient evaluation, diagnosis, treatment, health promotion, wellness, and risk stratifica- referral and prognosis. Practitioner perspectives tion. Emphasis is placed on theories and tech- on the roles of physical therapists in the manage- niques of physical therapy management of ment of specific disorders will also be presented. patients with acute and chronic cardiac and pul- monary disorders across the life span. MPT 615. Professional Seminar II 2 credits This is the second in a series of two seminars MPT 650. Issues in Research I 3 credits intended to promote professional socialization This course includes topics relevant to the and growth, and to reinforce a commitment to research process and the scientific method. life-long learning. It emphasizes the role of physi- Instruction is included in the identification and cal therapists as teachers, and presents strategies development of research questions, review of lit- for enhancing teaching effectiveness. Additional erature, research design and a review of statistical special topics of professional importance will also methods commonly used in physical therapy be discussed. Pass/No Pass course. research. This background is provided to assist students in the development of a research propos- MPT 620. Musculoskeletal Therapeutics 4 credits al. Critical evaluation of literature is introduced. Introduction to theories of and basis for evaluation and treatment of musculoskeletal dysfunc- MPT 660. Professional Practice in tion/disorders, with emphasis on orthopedic Physical Therapy 3 credits conditions. This will include review of relevant The last in a series of four courses concerned anatomy, pathology, radiographic techniques, fac- with contemporary issues in health care. This tors influencing normal and dysfunctional course focuses on administration and manage- growth, exercise protocols, and tissue healing ment of physical therapy practice services. A times across the life span. Critical thinking skills unique feature of this course is inclusion of a will be developed for evaluation and treatment of module which emphasizes interpersonal aspects musculoskeletal system using orthopedic rehabili- of effective management. tation. Manual therapy concepts and techniques MPT 670. Orthotics and Prosthetics 3 credits will be introduced. This course introduces the theory and practice of MPT 630. Neuromuscular Therapeutics 4 credits orthotic and prosthetic therapeutics. Appropriate The focus of this course is on the evaluation, anatomical and biomechanical principles, as well assessment, and therapeutic treatment of patients as normal and abnormal movement, will be with neuromuscular disorders due to injury to reviewed and discussed. History, use, and func- the central nervous system (e.g., cerebral vascular tion of orthotic and prosthetic devices, and relat- accident, traumatic brain injury, spinal cord ed therapeutic concerns will be covered. Practical injury) or due to neurodegenerative diseases (e.g., experience in this area will be included in labora- Parkinson’s disease, multiple sclerosis, postpolio tory sessions. syndrome) across the life span. Concepts from MPT 680. Clinical Education II 1 credit motor control and motor learning are incorporat- This is the second in a sequence of clinical educa- ed into the course material. tion experiences in which students integrate into MPT 640. Cardiopulmonary the clinical setting the didactic material and psy- Therapeutics 5 credits chomotor skills taught in the curriculum to date. This course provides an overview of the princi- Students will participate in a one week affiliation ples of applied work physiology and clinical per- under the supervision of clinical education facul- spectives of physical therapy involvement in ty. Pass/No Pass course. In Progress grade option.

216 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 217

Graduate Curricula and Courses

MPT 682. Clinical Education III 1 credit MPT 710. Clinical Decision-Making 4 credits This is the third in a sequence of clinical educa- This course examines models of decision and tion experiences during which students integrate analysis and critical thinking, problem-solving, into the clinical setting the didactic material and and clinical decision-making utilized by physical psychomotor skills taught in the curriculum to therapists and other health care professionals date. Students participate in a one-week affilia- engaged in patient evaluation, diagnosis, and/or tion under the supervision of clinical education referral of diseases and disorders of the major faculty. Pass/No Pass course. In Progress grade organ systems. The importance of collaboration option. and referral among health care professions will be emphasized. Clinical decision-making skills MPT 684. Clinical Education IV 2 credits will be developed through participation in didac- This is the first extended clinical affiliation (four tic, laboratory and clinical problem-solving expe- weeks) during which students integrate into the riences. clinical setting the didactic material and psychomotor skills acquired to date. This affiliation MPT 720. Physical Therapy affords students a more in-depth experience with Procedures II 5 credits patient care and professional socialization. Where This course is the second in a two course possible, students will follow patients from their sequence in musculoskeletal therapeutics, and initial physical therapy evaluation to discharge. presents assessment and treatment of the spine This course occurs under the supervision of clini- and associated joints. Assessment and treatment cal education faculty. Pass/No Pass course. In include accessory and physiologic motion to be Progress grade option. performed manually. Associated topics, such as ergonometrics, TMJ and spinal stabilization are MPT 700. Issues in Research II 3 credits included. Taught primarily in laboratory format. This course is the second of a two semester course sequence in research methods. MPT 780. Clinical Education V 2 credits Information is presented to further enhance the This course presents current and advanced evalu- student’s understanding of the scientific method, ation and treatment approaches applicable to laboratory and clinical research. Students con- select patient populations. Topics include pedi- duct pilot work or a single subject case design atrics, geriatrics, obstetrics/gynecology, electrodi- study. A research proposal or manuscript is gen- agnostic procedures, aquatics and other areas of erated. Emphasis is placed upon critique of cur- physical therapy. It is designed to facilitate stu- rent physical therapy literature, encouraging dent interest in pursuing future areas of special- students to be consumers of research, to foster ization. Pass/No Pass course. In Progress grade critical evaluation of theories and techniques used option. in clinical practice. MPT 782. Clinical Education VI 9 credits MPT 705. Research Practicum (Elective) 1 credit This is the final course in clinical education dur- Under faculty supervision, students conduct ing which students integrate into the clinical set- group research projects involving data collection, ting the didactic material and psychomotor skills data analysis, descriptive statistical analysis, an acquired to date. Students will participate in two oral presentation, and preparation of a final eight-week full-time internships under the super- research paper. Pass/No Pass course. In Progress vision of clinical education faculty. Pass/No Pass grade option. course. In Progress grade option.

217 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 218

Graduate Curricula and Courses

Master of Social Work

College of Arts and Sciences

The Master of Social Work (MSW) Program intends to begin instruction in August 1997. The Master of Social Work degree places an emphasis on social work practice in mental health settings with diverse populations. To accommodate all students, the program offers full-time, part-time and advanced standing components.

The following information may be subject to of a liberal arts foundation to include the fol- change as the program evolves through the facul- lowing minimum credit hours: ty approval process. Social and behavioral sciences 18 hours Humanities 9 hours Accreditation Human biology 3 hours

The MSW Program has applied for pre-accredita- Statistics 3 hours tion status with the Council on Social Work The Admissions Committee will review the Education (CSWE). Programs which comply with applicant’s transcript to determine whether the accreditation procedures normally receive full liberal arts requirement is satisfied. accreditation before the first admitted class grad- Non-biology courses (e.g., anatomy, physi- uates. Questions about accreditation should be ology) may be acceptable if adequate course addressed to the social work director. content focuses on human biological systems. Related non-statistics courses (e.g. math, Admission to the Program research methods) may be acceptable if 80% The admissions process includes application to of the course content focuses on basic statis- the University and application the MSW Program. tics. Applicants seeking approval for alterna- To apply to the program, students should com- tive courses must submit a catalog description plete the following: and a course syllabus to the Admissions 1. Submit the University Graduate Application Committee for determination of whether eligi- Form and $25 fee to the School of Social bility criterion has been satisfied. Work. Submit a social work application and The Admissions Committee requires 30 official transcripts to the School of Social days to notify the applicant of its decision to Work. accept or reject a petition for alternative ful- Applications cannot be acted upon until all fillment of eligibility requirements. application materials are in. Application is 3. Demonstrated potential for graduate studies based on a rolling admission, and admission by having maintained a 3.0 or better under- will close when all student positions are filled. graduate grade point average. It is to the student’s advantage to complete the 4. Previous experience in the field of human ser- process early. vices as an employee, student, or volunteer. 2. Have a bachelor’s degree from a regionally 5. Three letters of recommendation that demon- accredited college or university with evidence strate evidence of student’s interest, ability and

218 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 219

Graduate Curricula and Courses

potential for professional social work on an grading: A, B+, B, C+, C and F. advanced level. Other grading assignments (P/NP, I, W, and After each application is evaluated by the IP) and policies are outlined in this catalog and Admissions Committee, a recommendation is the student handbook. made to the director of the program. Student Retention Policy Written notification of admission is sent to The School of Social Work requires students to the applicant. Upon notice of acceptance, the maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale applicant is required to submit within 30 days in their professional curriculum. Students not a $200 deposit, which will be applied to maintaining this level will be placed on academic tuition. If the applicant is unable to begin probation for the following semester. During the studies in the year for which admission was probational semester the student will be advised originally requested, the deposit will apply to weekly by their program advisor. Failure to main- the following year if basic admissions require- tain a cumulative GPA of 3.0 following a proba- ments are still met. The deposit is not refund- tionary semester will result in the student being ed if the applicant does not attend the MSW denied permission to register for further profes- Program. sional course work. Readmission to the program will be based upon reapplication through the reg- Admissions Appeal Procedure ular admissions process. Applicants have the right to appeal decisions related to admission to the MSW Program accord- Programs ing to the following procedures: The School of Social Work has developed three 1. Applicants must file a written appeal of any programs for persons seeking a Master of Social Admissions Committee decision within two Work degree: standard full-time, advanced stand- weeks of having received written notification ing, and part-time. All three have the same stan- of that decision. The applicant’s appeal must dards and require both classroom study and include the reasons for challenging the practicum experience, working under supervision Admissions Committee’s decision. in a social work agency or setting. The MSW Program recognizes that a student 2. The decision of the Appeals Committee will may be unable to carry out the program as be made within two weeks of receipt of the scheduled. Students who make changes in the appeal. course sequence should anticipate adding one or 3. The applicant will be informed of the Appeal more semesters to their original schedules. Any Committee’s decision within two weeks of changes should be carefully planned with the stu- that decision. dent’s academic advisor, and permission sought 4. The student has the right to appeal the from the director. Appeals Committee’s decision to the dean of Both full-time and part-time students follow the College of Arts and Sciences. the same sequence of courses. Students are expected to be able to arrange time for 16 hours MSW Program Grading Policy per week to carry out practicum requirements in Each course instructor is responsible for estab- a social agency or setting. Placements may occur lishing and notifying students of the guideline in the evening or on weekends for part-time stu- required to complete course work. The School of dents. Social Work has set the following criteria of letter

219 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 220

Graduate Curricula and Courses

Standard Full-Time Program calaureate social work programs accredited by This program calls for two academic years of the Council of Social Work Education. study (18 months, exclusive of summers) and Consideration for advanced standing is given completion of 60 credit hours. Students ordinari- only to those social work graduates with superior ly spend two consecutive days a week on campus academic standing and exceptional references. taking classroom courses and 16 hours a week in Applicants for advanced standing must meet social work agencies or settings gaining social all the admissions criteria required for standard work experience under supervision. These com- admission. Additionally, advanced standing appli- bined experiences help the student synthesize and cants must have graduated from an accredited integrate social work theory and practice. baccalaureate program within the past seven Practicum education accounts for 12 credits years, from the date of application, with a 3.0 and classroom experience accounts for 48 credits (B) grade in all required social work courses. of the MSW degree. Usually, practicum placements Applicants should submit official transcripts can be developed for students in agencies in the of their undergraduate work for review by the region in which they live or work. Admissions Committee of the MSW Program. The program may request baccalaureate program bul- Part-Time Program letins, course syllabi, titles and descriptions of The part-time program makes it possible for the courses, and reading lists. highly motivated student to obtain an MSW Decisions will be made on the basis of compa- degree in three years, including summer sessions. rability of the undergraduate social work courses Some students find that a four-year schedule is to relevant areas of foundation curriculum. necessary due to personal responsibilities, but the Students must submit a copy of their baccalaure- MSW Program encourages students to complete in ate practicum evaluations. Students given the three year time frame. Students must fulfill all advanced standing may receive recognition of up degree requirements within four years from date to 21 credits toward the MSW degree. Students of initial enrollment. accepted for advanced standing must complete The basic part-time program is scheduled on concentration requirements as well as those foun- Saturdays, during which students take two class- dation year courses which were not exempted. room courses (six credits) in the fall and spring Full-time students admitted to advanced semesters and two courses on Saturdays in the standing ordinarily begin with a six-week sum- summer sessions. Practicum placement require- mer session scheduled especially for them. During ments take place concurrently with the required this summer session students register for nine social work theory and practice courses in the credit hours in bridging courses: MSW 620, 720, second and third fall and spring semesters (nine and 820. Other arrangements can be made for credits). advanced standing part-time students, integrating In addition to the part-time program described their schedules with those of the part-time sched- above, the MSW Program admits students, on a ule. space available basis, part-time in the weekday schedule. Transfer of Credits Students from other accredited graduate schools Advanced Standing Program of social work may receive recognition of up to The MSW Program offers an accelerated curricu- 30 credit hours, provided the courses were com- lum option to highly qualified graduates of bac- pleted not more than five years prior to the date of application. No credits, other than those from

220 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 221

Graduate Curricula and Courses

an accredited graduate school of social work, will will provide a series of practice competencies be transferred from other institutions. which have applicability to a wide range of social Credits earned in St. Ambrose graduate pro- service settings in both urban and rural commu- grams within five years may be applied as elective nities. credits toward the MSW degree. Not more than six elective credits may be applied and those must Electives be reviewed by MSW faculty for appropriateness The student chooses nine semester units of elec- to social work education. Academic credit for life tives from the options offered in the MSW experience and previous work experience will not Program during the year. The choice of electives be given, in whole or in part, in lieu of field should be consistent with the ultimate goal stu- practicum or of courses in the professional foun- dent may have for their professional career. With dation areas. advisor and director consent, other graduate level courses taken at St. Ambrose from departments First Year (Foundation Year) Objectives other than social work or from an accredited In the foundation year of the program, students MSW program within the past five years may be will be prepared in the classroom and field set- used in place of electives taken in the MSW tings for generalist practice. Generalist practice Program at St. Ambrose. provides the basic helping strategies and competencies which underlie social work practice at its Field Practice beginning level of competency. Field practice is a central component in each stu- As will be true throughout the program, the dent’s professional education. Field work place- foundation year stresses practice with diverse ments provide students with a range of practice groups in diverse communities. Diversity in experiences to promote the integration of clients includes but is not limited to groups dis- theoretical learning from class work, and to tinguished by race ethnicity, culture, class, gender, develop knowledge, values, and skills for social sexual orientation, political orientation, religion, work practice. Students benefit from an extensive physical or mental ability, age, national origin, network of over 90 public and voluntary organi- and level of social and emotional functioning. zations in Iowa and Illinois for their field work education. Second Year (Concentration Year) Objectives Students are placed in a field work setting The concentration year will stress a number of only during the years they are taking complemen- change strategies which include but are not limit- tary theory and practice courses. Students in the ed to case management, mediation, problem solv- standard program are assigned two days a week ing approaches, use of community resources, in different placements each academic year. psychotherapy and play therapy, systems Students in the advanced standing program are approaches, organizational and community assigned to field work during their one year in change strategies, and advocacy and networking. full-time residence. Part-time students complete This range of change strategies taught in the field work two days a week during the fall and required and elective classes in the specialization spring terms of their second and third years. year, as well as the specialized field placements,

221 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 222

Graduate Curricula and Courses

Foundation Sample Curriculum MSW 510: Practice I Foundation Year MSW 520: Practice II Fall Semester MSW 610: Human Behavior I MSW 510: Practice I 3 MSW 620: Human Behavior II MSW 610: Human Behavior I 3 MSW 710: Research I MSW 710: Research I 3 MSW 720: Research II MSW 810: Social Policy I 3 MSW 810: Social Policy I MSW 591: Field Instruction I 3 MSW 820: Social Policy II Total credit hours 15 MSW 591: Field Instruction I MSW 592: Field Instruction II Spring Semester MSW 520: Practice II 3 Concentration MSW 620: Human Behavior II 3 MSW 530: Practice III MSW 720: Research II 3 MSW 540: Practice IV MSW 820: Social Policy II 3 MSW 740: Research III MSW 592: Field Instruction II 3 MSW 830: Supervision Total credit hours 15 MSW 910: Ethical Issues MSW 593: Field Instruction III Summer: Advanced Standing Bridging Courses MSW 594: Field Instruction IV MSW 620 Human Behavior II 3 MSW 720 Research II 3 Concentration Specific Electives MSW 820 Social Policy II 3 MSW 550: Psychopathology Total credit hours 9 MSW 560: Child Welfare MSW 570: Family Therapy Concentration Year MSW 580: Aging Fall Semester MSW 590: Group Work MSW 530: Practice III 3 MSW 830: Supervision 3 Concentration General Electives MSW 910: Ethical Issues 3 MSW 860: Economic and Social Justice Electives: Select one MSW 870: Management concentration specific electives 3 MSW 920: Substance Abuse MSW 593: Field Instruction III 3 MSW 940: Women’s Issues Total credit hours 15 MSW 950: Health Care MSW 960: Child Abuse and Neglect Spring Semester MSW 990: Special Topics MSW 540: Practice IV 3 MSW 740: Research III 3 Advanced Standing Bridging Courses Electives: Select two MSW 620: Human Behavior II concentration general electives 6 MSW 720: Research II MSW 594: Field Instruction IV 3 MSW 820: Social Policy II Total credit hours 15

222 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 223

Graduate Curricula and Courses

Course Descriptions the unique needs and characteristics of particular MSW 510. Practice I 3 credits client systems. Throughout the course, students will be intro- MSW 550. Psychopathology 3 credits duced to the substantive content of the helping This course will identify and develop an under- relationship in the context of working with standing of the issues inherent in the study and women, minorities (including AIDS victims), the the assessment of abnormal behavior. The course poor (including the homeless), and the handi- will explore and analyze current paradigms for capped as consumers of services. Additionally, viewing psychopathological behavior. The intent ethical practice in work with individuals, fami- of this analysis will be to identify those defining lies, groups and communities will be presented. characteristics of maladaptive behavior in rela- MSW 520. Practice II 3 credits tion to possible explanations of causality as they This course stresses the importance of an influence the process of designing interventive approach that considers the interactions or trans- approaches in working with a clinical popula- actions among persons, families, small groups tion. Major cognitive, affective, personality and and the larger social, institutional and environ- character disturbances will be addressed within mental forces with which they interact. There is the framework of the DSM IV classification system. the assumption that one needs to identify particu- MSW 560. Child Welfare 3 credits lar forces impacting a system, both as supports This course will review the historical value and and as stressors. An ecological framework is used theoretical bases of child welfare policy and prac- for this assessment. Viewed through the lens of tice; analyze legislation and regulations regarding client strength, ecological practice promotes a child protection and child welfare; describe exis- focus on evaluation and alleviation of stressful tent public and private programs and services in environmental conditions which affect people. child welfare, survey current evaluative research MSW 530. Practice III 3 credits in child welfare; provide a base for discussion of Students have the opportunity to study particular contemporary issues in child welfare, such as theoretical concepts and practice techniques in welfare reform, changing family structures; con- depth. They will also develop their ability to criti- siderations in child welfare practice with diverse cally evaluate their work with particular client and vulnerable families, family preservation, fam- populations from both a theoretical and social ily reunification and other collaborative models work practice perspective. as well as implications for future service design.

MSW 540. Practice IV 3 credits MSW 570. Family Therapy 3 credits This course continues the work begun in This course builds on the history and traditions MSW 530 with further development of advanced of family therapy in the basic social services. It skills in differential interventions with a variety examines pertinent practice issues, family therapy of systems. Emphasis will be three-pronged. The concepts and approaches used in contemporary skill component of the course will consider the social work intervention with traditional social differential use of practice theories and skills with work emphasis on working with low socio-eco- groups of people who share generally common nomic families and minority families. characteristics and responses to commonly shared MSW 580. Aging 3 credits difficulties. The critical assessment of practice This course introduces students to the conceptual theories begun in MSW 530 will continue and and theoretical components of social gerontology. enable interventions to be designed in response to Issues related to human development in general,

223 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 224

Graduate Curricula and Courses

and specific concerns and problems of the later themes. This course will examine a number of years, including social policies as they affect the social and social-cultural theories that contribute aged, will be examined. The course provides a to an understanding of the interactions between social theoretical perspective that will aid in individuals and the social environment. understanding and analyzing social policies and Contemporary human-social problems, evidenced treatment programs for aging persons. It will give at societal, organizational, and group levels of principal focus to the varying ethnic and cultural interaction, will be discussed from the perspective contexts within which individuals live and move of socio-cultural theory and in terms of personal into the later years. This will further aid students and collective ethical stances. in distinguishing normative from non-normative MSW 710. Research I 3 credits patterns of aging, given varying cultural settings. The purpose of this course is to assist students in MSW 590. Group Work 3 credits gaining knowledge and skills and to understand This course is structured on the assumption that the problems generalist social workers encounter students will have introductory knowledge and the methods for evaluating change. Students regarding group phenomena, together with rele- are expected to become proficient in the princi- vant experiences in the practice of group leader- ples and methods of conducting and evaluating ship. Students are expected to have begun to raise empirical research. This requires that students specific questions regarding issues of their respec- understand research on conceptual, theoretical tive problems in role performance, and to be ori- and practical levels in order to become effective ented toward the refinements in use of self consumers and practitioners of research. toward the established purposes and goals of the MSW 720. Research II 3 credits target unit. The class group will provide opportu- This course focuses on research methods and nities for exploring such questions. tools to understand and assess specific social MSW 610. Human Behavior I 3 credits work problems by using observations of behavior This course provides information about the mul- and social environments, needs assessment, tiple factors which affect human biological assessment of client system functioning, program growth, personality development, and behavior. evaluation and practice effectiveness. Both quan- It will focus on the interactions among the devel- titative and qualitative research methodologies oping person, his/her family, and the social sys- are studied in research designs ranging from sin- tem. Human development is studied within the gle subject designs through group designs to pro- context of biological, psychological, and socio- gram evaluation. cultural systems that affect, and are affected by, MSW 740. Research III 3 credits human beings. Also incorporated is current Analysis of research proposals developed during knowledge related to ethnic minorities and the first two courses will be of central concern in oppressed groups. Attention is focused on differ- the course. Students will have the opportunity to ences in values and life styles, the issues they gen- explore analysis issues and apply the statistical erate for understanding human development, and material to data sets. The course will follow a the role of the social work practitioner. lecture-lab format. The logic behind and applica- MSW 620. Human Behavior II 3 credits tion of descriptive and inferential statistical Aspects of human behavior are examined in their analysis will be introduced. Students will be socio-cultural context emphasizing structure, responsible for processing data on computers class, ethnicity, race, sexuality, and age as major using statistical software.

224 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 225

Graduate Curricula and Courses

MSW 810. Social Policy I 3 credits MSW 870. Management 3 credits The first required course in the social policy The planning and program evaluative skills sequence examines the history and development acquired in MSW 820, 710 and 720 form the of social welfare programs and policies in the foundation and focus of this course. Emphasis United States. A major focus of this examination will be on aspects of fiscal management: planning includes the evolution and contributions of pro- to plan; needs assessment techniques; service fessional social work to social welfare. Emphasis objective formulation; building budgets based on is placed on the dynamic relationship between service objectives; evaluating program and service social welfare policies and modern industrial/ objectives; and grant-writing. post-industrial society. MSW 910. Ethical Issues 3 credits MSW 820. Social Policy II 3 credits This course is designed to foster sensitivity to eth- This second required course in the social policy ical concerns and to provide knowledge and sequence builds on the introductory and histori- experience in ethical decision-making. Students cal content of MSW 810, focusing on the use of will become familiar with the philosophical base analytic concepts in studying and analyzing cur- of ethics, will consider social work values and rent social policy issues. Significant contemporary ethical dilemmas in practice at all levels, and will issues in social welfare will be examined. develop expertise in using a decision-making model. The implications of such ethical practice MSW 830. Supervision 3 credits will be reviewed. Case materials will reflect a This course provides students with the requisite variety of issues, levels of practice, and a diversity knowledge for assuming the basic responsibilities of populations. of supervision and consultation. It examines the purpose, principles and methods of supervision MSW 920. Substance Abuse 3 credits and consultation applicable to many settings in This course provides an overview of the problems social work. It deals with the role demands upon of substance abuse for the individual, the family the supervisor and supervisee. Emphasis is placed and society, focused on the concepts of addiction, upon the education and administrative elements. co-dependency and recovery. The course will pro- Factors which affect supervision, consultation vide a model for effective social work treatment and staff development within agencies, communi- and intervention, at different levels of practice. ties, and the social work profession will be MSW 940. Women’s Issues 3 credits addressed. The current funding crisis and its This course focuses on the unique pressures and impact on services will receive emphasis. problems that confront women today, with MSW 860. Economic and Social Justice 3 credits emphasis on the barriers and stresses facing poor In this course, selected principles and skills of women, women of color, and aged women. social justice applicable to social welfare settings Attention will be directed toward evolving a are introduced. The influences of the U.S. eco- practice perspective that is most suited to meeting nomic system on funding patterns, organizational the particular needs of women clients. Within the environments, structure and staff roles within field of social work itself there is evidence that social welfare settings are considered. Issues to be women social workers are victims of discrimina- faced and resolved in the global competition for tory practices; this issue will also be addressed. scarce resources will receive special attention.

225 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 226

Graduate Curricula and Courses

MSW 950. Health Care 3 credits This course identifies and develops an understanding of the issues inherent in working in a health care setting. It will explore the current issues in the U.S. health care system, including managed care, ethical issues and the most commonly seen health care issues in various developmental stages.

MSW 960. Child Abuse 3 credits The course provides an historical and theoretical framework for social workers to understand the ecological context of child abuse and neglect in society. Beginning with the societal values which shape current child welfare policy, social worker roles, expectations and resources for working with child abuse and neglect will be discussed. The scope of the problem, as well as factors associated with various categories of child maltreat- ment, will be delineated. A survey of child welfare research will inform intervention strategy options. Special attention will be given to federal and state initiatives to redirect child welfare resources toward prevention services, especially family preservation and family reunification.

226 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 227

Directories

227 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 228

Board of Directors

President Mr. John L. Bush Most Rev. William E. Franklin, dd Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Bishop Officer Diocese of Davenport McCarthy-Bush Corporation

Vice President Leonard P. Cervantes, Esq. ’70 Partner Rev. Msgr. Michael J. Morrissey, vg ’61 Cervantes and Associates Vicar General Diocese of Davenport Mrs. Harriet Gottlieb Civic Leader Secretary and Treasurer Edward Rogalski, phd Mr. Bernard J. Hank Jr. President Retired Chief Executive Officer St. Ambrose University Montgomery Elevator

Members Mr. Bernard J. Hardiek Mr. John C. Arme ’57 President Retired Senior Partner Worldwide Agricultural Equipment Division Arthur Andersen and Company Deere & Company

Mr. Michael Bauer Mrs. Diane Harris President and Chief Executive Officer Civic Leader Quad City Bank and Trust Company Rev. Francis C. Henricksen ’51 R. Richard Bittner, Esq. Editor Senior Partner The Catholic Messenger Carlin, Hellstrom & Bittner Mrs. Elisabeth Ann Leach Mr. Stanley J. Bright Civic Leader President and Chief Executive Officer Mid-American Energy Company Rev. Msgr. Cletus P. Madsen ’28 Assistant to the President St. Ambrose University

228 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 229

Board of Directors

Mrs. Jill McLaughlin Robert A. Van Vooren, Esq. Civic Leader Senior Partner Lane & Waterman Mr. Arnold R. Meyer ’39 Private Investor Non-Voting Members Mr. George A. Moser ’62 Priests’ Presbyteral Council Representative Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Diocese of Davenport Officer Charter Bank and Trust of Illinois President St. Ambrose Alumni Association Mr. Barry C. O’Brien Retired Chairman of the Board and Chief Chairperson Executive Officer St. Ambrose Faculty Assembly Iowa-Illinois Gas and Electric Company President Mr. Michael S. Plunkett St. Ambrose Staff Assembly Senior Vice President Deere & Company President St. Ambrose Student Government Association Mr. Peter G. Pohlmann President Lujack Auto Plaza Emeritus Members

Mr. Charles Ruhl Sr. ’50 Mr. John K. Figge President Ruhl and Ruhl Realtors, Inc. Mr. Jerry M. Hiegel

Mr. Michael G. Schrantz Mr. John C. Lujack Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Norwest Bank Iowa, na Most Rev. Gerald F. O’Keefe

Mr. I. Weir Sears ’51 Rev. Paul C. Reinert, sj Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Sears Manufacturing Company William F. Sueppel, Esq. ’50 Partner Meardon, Sueppel, Downer & Hayes

Mrs. Margaret Tiedemann President W.G. Block Company

229 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 230

Administrative Staff

President ba, St. Ambrose University

Edward Rogalski, phd ba, University of Louvain, Belgium President stbma, ibid ba, Parsons College At St. Ambrose University since 1977 ma, University of Iowa phd, ibid Deans of Colleges At St. Ambrose University since 1968 Daniel S. Bozik, phd Dean, College of Human Services University Officers ba, University of Wisconsin-Whitewater

Ann Freeberg, phd ma, Bradley University Vice President, Institutional Research phd, Northwestern University ba, Southern Illinois University At St. Ambrose University since 1986 ma, ibid phd, University of Iowa John W. Collis, phd At St. Ambrose University since 1975 Dean, College of Business / Director, MBA Program bs, University of Kentucky Steven R. Goebel, ma, cfre mba, ibid Vice President, University Relations jd, ibid ba, University of Notre Dame phd, University of Iowa ma, Catholic University of America At St. Ambrose University since 1984 At St. Ambrose University since 1990 Paul K. Jacobson, phd Edward J. Henkhaus Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Vice President, Finance ab, Seton Hall University ba, St. Ambrose University ma, Duquesne University At St. Ambrose University since 1979 phd, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1977 Donald J. Moeller, ssl Provost / Dean of Faculty Rev. Charles Adam ba, St. Paul Seminary Rector, Seminary stl, Gregorian University ssl, Biblical Institute (Rome) Mara Adams At St. Ambrose University since 1969 Assistant Dean, Adult Education and Professional Development Rev. Drake R. Shafer, stbma Vice President, University Ministry

230 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 231

Administrative Staff

Caryl S. Altemus Stephen R. Bergren Administrative Assistant, Economics and Business Career Counselor, Upward Bound Administration Elizabeth Berridge Cathleen Ambre Assistant to the Dean, College of Business Administrative Assistant, College of Business Bruce Billingsley Janice L. Anderson Volleyball Coach / Director, Sports Information Director, Upward Bound Marylaine Block Jon S. Anderson Associate Director, Library Chief Engineer, Television Center Frank Borst, edd Kathleen M. Anderson Associate Director, Master of Business Administrative Assistant, Accelerated Degree Program Administration

Kathryn Anderson Lillian Bradshaw Administrative Assistant, Provost’s Office Assistant Director of Development Services, University Relations Kathleen Arp Admissions Representative, Admissions Rhonda L. Brockhouse Administrative Assistant, Galvin Fine Arts Center Ann Austin Learning Disability Specialist, Services for Students Chadwick T. Brown with Disabilities Student Technical Support Specialist, Computing

David Baker Karla Bruntzel Operations Manager , KALA Radio Athletic Training Specialist, Athletics

Marueen M. Baldwin Lisa Burke Director, Records and Registration Assistant Director, Professional Development Center

Stephanie Barajas-Hawkins Mary Kathryn Byers Counselor, International Students, Admissions Administrative Assistant, Library

John O. Barr, phd, pt James Callahan Director, Physical Therapy Head Coach, Baseball / Assistant Director, Athletics

Robin Becker Kathleen A. Cameron Head Coach, Women’s Basketball Manager, Bookstore

Donna Benewich Programmer Analyst, Computing Donald R. Challis Director, Safety and Security Merredyth Beno Retention Coordinator, Admissions John W. Collis, phd Director, Master of Business Administration

231 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 232

Administrative Staff

Kenneth E. Colwell, eds Charles E. Fox Director, Communications Center Laboratory Coordinator, Biology and Chemistry / Chemical Hygiene Officer Marsha R. Connelly Administrative Assistant, Education James Fox Director, Sports Promotion Margee Crawley Director of Learning Resources, Title III Donna J. Friel Administrative Assistant, Financial Aid Heather A. Davis Lead Teacher, Children’s Campus Sheila Funderburk Director, Campus Ministry Jennifer Davis Head of Technical Services, Library Sara Gadzik Assistant Director, Communications and Marketing Carol Anne DeMarr Administrative Assistant in Circulation, Library Johnna Gerlach Lead Teacher, Children’s Campus Kelly DeSmet Head Coach, Men’s Soccer / Director, Physical Carol A. Glines Education Center Assistant Vice President, Finance

Sharon Dickman Jeffery K. Griebel Administrative Director, Reading Clinic Associate Dean, Admissions

Amy Dolan Rev. Robert Grodnicki Admissions Representative, Admissions Director of Field Education, Social Work

Shirley Easler Carla Gronewald Director, Personnel / Director, Word Processing Lead Teacher, Children’s Campus

Eileen M. Eitrheim Debra Hahn Marketing and Front of House Coordinator, Galvin Director, Children’s Campus Fine Arts Center Roberta Hanson Kristofer Eitrheim Administrative Assistant, Physical Therapy Technical Director, Galvin Fine Arts Center Allan Hayes Laura Ekizian Director, Marriott Food Service Director, Alumni and Parent Relations Connie M. Heinen Lead Teacher, Children’s Campus Edward Finn Director of Annual Giving, University Relations Christopher J. Hickenbottom Director of Residence Life, Student Services Meg Flaherty Assistant Dean, Admissions Thomas W. Hill Jr., phd Director, Industrial Engineering

232 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 233

Administrative Staff

Nancy Hines Heide G. Larson Director, Student Health Services Lead Teacher, Children’s Campus

Linda Hirsch James Loftus Director, Communications and Marketing Acting Dean, Adult Education and Professional Development, Accelerated Degree Program, and Richard Hollembaek Professional Development Center Director, University Relations Carol R. Lyon Christine M. Hunecke Director, Reading and Study Skills / Advisor, Administrative Assistant, Administrative and Academic International Students Computing Rev. Msgr. Cletus P. Madsen Suzanne Humphrey Assistant to the President, University Relations Assistant Dean, Admissions Neala McCarthy Michael D. Jansen Assistant Director, Accelerated Degree Program Director, Planned Giving Carol McCoy Nancy Johnson-Van Hecke Administrative Assistant, President’s Office Administrative Assistant in Acquisitions, Library Terry McMaster Stanley J. Kabat Office Administrator, College of Business Assistant Vice President, Student Services / Dean of Students Frank E. Miller, md Director, Health Care Administration Andrew Kaiser Coordinator, Services for Students with Disabilities Nanette Miller Reference and Systems Librarian, Library Leo T. Kilfoy, phd Director, Recreation and Intramural Sports Michael L. Moore Assistant to the Director, Physical Plant Bryon R. Klostermann Assistant Dean, Admissions Russell Jack Moore Jr., edd Director, Master of Criminal Justice Patricia A. Kranovich Reference Librarian, Library John Morrissey Jr. Director, Physical Plant Harold Krubsack Director of Library Media Services, Library Gary M. Nolan Director, Professional Development Center Sandy S. Krueger Innkeeper, Bishop’s House Patrick O’Connor Dean, Admissions Phyllis Landon Administrative Assistant, University Relations Rita C. O’Connor Director, Financial Aid

233 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 234

Administrative Staff

Erin O’Neill Arthur Serianz, phd Admissions Representative, Admissions Grants Writer / Director, Institutional Planning

Cynthia A. Pattison Carol S. Shoemaker Marketing Director, Accelerated Degree Program Administrative Assistant, Special Education

Kathleen Potter Raymond Shovlain Director of Tutorial Services and Coordinator of Math Director, Athletics / Head Coach, Men’s Basketball and Science , Academic Support Center Vidyapati Singh Robert S. Ristow, edd Director, Master of Accounting Director, Master of Special Education Kathylene Siska Beverly Roberts Director, Master of Socal Work Administrative Assistant, Rock Island Arsenal MBA Alan R. Sivell Patricia A. Robinson-Heinze News Director, KALA Radio Director, Career Development Wayne A. Slabon Julie Rursch, phd Program Representative, Acclereated Degree Program Director, Academic and Administrative Computing Steve Smithers Lance Sadlek Administrative Assistant, Business Office Director, Galvin Fine Arts Center Todd Sturdy Ryan C. Saddler Head Coach, Football Minority Representative, Admissions Mary Taylor Lewis W. Sanborne Counselor, Career Development Writing Coordinator, Academic Support Center / Director of Mentors and Administrator, New Stephen Tendall Student Seminar Director, Counseling Center

Minita Santizo Vanessa Trice Coordinator, International Studies Assistant Programmer Analyst, Computing

Leona Schmidt Linda M. Turner Administrative Assistant, College of Business Assistant Dean, Adult Education and Professional Development Peggy Schneden Associate Director, Financial Aid Tonita M. Wamsley Administrative Assistant, Master of Social Work Donald Schneider Phyllis J. Wenthe Operations Manager, Television Center Program Coordinator, Occupational Therapy

Janet K. Seiz A. Christine Westensee Coordinator for Computing, Art Assistant Vice President, Academic Affairs and Institutional Research

234 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 235

Administrative Staff

Corinne Winter Director, Master of Pastoral Studies

Teri Wundram Administrative Coordinator, Upward Bound

Daniel Zeimet Assistant Dean, Admissions

235 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 236

Faculty

Allison Ambrose, ms, cpa John O. Barr, phd, pt Assistant Professor, Accounting Professor, Physical Therapy bba, University of Iowa bs, State University of New York, Upstate Medical ms, University of Iowa Center-Syracuse At St. Ambrose University since 1988 ma, University of Iowa phd, ibid Robin A. Anderson, phd At St. Ambrose University since 1992 Associate Professor, Psychology ba, Indiana University Floyd C. Begin, phd ma, University of Iowa Professor, Economics and Business Administration phd, ibid bs, Dayton University At St. Ambrose University since 1990 ma, University of Iowa phd, ibid Thomas A. Anderson, phd At St. Ambrose University since 1984 Associate Professor, Mathematical Sciences bs, Viterbo College Leslie B. Bell iii, mfa ms, University of Iowa Professor, Art phd, ibid ba, St. Ambrose College At St. Ambrose University since 1986 ma, Northern Illinois University mfa, ibid George D. Bailey iii, phd At St. Ambrose University since 1974 Assistant Professor, Chemistry bs, University of Georgia C. Gregory Bereskin, phd ms, Wichita State University Associate Professor, Economics and Business phd, ibid Administration At St. Ambrose University since 1991 ba, University of Cincinnati ma, ibid Robert C. Banash, dba phd, University of Missouri Associate Professor, Mathematical Sciences At St. Ambrose University since 1991 bs, University of Illinois ms, University of Delaware Frank Borst, edd dba, Nova University Professor, Economics and Business Administration At St. Ambrose University since 1988 bs, State University of New York at Cortland mba, East Carolina University edd, Memphis State University At St. Ambrose University since 1991

236 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 237

Fa culty

Rev. Edward A. Botkin, ssl Sandra L. Cassady, phd, pt Assistant Professor, Theology Assistant Professor, Physical Therapy ba, St. Ambrose College bs, University of Northern Iowa stl, Catholic University pt Certificate, University of Iowa ssl, Biblical Institute (Rome) ma, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1980 phd, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1994 Daniel S. Bozik, phd Professor, Speech, Theatre and Mass Communications Ray Chohan, phd ba, University of Wisconsin-Whitewater Professor, Economics and Business Administration ma, Bradley University ba, University of Poona, India phd, Northwestern University Barrister-at-Law, Lincoln’s Inn College, London At St. Ambrose University since 1986 mba, University of Portland med, ibid Sister Ritamary Bradley, phd phd, Portland State University Professor Emerita, English At St. Ambrose University since 1978 phb, Marygrove College ma, St. Louis University Reid M. Christopherson, mba phd, ibid Assistant Professor, Economics and Business At St. Ambrose University since 1965 Administration ba, Concordia College Linda K. Withrow Brown, dba, cpa mba, St. Ambrose University Associate Professor, Economics and Business At St. Ambrose University since 1990 Administration bs, Northwest Missouri State University Richard Scott Cohen, mm mba, St. Ambrose College Assistant Professor, Music dba, Nova University ba, University of Illinois At St. Ambrose University since 1987 bs, ibid mm, Northwestern University Thomas B. Burns, phd At St. Ambrose University since 1995 Professor, Physics and Mathematical Sciences ba, Manhattan College John W. Collis, phd ms, University of Iowa Professor, Economics and Business Administration phd, ibid bs, University of Kentucky At St. Ambrose 1972–73, and since 1975 mba, ibid jd, ibid John Byrne, phd phd, University of Iowa Assistant Professor, Economics and Business At St. Ambrose University since 1984 Administration bba, University of Notre Dame Kenneth E. Colwell, eds mba, Loyola University Assistant Professor, Speech, Theatre and Mass phd, University of Iowa Communications At St. Ambrose University since 1991 ba, St. Ambrose College ma, Catholic University of America Morris A. Calsyn, ms eds, University of Iowa Professor Emeritus, Physics At St. Ambrose 1978–80, and since 1981 ba, St. Ambrose College ms, Kansas State University At St. Ambrose University since 1958 237 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 238

Fa culty

James E. Cook, phd Brenda DuBois, ma Professor, Philosophy Associate Professor, Social Work ba, St. Louis University ba, Western Illinois University ma, ibid ma, University of Iowa ma, University of Kansas At. St. Ambrose since 1997 phd, ibid At St. Ambrose 1969–70, and since 1974 Rev. Edmond J. Dunn, phd Professor, Theology Maria Judith Correa, phd ba, St. Ambrose College Assistant Professor, Psychology ma, University of Iowa bs, Florida State University mdiv, Andover Newton Theological School ms, University of Central Florida mdiv, Pope John XXII National Seminary phd, Florida State University phd, Boston College At St. Ambrose University since 1995 At St. Ambrose University since 1975

Rev. William F. Dawson, phd Kristofer Eitrheim, mfa Professor, Philosophy Assistant Professor, Speech, Theatre and Mass ba, St. Ambrose College Communications ma, St. Paul Seminary ba, Augustana College phd, University of Notre Dame mfa, Virginia Polytechnical Institute and State At St. Ambrose University since 1961 University At St. Ambrose University since 1996 Charles B. DCamp, phd Professor Emeritus, Music Diane Enz, med, otr/l bs, University of Illinois Assistant Professor, Occupational Therapy ms, ibid bs, University of Illinois-Chicago phd, University of Iowa med, University of Missouri At St. Ambrose University since 1974 At St. Ambrose University since 1994

Rev. Joseph DeFrancisco, std Kevin P. Farrell, ma, pt Associate Professor, Theology and Pastoral Studies Assistant Professor, Physical Therapy ba, Catholic University of America ba, St. Ambrose University stb, ibid pt Certificate, University of Iowa ma, Pontifical University of St. Thomas ma, ibid std, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1992 At St. Ambrose University since 1990 Robert W. Faulkner Jr., dba Patrick J. Deluhery, bsc Associate Professor, Accounting Assistant Professor, Economics and Business ba, St. Ambrose College Administration mba, Central Missouri State University ba, University of Notre Dame dba, Heed University bsc, London School of Economics and Political Science At St. Ambrose University since 1976 At St. Ambrose 1967–68, and since 1975 Ann Freeberg, phd Assistant Professor, Sociology ba, Southern Illinois University ma, ibid phd, University of Iowa At St. Ambrose University since 1975 238 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 239

Fa culty

Richard E. Geiger, ma Michael N. Halstead, phd Professor, History Professor, Sociology ba, University of Notre Dame ba, Kent State University ma, University of Illinois ma, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1962 phd, Tulane University At St. Ambrose University since 1977 Alan Gibson, phd Assistant Professor, Political Science John Hammermeister, cpa, mba ba, Western Kentucky University Assistant Professor, Economics and Business ma, University of Notre Dame Administration phd, ibid ba, Augustana College At St. Ambrose University since 1996 mba, University of Oregon At St. Ambrose University since 1993 James H. Gillette, phd, pt Associate Professor, Physical Therapy Ralph Harris, phd bs, Marquette University Professor, Economics and Business Administration ms, College of St. Francis bs, Western Illinois University phd, Northern Illinois University ms, Illinois Institute of Technology At St. Ambrose University since 1995 phd, University of Iowa At St. Ambrose University since 1993 Rev. Robert L. Grant, ma Adjunct Professor, Theology Edward J. Hartman, jd ba, St. Ambrose College Adjunct Faculty, Economics and Business stv, Gregorian University Administration ma, Creighton University ba, University of Iowa At St. Ambrose University since 1994 jd, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1982 Rev. Robert Grodnicki, phd Assistant Professor, Social Work Susan J. Hartung, ma, pt ba, Villanova University Assistant Professor, Physical Therapy mdiv, Washington Theological Union bs, University of Colorado msw, Loyola University ma, University of Iowa phd, Fordham University At St. Ambrose University since 1992 At St. Ambrose University since 1997 Scot Heisdorffer, phd Ragene Dalton Gwin, ms Associate Professor, Modern Languages Assistant Professor, Physical Education ba, Kansas State University ba, Marycrest College ma, University of Southwestern Louisiana ms, Western Illinois University phd, University of Tennessee At St. Ambrose University since 1990 At St. Ambrose University since 1992

Phillip D. Hall, phd Carl Herzig, phd Associate Professor, Economics and Business Professor, English Administration ba, State University of New York-Binghamton ab, University of California-Los Angeles ma, State University of New York-Stony Brook mba, California State University phd, ibid phd, University of Nebraska At St. Ambrose University since 1990 At St. Ambrose University since 1995

239 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 240

Fa culty

Thomas W. Hill Jr., phd Paul K. Jacobson, phd Professor, Industrial Engineering Professor, Philosophy bs, Arizona State University ab, Seton Hall University msie, ibid ma, Duquesne University phd, ibid phd, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1995 At St. Ambrose University since 1977

William Hitchings, phd Reginald D. Jarrell, jd Associate Professor, Special Education Assistant Professor, Mass Communications ba, Bloomsburg State University ba, American University ma, University of Iowa ms, Iowa State University phd, ibid jd, University of Iowa At St. Ambrose University since 1991 At St. Ambrose University since 1993

William G. Hixon, phd Michael J. Jerin, phd Associate Professor, Biology Professor, Sociology ba, Dartmouth College ba, Marian College ms, University of Massachusetts ms, Purdue University phd, ibid phd, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1990 At St. Ambrose University since 1981

John C. Horn, phd Richard Jerz, mba Professor, Biology Assistant Professor, Industrial Engineering ba, Oberlin College bs, Illinois Institute of Commerce-Chicago phd, Duke University mba, St. Ambrose University At St. Ambrose University since 1982 At St. Ambrose University since 1993

Rev. Joseph A. Hratz, bsee Corinne Johnson, phd Professor Emeritus, Mathematical Sciences Associate Professor, Theatre bs, St. Ambrose College ba, College of St. Catherine bsee, University of Iowa ma, University of Minnesota At St. Ambrose University since 1942 phd, University of Oregon At St. Ambrose University since 1989 Celeste N. Hudson, phd Professor Emerita, Education Zeinhom M. Kabis, phd bs, Oregon College of Education Professor, Economics and Business Administration ms, Southern Illinois University bcomm, Cairo University-Egypt phd, ibid ma, University of Illinois At St. Ambrose 1972–75, and since 1976 phd, ibid At St. Ambrose 1973–77, and since 1978 Beatrice Jacobson, phd Professor, English George A. Kanzaki, phd ba, Seton Hall University Professor, Industrial Engineering ma, Penn State University me, Stevens Institute of Technology phd, University of Iowa mse, Arizona State University At St. Ambrose University since 1994 ma, University of Iowa phd, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1986

240 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 241

Fa culty

Rabbi Henry J. Karp, mahl Richard Koehler, phd Lecturer, Theology Assistant Professor, Biology ba, City University of New York bs, University of Illinois mahl, Hebrew Union College, Jewish Institute of ms, Eastern Illinois University Religion phd, University of Illinois At St. Ambrose University since 1986 At St. Ambrose University since 1994

Kirk B. Kelley, phd Rev. Joseph E. Kokjohn, phd Associate Professor, Biology Professor Emeritus, English bs, Kansas State University ba, St. Ambrose College phd, University of Kansas Medical Center ma, Catholic University of America At St. Ambrose University since 1990 phd, University of Iowa At St. Ambrose 1957 – 75, and since 1983 Michael P. Kennedy, ma Assistant Professor, Speech, Theatre and Mass Walter J. Kurth, msw Communications Assistant Professor, Sociology and Psychology ba, St. Ambrose College ba, Concordia College ma, Villanova University mdiv, Concordia Seminary At St. Ambrose University since 1969 msw, University of Iowa At St. Ambrose University since 1980 Patricia A. Kennedy, phd Professor Emeritus, English Katherine Lampe, mpt, pt ba, Mt. St. Scholastica College Assistant Professor, Physical Therapy med, University of Illinois bs, Loras College ma, Catholic University of America mpt, University of Iowa phd, University of Illinois At St. Ambrose University since 1994 At St. Ambrose University since 1968 John E. Langhorne Jr., phd Dennis J. Kern, mba Adjunct Professor, Economics and Business Adjunct Instructor, Criminal Justice Administration ba, St. Ambrose University bs, Montana State University mba, ibid ms, University of North Dakota At St. Ambrose University since 1994 phd, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1984 Leo T. Kilfoy, phd Professor, Physical Education Christopher Lee, phd bs, St. Ambrose College Associate Professor, Economics and Business ms, University of Illinois Administration phd, Columbia Pacific University ba, Old Dominion University At St. Ambrose University since 1954 ma, George Mason University phd, ibid Paul C. Koch, phd At St. Ambrose University since 1995 Associate Professor, Psychology bs, Morningside College Margaret J. Legg, phd ms, Iowa State University Professor, Chemistry phd, ibid bs, Fordham University At St. Ambrose University since 1988 ma, Columbia University phd, Texas A&M University At St. Ambrose University since 1980 241 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 242

Fa culty

Richard G. Legg, phd Brian G. Mackie, ms Professor, Biology Assistant Professor, Mathematical Sciences bs, Fordham University ba, Eastern Illinois University ma, Texas A&M University ms, Loyola University phd, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1989 At St. Ambrose University since 1978 Christine Malaski, ms Arvella H. Lensing, phd Assistant Professor, Occupational Therapy Professor, Spanish bs, Western Michigan University bs, University of Oklahoma ms, ibid ma, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1994 phd, University of Iowa At St. Ambrose University since 1968 W. Dean Marple, edd Associate Professor, Education Marcia L. Less, med ba, University of Illinois Assistant Professor, Special Education ms, Western Illinois University ba, Mankato State University eds, ibid med, St. Ambrose University edd, Illinois State University edd, Nova Southeastern University At St. Ambrose University since 1989 At St. Ambrose University since 1992 Lewis Marx, macc, cpa Mark Levsen, ma, pt Assistant Professor, Accounting Assistant Professor, Physical Therapy bb, Western Illinois University ba, Wartburg College macc, ibid pt Certificate, University of Iowa At St. Ambrose University since 1989 ma, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1994 Joseph A. McCaffrey, phd Professor, Philosophy and Business Administration Alan F. Logan, ms ba, Aquinas Institute of Philosophy Assistant Professor, Mathematical Sciences ma, ibid ba, St. Ambrose College phl, ibid ms, Western Illinois University ma, University of Iowa At St. Ambrose University since 1961 phd, Pontificia Studorium Universitas At St. Ambrose University since 1964 Bill G. Lynn, phd Associate Professor, Economics and Business Waylyn C. McCulloh, ma Administration Adjunct Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice ba, Blackburn College ba, University of Iowa ma, University of Missouri-Kansas City ma, ibid phd, University of Illinois At St. Ambrose University since 1987 At St. Ambrose University since 1995 Rev. George W. McDaniel, phd Carol Lyon, mst Professor, History Adjunct Assistant Professor, Education ba, St. Ambrose College ba, Carroll College ma, Aquinas Institute of Theology ma, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee ma, University of Iowa mst, University of Wisconsin-Superior phd, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1988 At St. Ambrose University since 1977

242 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 243

Fa culty

Rev. Frederick J. McMahan, phd Barbara Muenster, mat Professor Emeritus, Education Assistant Professor, Mathematical Sciences ba, St. Ambrose College ba, Clark College ma, Catholic University of America mat, University of Nebraska phd, University of Iowa At St. Ambrose University since 1989 At St. Ambrose University since 1940 James E. Mullins, ma Rev. Brian Miclot, phd Professor Emeritus, Economics and Business Assistant Professor, Philosophy Administration ba, St. Ambrose College bs, Marquette University phd, University of Notre Dame ma, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1993 At St. Ambrose University since 1969

Donald J. Moeller, ssl John C. Norton, phd Associate Professor, Theology Professor Emeritus, Political Science ba, St. Paul Seminary ba, St. Ambrose University stl, Gregorian University ma, University of Illinois ssl, Biblical Institute (Rome) phd, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1969 At St. Ambrose University since 1957

Thomas Molumby, ms Wayne H. Oberle, phd Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice Professor, Economics and Sociology ba, St. John’s University bs, University of Illinois ms, Florida State University ms, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1996 phd, University of Missouri-Columbia At St. Ambrose University since 1977 L. Juanita Monholland, bs Assistant Professor, Chemistry and Mathematical Michael Opar, msie Sciences Assistant Professor, Industrial Engineering bs, Marycrest College bsie, Purdue University At St. Ambrose University since 1950 msie, Bradley University At St. Ambrose University since 1993 Russell Jack Moore Jr., edd Professor, Criminal Justice Michael A. Orfitelli, edd bse, Truman State University Professor, Physical Education ma, University of Nebraska at Omaha bsed, Kansas State College at Pittsburgh eds, Central Missouri State University ms, ibid edd, Illinois State University edd, University of New Mexico-Albuquerque At St. Ambrose University since 1974 At St. Ambrose University since 1977

John A. Morrow Trevor Parry-Giles, phd Lecturer, Criminal Justice Assistant Professor, Speech, Theatre and Mass Jhoon Rhee Institute, Washington D.C. Communications At St. Ambrose University since 1991 ba, Ripon College ma, University of New Mexico phd, Indiana University At St. Ambrose University since 1991

243 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 244

Fa culty

William W. Parsons, phd Randy Richards, phd Associate Professor, Political Science Associate Professor, Philosophy ba, Buena Vista College ba, St. Ambrose University mpa, Iowa State University ma, Georgetown University phd, University of Arizona phd, University of Iowa At St. Ambrose University since 1989 At St. Ambrose University since 1993

Barbara R. Patterson, ma Robert S. Ristow, edd Adjunct Assistant Professor, Modern Languages Professor, Special Education ba, University of Kansas bs, Northern State College, South Dakota ma, ibid ms, Black Hills State College At St. Ambrose University since 1978 edd, University of Denver At St. Ambrose University since 1989 Brenda Peters, phd Assistant Professor, Biology Owen S. Rogal, phd ba, Alma College Professor, English phd, Wayne State University ba, Colgate University At St. Ambrose University since 1993 ma, Rutgers University phd, ibid Barbara Pitz, phd At St. Ambrose University since 1986 Professor, English ba, Pennsylvania State University Edward Rogalski, phd am, University of Chicago Professor, Education phd, University of Toronto ba, Parsons College At St. Ambrose University since 1987 ma, University of Iowa phd, ibid Kathleen Potter, msed At St. Ambrose University since 1968 Adjunct Assistant Professor, Mathematical Sciences ba, Augustana College Killion Roh, phd msed, Western Illinois University Professor, Mathematical Sciences At St. Ambrose University since 1984 bs, Chonnam National University ms, ibid Charles B. Preacher, md ms, University of Illinois Adjunct Associate Professor, Physical Therapy phd, University of Iowa bs, University of South Carolina At St. Ambrose University since 1976 md, Medical University of South Carolina At St. Ambrose University since 1993 Jeanne K. Roller, edd Associate Professor, Education Kristin Quinn, mfa ba, St. Ambrose College Associate Professor, Art mst, University of Wisconsin bfa, Temple University edd, Nova Southeastern University mfa, Indiana University At St. Ambrose University since 1992 At St. Ambrose University since 1989 Patricia Romza, dma Assistant Professor, Music bm, Duquesne University mm, ibid dma, University of Georgia At St. Ambrose University since 1994 244 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 245

Fa culty

Deborah A. Sanborne, mm Arthur Serianz, phd Adjunct Instructor, Music Professor, Chemistry bm, Southern Illinois University ba, Cornell College mm, Boston University phd, University of Iowa At St. Ambrose University since 1996 At St. Ambrose University since 1975

Lewis Sanborne, ma Rachel Serianz, phd Adjunct Assistant Professor, English Assistant Professor, Education ba, Idaho State University ba, Cornell College ma, ibid bs, St. Cloud State University At St. Ambrose University since 1990 ms, Western Illinois University phd, University of Iowa R. Gerald Saylor, phd At St. Ambrose University since 1988 Lecturer, Economics and Business Administration ba, Kalamazoo College Rev. Drake R. Shafer, stbma phd, Duke University Assistant Professor, Theology At St. Ambrose University since 1981 ba, St. Ambrose College ba, University of Louvain, Belgium Theresa Schlabach, ma, bcpot, otr/l stbma, ibid Assistant Professor, Occupational Therapy At St. Ambrose University since 1977 ba, Colorado State University ma, University of Iowa Rev. Charles C. Shepler, ma At St. Ambrose University since 1992 Professor Emeritus, Speech, Theatre and Mass Communications Barry J. Schmelzer, ma ba, St. Ambrose College Adjunct Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice ma, University of Notre Dame ba, St. Ambrose University At St. Ambrose University since 1946 ma, Western Illinois University At St. Ambrose University since 1990 Martha Shockey, phd Assistant Professor, Psychology and Sociology John W. Schmits, ba ba, St. Ambrose University Assistant Professor, Art ma, University of Iowa ba, St. Ambrose College phd, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1959 At St. Ambrose University since 1993

Suzanne R. Seeber, phd Craig Shoemaker, mba Associate Professor, Education Assistant Professor, Economics and Business bs, Ohio State University Administration ms, Kansas State University ba, Mt. Union College phd, ibid mba, Keller Graduate School of Management-Chicago At St. Ambrose University since 1987 At St. Ambrose University since 1992

Janet K. Seiz, ma Raymond J. Shovlain, mba Adjunct Assistant Professor, Art Adjunct Assistant Professor, Economics and Business ba, Ohio Wesleyan University Administration ma, Case Western Reserve University ba, St. Ambrose University At St. Ambrose University since 1989 mba, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1982

245 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 246

Fa culty

Vidyapati Singh, phd, cpa Joan Trapp, dma Professor, Accounting and Economics and Business Professor, Music Administration bm, Northwestern University ba, University of Calcutta, India mm, ibid ma, ibid dma, University of Iowa phd, Case Western Reserve University At St. Ambrose University since 1974 At St. Ambrose University since 1982 Kathleen Trujillo, phd Kathylene Siska, phd Assistant Professor, Psychology Associate Professor, Social Work ba, Loyola Marymount University ba, Elmira College phd, University of Southern California ma, Marywood College At St. Ambrose University since 1994 phd, Columbia University At St. Ambrose University since 1996 Amy E. Tyler, phd Assistant Professor, Physical Therapy Jon W. Stauff, phd BFA, University of Utah Assistant Professor, History MS, University of Washington ba, College of William and Mary PhD, University of Arizona ma, State University of New York-Buffalo At St. Ambrose University since 1995 phd, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1993 James O. Van Speybroeck, ms Associate Professor, Economics and Business M. Carla Stevens, ma Administration Adjunct Assistant Professor, Speech ba, St. Ambrose College bs, Illinois State University ms, Western Illinois University ma, San Jose State University At St. Ambrose University since 1983 At St. Ambrose University since 1987 Barbara J. Walker, phd Rev. Herman A. Strub, ma Professor, Physical Education Professor Emeritus, Theology ba, University of Northern Iowa ba, St. Ambrose University ma, ibid ma, Catholic University of America phd, University of Iowa At St. Ambrose University since 1950 At St. Ambrose University since 1973

Andrew M. Swift, phd Mary A. Waterstreet, phd Associate Professor, Philosophy Professor, Psychology ba, Bridgewater State College ba, St. Ambrose College ma, Ohio State University ms, Marquette University phd, ibid phd, University of Georgia At St. Ambrose University since 1990 At St. Ambrose University since 1984

George Sztajer, mba Wilbur L. Weare, phd Assistant Professor, Economics and Business Professor Emeritus, Industrial Engineering Administration ba, Hanover College ba, University of Illinois ms, Northwestern University mba, Eastern Illinois University phd, University of Iowa At St. Ambrose University since 1993 At St. Ambrose University since 1984

246 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 247

Fa culty

Delores M. Wellman, ms, cpa Kathleen Zajicek, ms, otr/l Assistant Professor, Accounting Assistant Professor, Occupational Therapy bba, University of Iowa bs, University of Minnesota ms, Drake University ms, Cardinal Stritch University At St. Ambrose University since 1984 At St. Ambrose University since 1993

Phyllis Wenthe Assistant Professor, Occupational Therapy bs, University of Kansas At St. Ambrose University since 1990

A. Christine Westensee, ms Assistant Professor, Geography bs, Illinois State University ms, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1978

Corinne Winter, phd Assistant Professor, Theology ba, St. Olaf College ma, University of Dayton phd, University of Notre Dame At St. Ambrose University since 1994

Theodore S. Woodruff, phd Professor, Economics and Business Administration ba, Williams College ma, Columbia University mphil, ibid phd, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1995

William Woods, mba Instructor, Economics and Business Administration ba, St. Ambrose University mba, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1994

Kuo-Ho Yang, phd Professor, Physics and Engineering bs, National Taiwan University ms, University of Massachusetts phd, ibid At St. Ambrose University since 1982

247 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 248

Reference

Course Cross Reference

Course Title Cross Reference

CRJU 213 Statistics for Social Sciences HIST, PSCI, PSYC, SOC, SSCI 213

CSCI 330 Numerical Analysis MATH 330

ECON315 American Economic History HIST 359

EDUC 304 Child and Adolescent Psychology PSYC 304

EDUC 309 Educ. Psychology: Tests and Measurements PSYC 309

EDUC 329 Methods of Teaching Social Sciences HIST 395

GEOG 201 Physical Georgraphy NSCI 205

ENGR 110 Engineering Graphics IE 110

ENGR 220 Engineering Statics IE 220

ENGR 302 Engineering Dynamics IE 302

ENGR 303 Strength of Materials IE 303

ENGR 310 Materials Science IE 310

ENGR 312 Thermodynamics PHYS 321, IE 312

ENGR 320 Electromagnetic Theory II PHYS 304

HIST 213 Statistics for Social Sciences CRJU, PSCI, PSYC, SOC, SSCI 213

HIST 307 History of Christianity I: Early and Medieval THEO 307

HIST 308 History of Christianity II: Reformation and Modern THEO 308

HIST 355 Religion in America THEO 355

HIST 359 Economic History in the U.S ECON 315

HIST 395 Methods of Teaching Social Studies EDUC 329

248 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 249

Reference

Course Title Cross Reference

IE 110 Engineering Graphics ENGR 110

IE 220 Engineering Statics ENGR 220

IE 302 Engineering Dynamics ENGR 302

IE 303 Strength of Materials ENGR 303

IE 310 Materials Science ENGR 310

IE 312 Thermodynamics PHYS 321,

ENGR 312

MATH 330 Numerical Analysis CSCI 330

MPS 620 Music and Liturgy MUS 310, THEO 310

MUS 310 Music and Liturgy MPS 620, THEO 310

NSCI 205 Physical Georgraphy GEOG 201

PHIL 311 Environmental Ethics THEO 311

PHYS 304 Electromagnetic Theory II ENGR 320

PHYS 321 Statistical Physics and Thermodynamics ENGR 312, IE 312

PSCI 213 Statistics for Social Sciences CRJU, HIST, PSYC, SOC, SSCI 213

PSYC 213 Statistics for Social Sciences CRJU, HIST, PSCI, SOC, SSCI 213

PSYC 304 Child and Adolescent Psychology EDUC 304

PSYC 309 Educational Psychology: Tests and Measurements EDUC 309

PSYC 318 Group Dynamics SOC 318

SOC 213 Statistics for Social Sciences CRJU, HIST, PSCI, PSYC, SSCI 213

SOC 318 Group Dynamics PSYC 318

SSCI 213 Statistics for Social Sciences CRJU, HIST, PSCI, PSYC, SOC 213

THEO 307 History of Christianity I: Early and Medieval HIST 307

THEO 308 History of Christianity II: Reformation and Modern HIST 308

THEO 310 Music and Liturgy MUS 310, MPS 620

THEO 311 Environmental Ethics PHIL 311

THEO 355 Religion in America HIST 355

249 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 250

Reference

Course Codes MUS Music The following course codes are used on student NSS New Student Seminar records: NSCI Natural Science ACCT Accounting OTS Occupational Therapy ART Art OVS Study Abroad Program ASTR Astronomy PADM Public Administration BIOL Biology PED Physical Education BUS Business Administration PHIL Philosophy CHEM Chemistry PHYS Physics CIS Computer Information Systems PSCI Political Science COOP Cooperative Education PSYC Psychology CRJU Criminal Justice REDG Reading-Developmental CSCI Computer Science RUSS Russian ECON Economics SOC Sociology ECE Early Childhood Education SPAN Spanish ECSE Early Childhood Special Education SPED Special Education EDUC Education SPEE Speech ENGL English SPST Special Studies ENGR Engineering WMST Women’s Studies FLAN Foreign Language FREN French GEOG Geography GERM German GREE Greek HED Health Education HIST History HP Honors Program IE Industrial Engineering IMD Management Development Institute LAT Latin LS Learning Skills-Reading MAC Master Of Accounting MATH Mathematics MBA Master In Business Administration MCJ Master Of Criminal Justice MCOM Mass Communications MED Master of Education MHCA Master of Health Care Administration MIS Management Information Systems MOT Master of Occupational Therapy MPS Master of Pastoral Studies MPT Master of Physical Therapy MSW Master of Social Work

250 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 251

Index

251 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 252

Index

A Biology ...... 66 Academic Advising ...... 15 Board and Room ...... 28 Academic Dishonesty ...... 54 Board of Directors ...... 228 Academic Information ...... 34 Bookstore ...... 16 Academic Status, Graduate...... 162 Business Administration ...... 69 Academic Support Center...... 15 Business Administration, Master of...... 169 Accel ...... 40 Accel Calendar...... 12 C Accelerating Progress Toward a Degree. . . . . 46 Calendar ...... 10 Accounting ...... 58 Campus...... 7 Accounting, Master of ...... 166 Campus Activities Board ...... 18 Administrative Staff ...... 230 Campus Ministry...... 16 Admissions ...... 20 Career Development Center ...... 16 American Government Teaching Major. . . . 139 Catholic Studies...... 110 Applicants 23 Years of Age and Older . . . . . 22 Change of Registration ...... 53 Applicants Less Than 23 Years of Age . . . . . 20 Chemistry ...... 75 Application for Graduation ...... 48 Children’s Campus Child Care Center and Application Procedures ...... 22 Preschool ...... 16 Applied Management Technology, Class Attendance ...... 50 Bachelor of ...... 39, 61 Class Load, Graduate ...... 49 Art ...... 62 Class Load, Undergraduate ...... 49 Assessment of Prior Experiential Learning . . 47 Classical and Modern Languages ...... 97 Astronomy ...... 65 Classification of Undergraduate Students . . . 48 Athletic Coaching ...... 132 Clubs and Organizations ...... 16 Athletic Training ...... 131 Coffee House...... 16 Athletics ...... 16 College-Level Examination Program (clep). . 46 Auditing ...... 52 Computer Information Systems ...... 77 Computer Science ...... 77 B Cooperative Education ...... 13, 80 Bachelor of Applied Management Counseling ...... 17 Technology ...... 39, 61 Course Codes ...... 250 Bachelor of Arts in Special Studies ...... 38 Course Numbers ...... 49 Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements . . . . . 35 Courses Cross Referenced ...... 248 Bachelor of Education ...... 85 Courses for General Education Requirements. 42 Bachelor of Elected Studies Degree ...... 41 Criminal Justice ...... 80 Bachelor of Music Education Degree Criminal Justice, Master of...... 179 Requirements ...... 38 Curricula and Course Descriptions, Bachelor of Science Degree...... 38 Graduate ...... 165 Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy. 38 Curricula and Course Descriptions, Beliefs of St. Ambrose University ...... 6 Undergraduate ...... 57

252 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 253

Index

D GED Applicant ...... 21 Dean’s List ...... 51 General Business ...... 69 Degree Requirements ...... 35 General Education Requirements, Degrees ...... 34 Courses for ...... 42 Disability Services ...... 18 General Science ...... 110 Dismissal...... 53 Geography...... 102 German...... 99 Grading System, Graduate ...... 51, 161 E Grading System, Undergraduate ...... 50 Early Childhood Education ...... 85 Graduate Class Load ...... 49 Early Enrollment, High School Student. . . . . 21 Graduate Curricula Economics...... 69 and Course Descriptions ...... 165 Education ...... 83 Graduate Programs, General Information . . 161 Education, Bachelor of...... 85 Graduation Application ...... 48 Education in Counseling, Master of ...... 182 Graduation Honors ...... 49 Education in Juvenile Justice Education, Grants...... 26 Master of ...... 182 Greek ...... 99 Education in Special Education, Master of . 182 Guest Student Applicant ...... 21 Elected Studies Degree, Bachelor of ...... 41 Elementary Education ...... 85 H Endowed Chairs ...... 9 Health Care Administration, Master of. . . . 194 Engineering ...... 93 Health Education...... 103 English ...... 94 Health Services Programs ...... 47 Environmental Management...... 69 Health, Physical Education Expenses ...... 28 and Sport Science ...... 131 Expenses, Graduate ...... 163 High School Student Early Enrollment . . . . . 21 History ...... 103 F History of St. Ambrose University ...... 7 Faculty ...... 236 Honors, Graduation ...... 49 Fax Policy ...... 32 Finance Major ...... 69 I Financial Aid ...... 24 Industrial Engineering ...... 106 Food Service ...... 17 Interdisciplinary Programs ...... 110 Foreign Language in Translation ...... 98 Catholic Studies ...... 110 Foreign Languages ...... 97 General Science ...... 110 French...... 98 Peace and Justice...... 110 Freshman Applicant...... 20 Women’s Studies ...... 110 International Accounting and Modern G Languages Major ...... 58 Galvin Performing Arts Series...... 17 International Students ...... 22

253 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 254

Index

International Studies Program ...... 47 O Occupational Therapy ...... 122 L Occupational Therapy, Master of ...... 197 Lab Fees ...... 29 Occupational Therapy Requirements Language Major, Combination ...... 97 Bachelor of Science in...... 38 Latin ...... 99 O’Keefe Library...... 17 Learning Skills Courses ...... 111 Other Programs ...... 47 Library ...... 17 Loans ...... 26 P Pass/No Pass Option ...... 52 M Pastoral Studies, Master of...... 205 Major, Statement of ...... 48 Peace and Justice ...... 110 Management and Organizations Major. . . . . 69 Philosophy...... 128 Marketing ...... 69 Physical Education...... 131 Mass Communications...... 112 Physical Education Teaching Major ...... 132 Master of Accounting ...... 166 Physical Therapy, Master of ...... 210 Master of Business Administration ...... 169 Physics ...... 137 Master of Criminal Justice ...... 179 Political Science ...... 139 Master of Education in Counseling...... 182 Practitioner Preparation Program ...... 83 Master of Education Pre-Law Program and Certificate . . . . . 47, 139 in Juvenile Justice Education ...... 182 Prior Experiential Learning, Assessment of . . 47 Master of Education in Special Education . . 182 Privacy Act ...... 8 Master of Health Care Administration . . . . 194 Probation ...... 53 Master of Occupational Therapy ...... 198 Psychology ...... 141 Master of Pastoral Studies ...... 205 Public Administration ...... 146 Master of Physical Therapy ...... 210 Master of Social Work ...... 218 R Mathematics ...... 115 Recognition...... 6 Mathematics Education ...... 115 Refunds...... 30 Mission of St. Ambrose University ...... 6 Registration, Change in ...... 53 Modern Languages ...... 97 Resident Students ...... 31 Music ...... 118 Retaking a Course ...... 52 Music Education Degree, Bachelor of ...... 38 Retired Learners ...... 32 Room and Board ...... 28 N Natural Science ...... 121 S New Student Seminar...... 17, 121 Schatz Wildlife Art Scholarship ...... 62 Non-Degree Student ...... 21 Scholarships ...... 25 Non-Discrimination Policy...... 8 Second-Grade Option ...... 52 Secondary Education Licensure ...... 86 254 65604.qxd 8/22/97 5:05 PM Page 255

Index

Seminary ...... 33 W Service Learning ...... 147 Warning, Probation and Dismissal ...... 53 Services for Students with Disabilities ...... 18 Withdrawal from the University ...... 53 Social Work, Master of ...... 218 Withdrawal from a Course...... 53 Sociology...... 147 Women’s Studies ...... 110 Spanish ...... 100 Workshop in Youth Ministry ...... 156, 209 Special Education Endorsement ...... 94, 184 Special Expenses ...... 29 Y Special Studies, Bachelor of Arts in...... 38 Youth Ministries ...... 156, 209 Speech...... 154 Sports Management ...... 131 Statement of Major ...... 48 Student Government, Graduate ...... 18 Student Government, Undergraduate ...... 18 Student Health ...... 18 Student Life and Support Services...... 15 Student Services Division ...... 18 Student Teaching Semester ...... 84 Students with Disabilities, Services for . . . . . 18

T Testing Services ...... 19 Theatre ...... 151 Theology ...... 152 Transcripts ...... 31 Transfer Applicant ...... 20 Transfer Policies and Credits ...... 45 Tuition, Graduate...... 28, 163 Tuition, Undergraduate ...... 28 Tuition Refunds...... 30 Tutoring ...... 19

U Undergraduate Class Load ...... 49 Undergraduate Curricula and Course Descriptions ...... 57 Undergraduate Grading System ...... 50 University Employment ...... 27

255